You are on page 1of 308

complete

Maximum availability Expert advice Reliable product quality Fast and easy ordering

Intelligent innovations Tested safety

Passion for safety


PFEIFER SEIL- UND HEBETECHNIK GMBH DR.-KARL-LENZ-STRASSE 66 D-87700 MEMMINGEN PHONE +49 (0)8331-937-112 FAX +49 (0)8331-937-113 E-MAIL complete@pfeifer.de INTERNET www.pfeifer.de

2011/2012

Safe lifting and moving of loads this is our personal commitment.

Passion for safety this basic principle runs through all areas of our company and is kept firmly in mind by all our staff. It is noticeable both in our sound specialist knowledge of the application of our products and in the reliable and professional way we handle our business processes. Safety considerations are always top of the list, from the careful choice of products and suppliers via the innovative development of our range to the reliable manufacture and quality checking. Through personal consultations we aim to jointly find the best, safest and most economical solution for your project.
Gerhard Pfeifer, President of the PFEIFER-Group

You can rest assured that we will never compromise on the quality, reliability and safety of our products and services. We are personally committed to this philosophy.

Yours,

Transport and lifting devices | 17 73


Weighing equipment ........................... Load-lifting magnets .......................... Pipe hooks ......................................... Manual hoists (lever hoists and pulley blocks) .............................. Manual hoists explosion-proof ............ 18 26 30 31 37 Electric chain hoists ........................... Rope hoists........................................ Rope pulleys ...................................... Wire rope traction hoists .................... Manual rope winches ......................... Electric rope winches ......................... 39 50 51 52 55 57 HIT fork pallet trucks .......................... Fork pallet truck ................................. Transport rollers................................. HIT steel winches ............................... Hydraulic jacks .................................. Hydraulic bottle jacks ......................... 58 59 62 66 67 68 Hydraulic cylinders............................. 69 Hydraulic pumps ................................ 72 Hydraulic accessories ........................ 73

Passion for safety


Intelligent innovations ......................... 2

Lifting clamps and grabs | 74 90


... ...
..........

Reliable product quality ...................... 6 Tested safety ...................................... 8 Expert advice...................................... 10 Highest availability ............................. 12 Order quickly and comfortably ............ 14

PFEIFER ucts
N ew prod

2011/12

Interesting facts about the use of lifting clamps ..................... 75 Notes on the use of attachment devices ............................ 76 PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps ....... 77

Application guide to lifting clamp models ....................... PFEIFER-RENFROE Accessories and service .................... Rail grabs .......................................... Section grabs .....................................

87 88 89 90

... ...

Lifting and turning devices | 91 108


Innovative safety concept ................... 92 Drum handling devices ....................... 93 Fork lifters.......................................... 96 Coil handling ...................................... 98 Spreader beams ................................. 100 Why choose a lifting device by PFEIFER? ...................................... 106 Spreader beams ................................. 107 Case studies on the safe handling of heavy duty loads .............. 108

Your PFEIFER-added value advantage ....................................... 16

Textile attachment devices | 109 136


General Terms and conditions .........302 Index...............................................304
POLYTEX textile attachment devices .. 110 POLYTEX round slings ...................... 111 POLYTEX special textile products....... 116 POLYTEX sets .................................. 118 Load hook for textile attachment devices ............................ 119 POLYTEX round sling suspension gear................................. 120 POLYTEX lifting belts ........................ 122 POLYTEX protective systems ............ 132

Wire rope slings | 137 150


PFEIFER Holding GmbH & Co. KG. 2011 all rights reserved.

Wire rope slings, 1/2/4-leg ................. 138 Combined rope/chain suspension gears ............................... 146 Endless wire rope slings..................... 147 Wire rope sling accessories................ 149

Chain slings | 151 188


HIT PRO chain system grade 120 .......................................... 152 HIT PRO grade 120 Advantages ......... 153 HIT PRO grade 120 Nominal ratings at one glance............. 155 Chain slings HIT PRO grade 120......... 157 Chain components HIT PRO grade 120 ............................ 164 Chain slings HIT grade 100 ............... 168 Load distributor .................................. 179 Chain components ............................. 180 Chain slings, 1-/2-/4-leg, Grade 80 .... 186 Further accessories for lifting slings .................................. 187 Galvanised round steel chains according to DIN 766, DIN 763 and 5685 ........................................... 188

Lifting points | 189 206


Lifting points: General information ...... 190 Swivelling lifting points ....................... 191 Lifting points rotatable under load ....... 196 Welding points ................................... 204 Eyebolts............................................. 205 Insulating swivels ............................... 206

Ropes and accessories | 207 242


Craftsmanship and industry................ 208 Assembler and manufacturer .............. 210 Rope range ........................................ 212 Stock range ....................................... 213 We bring technology into application .. 214 Original LIEBHERR spare parts ........... 217 Rope terminations .............................. 219 Rope range ........................................ 220 Thimbles ............................................ 224 Shackles ............................................ 226 Clamps .............................................. 228 Turnbuckles ....................................... 230 Swivels .............................................. 233 Rope pulleys ...................................... 233 Heavy-duty accessories ..................... 234 Rope care .......................................... 235 Rope handling .................................... 236 Stainless steel ropes .......................... 237 Plastic sheathed steel wire ropes ........ 237 Stainless steel rope accessories ......... 238 Accessories for rope tensioning ......... 239 Rope-, cable- and hose grips.............. 240 Utility ropes and accessories .............. 241

Cargo lashing equipment | 243 270


Lost cargo? ....................................... 244 We solve your load lashing problem ............................ 245 POLYTEX lashing strap systems........ 246 POLYTEX cargo lashing equipment sets .................................. 254 POLYTEX lashing nets....................... 255 Valuable aids for lashing ..................... 256 Anti-slip mats..................................... 258 Interior lashing ................................... 260 Lashing chain systems: General information ............................ 261 HIT-PRO lashing chain system ........... 263 HIT lashing chain system ................... 264 Grade 80 lashing chain system........... 265 Special lashings ................................. 268 POLYTEX disposable tensioning system .............................. 269 Lashings for buckets .......................... 270

Personal protection equipment | 271 301


Essential fall protection elements ........ 272 Fall-arrest systems overview of applications ..................... 273 Systems for work positioning and restraint systems overview of applications ................................... 275 Assembly and equipment features of a safety harness ............... 276 Safety harnesses complying with EN 361/358/813 ......................... 277 Safety harnesses complying with EN 361/358 ................................ 281 Multi-function safety vests complying with EN 361/358/471 ........ 283 Relief Step emergency sling ............... 284 Shock absorbing lanyards acc. to EN 355 ................................... 285 Wire lifelines with rope grab complying with EN 353-2/EN 696....... 287 Self-retracting lifelines complying with EN 360 ...................... 289 Attachment aids complying with EN 795 ...................... 295 Set: Personal protective equipment ..... 296 Fall protection safety and convenience for scaffolding fitters ...... 298 Storage means and accessories ......... 299 Tripods complying with EN 795b ........ 300 Special fall protection equipment .......................................... 301

2011/12

Your requirements motivate our endeavours.

Intelligent innovations
We focus on in-house developments derived from the requirements and specifications of our customers. We observe the global procurement markets and find useful innovative solutions to problems. If we are not convinced by the market solutions, we develop solutions ourselves. In the catalogue our novelties are marked like this.

innovatio
new!
2011/12

R FEIFdEcts P u
New pro

11/12 20
98
Page

Coil turnover hooks


for narrow steel strips
For erecting, transporting and placing With form-fit safety latch

HIT permanent load lifting magnet


The high-grade standard!
Easy handling compact and light Also suitable for thin sheet metal

20 26
Page

Page

PFEIFER Multi Plus


Display up to 12 dynamometers on one read-out device
Page

ons

Optional WLAN printer available Plug and play: system delivered already configured

195 HIT lifting point HAP


Grade 100
With individual serial number for test documentation Lockable ring no clattering!

3
2011/12

Round slings XXL Protect

FEIFERs P
du New pro ct

made from Dyneema


Extremely long service life due to very high resistance to abrasion and cuts Very light

11/12 20

115

Page

133

Page

Protect PRO edge protectors


made from Dyneema
Fast positioning High resistance to cutting and abrasion

Bolt-on swivel type G10


Grade 100 Higher carrying capacity with the same thread compared with grade 80
Individual serial number for test documentation Wide range of thread sizes

199

Page

Anti-slip mat
Black-Cat-Panther ( > 0.9)
Tear proof thanks to textile insert
Page

66

HIT steel winches


Top processing, top quality
100 % tested before despatch Made in Germany

Highly flexible and dimensionally stable

259

Page

4
2011/12

R FEIFdEcts P u
New pro

11/12 20

HIT PRO chain system grade 120


For lifting technology and load securing
Higher carrying capacity than grade 80 and grade 100 Intelligent profile Light, durable, ergonomic and economical

152

Page

261

Page

52

Page

dual lift wire rope traction hoists


for the transport of passengers and materials
Proven technology reconsidered Top quality price-performance ratio Customisable

240

Page

Rope, cable and hose grips


For pulling in, relieving and securing in a range of designs
High quality and flexibility Special versions are possible Made in Germany

Fall protection device Turbo Lite SafEscape Elite rescue device 293
Page

Approved for attachment at floor level


Very compact and light Top quality stainless steel brake system

290

Page

The new generation of rescue devices


Maximum safety due to very robust construction Low costs as no inspection required for 7 years

5
2011/12

We set highest quality demands from development via production to application.

Reliable product quality


Our basic maxims are quality, environmental protection and safety. Customer satisfaction is our number one priority. All our employees share our comprehensive approach and commitment to quality. Our many years of experience in the manufacture of lift and mining ropes, lifting devices and attachment and lashing equipment enable us to make sound judgements in global sourcing quality. We have a wide range of equipment for checking the raw materials, the production process and the manufactured products. We are committed to adhering to the legal requirements and guaranteed properties We manufacture in Germany; we procure worldwide. 6
2011/12

product q

Tested safety We meet the requirements for ISO 9001 to the highest Class E welding certificate. Flexural fatigue test
for round strand ropes

Investigation microscope
Investigation of corrosion, material fractures

Hardness tester
Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers tests

quality
Our quality management system is certified in accordance with EN ISO 9001 and we operate as specified in the SCC certificate (Safety Certificate Contractors).

Certified quality

Material testing machine


with extensometer

7
2011/12

Let us take over the responsibility: make use of the expertise of our renowned inspection service.

Tested safety
Our mobile and stationary inspection service takes over your testing responsibilities. Performance of the prescribed examinations with the latest machines and according to the latest legal regulations. 8

safety
2011/12

In the case of larger testing actions, our mobile inspection service comes to your company so that your products are available to you for use again immediately. Individual and special tests take place in the stationary inspection service at the head office in Memmingen and at our service centres in Berlin, Hamburg, Mlheim, Mannheim, Straubing, Asten near Linz (Austria), Knonau (Switzerland), Wroclaw (Poland), Crewe and Southampton (United Kingdom). Passion for safety

PUSH PFEIFER Universal Service Help

PUSH works on a shared platform which enables full online management of your equipment which is subject to compulsory testing.

Always safe
PUSH supplies a clear message about the necessary test at the correct time.

Always up-to-date
Using PUSH you can update ingoing and outgoing items yourself.

Always checked
PUSH enables us to work online together so that your stock is always up-to-date. The check will ensure that no devices which are subject to compulsory testing are forgotten.

Inspection service
The PFEIFER inspection service takes over responsibility for the annual inspection of your hoists, lifting gear and attachment devices. We carry out the inspection using a large team of specially trained test engineers a specially equipped fleet of high-tech test vehicles Tests on site throughout Germany and in neighbouring countries Tests on complex cases at our head office

9
2011/12

Put us to the test: we will deal with your daily problems.

Expert advice
We have a back office, many years of application support, a thorough knowledge of the regulations and the most up-to-date development expertise. When implementing your requirements it is our duty to find the best balance of costs and benefits, but never at the expense of safety. Our sales staff are salesmen and are trained to understand the customers' requirements and implement these in the most cost effective way for the customer. 10

advice
2011/12

Advisory network in the field


We offer you a comprehensive advisory service on site.

Advice at first hand


We will deal with your daily problems.

Training centre
We provide training for operators, customers and other interested parties in open seminars or workshops on site.

Based in Allgu operating all over the world

Memmingen

11
2011/12

Stock availability no problem

Highest availability
We carry a wide stock which few suppliers in our sector can equal. We offer a high level of stock availability. Our wide supplier network enables a rapid response to urgent customer requirements, even in critical situations. 12
2011/12

availabili

Production and logistics centre


Industrial production and efficient logistics at our headquarters in Memmingen form the basis for fast delivery to our customers.

Over 4,000 t of ropes


Our fully automatic high-bay warehouse for rope reels is unique in the wire rope sector.

Care and attention


Personal care and attention is part of our service in logistics as elsewhere.

Delivery on time
At the date agreed with the customer. We achieve this with a success rate of around 95 %.

ity

13
2011/12

We create a range of solutions for an economical procurement process.

Order quickly and comfortably


Our entire range features an attractive price-performance ratio. Orders generate costs. We offer you a wide range of individually tailored solutions in order to optimise procurement process costs from the purchase requisition to the payment procedure. 14

order
2011/12

PFEIFER offers a variety of procurement options


1. The PFEIFER product catalogue
The reference guide for the user and buyer with data sheets, useful tips and descriptions of our products. Orders by telephone, fax or mail

2. The PFEIFER product catalogue on the Internet and on CD


Browse through our online catalogue at www.pfeifer.de/en/attachment-andlashing-equipment or request our current CD-ROM.

3. The PFEIFER online shop (only available in German)


Take the option of easy ordering at the click of a mouse and save on processing costs. Choose from a selection of fast-selling products from our different product groups and order 24 hours a day online at www.shop.pfeifer.info

4. The electronic catalogue from PFEIFER


Use the full scope of e-procurement. Connect your suppliers range into your procurement system and so save on processing costs in the sequence back to the procurement office (purchase, merchandise management, accounting). We can let you have our current catalogue in various formats (BMEcat, XML, CSV, Excel, etc.). We can also provide connections of parts of the range on request.

5. Electronic marketplaces with PFEIFER


Do you already use electronic marketplaces for procurement or wish to do so in future in order to reduce processing costs or suppliers and simplify procurement procedures? We can arrange this easily. We offer the option of ordering via reputable marketplaces such as hubwoo or simple system.

6. Electronic data interchange with PFEIFER


This makes ordering a pleasure: use the option of an electronic data interchange and fire your order to our merchandise management system at the press of a button. Your ordering process will be even faster and free of errors. Data interchange can take place in edifact or opentrans data formats.

Save time and costs


You can decide the level of your processing costs.

1. PFEIFER product catalogue: order by telephone, fax, e-mail 2. PFEIFER product catalogue on the Internet and on CD 3. PFEIFER online shop 4. Electronic catalogue from PFEIFER 5. Electronic marketplaces with PFEIFER 6. Electronic data interchange with PFEIFER Processing/transaction costs

Purchase processing scope

Order/Customer requirement

15
2011/12

Our work in a nutshell: The PFEIFER added value philosophy.

Expertise from 430 years of experience


in the widest range of applications for lifting & moving loads. That is shown by more than 50,000 professional discussions per year.

On-site consulting service


Our technical advisors come to you. We also solve individual tasks together with you.

Certification in accordance with BS EN ISO 9001


ensures permanent constant product quality.

On-site inspection and repair service


or in our Service Centre.

Practiceorientated technical seminar programme


Open seminars or seminars tailored individually to your needs.

Certification of our services according to SCC Extensive warehouse with optimised


Manufacturing and assembly in Germany procurement worldwide

the constant development of our product range and our services.

Innovative solutions with Safety plus

Own test laboratory

access makes a fast delivery service possible.

Our product liability insurance in the sum of millions is an indication of our sense of responsibility.

guarantees a constantly high quality and safety level.

Our know-how in our own metal, rope and textile manufacturing enables us to fully test the quality of our suppliers.

Just compare! Our quality products are worth their price.


16
2011/12

Transport and lifting devices

Weighing equipment ............... 18 Load-lifting magnets ............... 26 Pipe hooks .............................. 30 Manual hoists (lever hoists and pulley blocks) ................... 31 Manual hoists explosion-proof ....................... 37 Electric chain hoists................ 39 Rope hoists ............................. 50 Rope pulleys ........................... 51 Wire rope traction hoists ........ 52 Manual rope winches .............. 55 Electric rope winches.............. 57 HIT fork pallet trucks............... 58 Fork pallet truck ...................... 59 Transport rollers ..................... 62 HIT steel winches.................... 66 Hydraulic jacks ....................... 67 Hydraulic bottle jacks ............. 68 Hydraulic cylinders ................. 69 Hydraulic pumps ..................... 72 Hydraulic accessories............. 73

Extensive range Whether loads need to be weighed, lifted or moved, you will find a suitable product here. Comprehensive testing and quality assurance Guaranteed by means of rigorous product tests or in collaboration with suppliers who also take up the cause of quality. Special solutions Our application engineers will provide advice and assistance for the joint development of a cost-effective solution for requirements which cannot be met by the standard products. All-inclusive service We will provide support for all your needs whether this is competent advice prior to purchase or through our inspection service afterwards.

17

2011/12

Weighing equipment
PFEIFER Loadlink Plus Dynamometer
X Suitable for use as a
crane scales or for measuring tensile forces

X Horizontal and vertical use possible!


Acoustic warning signal in case of overload Many units of measurement kg, t, kN, lbs 80 hours continuous operation with one battery Uses a conventional 9 V block battery Peak value memory, tare function up to 250 tonnes 3-year manufacturers warranty! Packed in a high-quality aluminium case Calibration certificate included

Type Measuring range Resolution Units Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Battery type Battery lifetime Display type Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. 2 suitable shackles Reference no. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm C kg t kg

PLLP250KG PLLP500KG 0.25 0.05 kg, kN, lbs 1.5 50:1 0.5 0.2 t, kg, kN, lbs 1.5 25:1

PLLP1T 1 0.5 t, kg, kN, lbs 1.5 12:1

PLLP2T5 2.5 1 t, kg, kN, lbs 1.5 5:1

PLLP5T 5 1 t, kg, kN, lbs 2.2 5:1

PLLP12T 12 2 t, kg, kN, lbs 3.5 5:1 IP65 9V block battery

PLLP25T 25 5 t, kg, kN, lbs 5.2 5:1

PLLP50T 50 10 t, kg, kN 10.9 5:1

PLLP100T 100 50 t, kN 37 4:1

PLLP200T 200 100 t, kN 80 5:1

PLLP250T 250 100 t, kN 80 4:1

80 hours continuous operation 25 mm LCD 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217158 218251 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217159 218251 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217160 218251 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217161 218251 249 43 101 165 38 66 32 217162 218252 305 47 101 193 47.5 340 60 110 215 55 424 75 163 230 76 608 99 255 320 108 690 150 305 350 125 690 150 305 350 125


217164 218253


217166 218254


217167 218255


217168


217169


217170

on enquiry on enquiry on enquiry

18
2011/12

PFEIFER Radiolink Plus Remotely readable dynamometer


X Suitable for use as a

X Horizontal and vertical use possible! X Measured values are transmitted by radio to the read-out device, no
bothersome cable, easy read-out of the values
Handy! Extremely small and light readout device Overload indicator Battery monitoring of the measuring device and read-out device Range up to 100 m (less inside buildings) 400 hours continuous operation with one battery Use of conventional 1.5 V batteries Tare function up to 250 tonnes 3-year manufacturers warranty! Read-out device and calibration certificate included Packed in a high-quality aluminium case
Type Measuring range Resolution Units Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Battery type Battery lifetime Display type Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. 2 suitable shackles Reference no. 218251 218251 218251 218251 218252 218253 218254 218255 on enquiry on enquiry on enquiry mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217171 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217172 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217173 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217174 C 249 43 101 165 38 66 32 217175 kg t kg PRLP250KG PRLP500KG 0.25 0.05 t 1.5 50:1 0.5 0.1 t 1.5 25:1 PRLP1T 1 0.5 t 1.5 12:1 PRLP2T5 2.5 1 t 1.5 5:1 PRLP5T 5 1 t 2.2 5:1 PRLP12T 12 2 t 3.5 5:1 IP65 4 x AA 1.5 V 400 hours continuous operation 8.8 mm LCD 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 305 47 110 193 47.5 340 60 110 215 55 424 75 163 230 76 608 99 255 320 108 690 150 305 350 125 690 150 305 350 125 PRLP25T 25 5 t 5.2 5:1 PRLP50T 50 10 t 10.9 5:1 PRLP100T 100 50 t 37 4:1 PRLP200T 200 100 t 80 5:1 PRLP250T 250 100 t 80 4:1


217177


217179


217180


217181


217182


217183

Other units of measurement on enquiry.

NEW: The PFEIFER-plus crane scales series plus points with PFEIFER
We offer you: + Trust 3-year manufacturers warranty! We are sure! + Optimum price performance ratio + Long service life devices protected against dampness and dust - protection class IP65 - solid housing (aluminium, sheet steel) + Handling extremely compact design, low dead weight. + Easy to use switch on, weigh, done. + Safety integrated overload protection in all devices (a warning signal sounds on overloading) + Reliability maximum accuracy +/ 0.3 % of the suspended weight + Flexibility versatile in use, compact and light, many units of measurement can be set + Selection the right device for every application + Advice we advise you before and after the purchase. Our extensive network of technical advisors and our inspection service will be only too pleased to help! = 10 plus points for our customers!

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


19

crane scales or for measuring tensile forces

PFEIFER Multi Plus Up to 12 remote-readable dynamometers on one read-out device!


dynamometers

new!

X Up to 12 dynamometers can be connected to one handheld device X Displays all individual values or the total value of all connected X Optional thermal printer can be supplied. By pressing a button, the
individual values and the total value are sent wirelessly to the printer

X Individual! Choose the system configuration yourself X Plug & Play the required system is supplied already configured X No troublesome cables wireless connection (2.4 GHz) between
dynamometers, read-out devices and optional printer
Handy! Extremely small and light read-out device Range up to 100 m (less inside buildings) Use of conventional 1.5 V batteries Caution: The following table relates only to the dynamometer! Please order the read-out device and optional printer separately! Caution: Please order dynamometers, read-out devices and optional printers separately!
Type Measuring range Resolution Units Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. 2 suitable shackles Reference no. 218251 218251 218251 218251 218252 218253 218254 218255 on enquiry on enquiry on enquiry mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 241705 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 241706 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 241707 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 241708 C 249 43 101 165 38 66 32 241709 kg t kg RLPM250KG RLPM500KG 0.25 0.05 t 1.5 50:1 0.5 0.1 t 1.5 25:1 RLPM1T 1 0.5 t 1.5 12:1 RLPM2T5 2.5 1 t 1.5 5:1 RLPM5T 5 1 t 2.2 5:1 RLPM12T 12 2 t 3.5 5:1 IP65 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 305 47 110 193 47.5 340 60 110 215 55 424 75 163 230 76 608 99 255 320 108 690 150 305 350 125 690 150 305 350 125 RLPM25T 25 5 t 5.2 5:1 RLPM50T 50 10 t 10.9 5:1 RLPM100T 100 50 t 37 4:1 RLPM200T 200 100 t 80 5:1 RLPM250T 250 100 t 80 4:1


241710


241711


241712


241713


241714


241715

3-year manufacturers warranty! Packed in a high-quality aluminium case

PFEIFER Multi Plus read-out device


Reference no. 241717

PFEIFER Multi Plus wireless thermal printer


Complete with paper roll (57 mm wide) and power supply unit
Reference no. 241718

20
2011/12

PFEIFER Wirelink Plus Dynamometer with wired remote readout device


X No batteries in the measuring device can be fitted even in
inaccessible locations

Acoustic warning signal in case of overload Many units of measurement kg, t, kN, lbs 80 hours continuous operation with one battery Uses a conventional 9 V block battery Peak value memory, tare function up to 250 tonnes 3-year manufacturers warranty! Read-out device and calibration certificate included Complete with 10 m cable Packed in a high-quality aluminium case
Type Measuring range Resolution Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Battery type Battery lifetime Display type Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. 2 suitable shackles Reference no. 218251 218251 218251 218251 218252 218253 218254 218255 on enquiry on enquiry on enquiry mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 225746 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 225747 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 225748 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 225749 C 249 43 101 165 38 66 32 225750 t kg kg WLP250KG WLP500KG 0.25 0.05 1.5 50:1 0.5 0.1 1.5 25:1 WLP1T 1 0.5 1.5 12:1 WLP2T5 2.5 1 1.5 5:1 WLP5T 5 1 2.2 5:1 WLP12T 12 2 3.5 5:1 IP65 9 V block battery (only in the handheld device) 80 hours continuous operation 25 mm LCD 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 305 47 101 193 47.5 340 60 110 215 55 400 75 151 230 66 608 99 255 320 108 690 150 305 350 125 690 150 305 350 125 WLP25T 25 5 5.2 5:1 WLP50T 50 10 10.9 5:1 WLP100T 100 50 37 4:1 WLP200T 200 100 80 5:1 WLP250T 250 100 80 4:1


225751


225752


225753


225754


225755


225756

On enquiry: Signal outputs for connection to PLCs and other controllers (0 10 V, 4 20 mA, etc.)

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


21

X Attractive price/performance ratio X Suitable for use as a crane scales or for measuring tensile forces X Horizontal and vertical use possible!

PFEIFER Compact Plus The mini crane scales


X Extremely compact crane
scales, optimally usable everywhere

X Lightweight! A 1 tonne weigher weighs only 1.5 kg!


Acoustic warning signal in case of overload Many units of measurement kg, t, kN, lbs 80 hours continuous operation with one battery Uses a conventional 9 V block battery Peak value memory, tare function 3-year manufacturers warranty! Packed in a high-quality aluminium case Calibration certificate included Crane scales serve to determine the weight of a load. As every experienced user knows, the dead weight of a scales plays a significant part, in particular in applications where the scales must be hooked on or off frequently. In addition, the quality must be high, especially in such cases, since the scales is strongly strained and used frequently. Many models available on the market impress with their price, but have an impracticable dead weight that is several times higher. Apart from the weight, the seemingly inexpensive price also affects the stability and quality of the product. Not the new Compact Plus from Pfeifer! It is so light and small that it can be taken anywhere and can be handled without effort. Quality with safety 3-year manufacturers warranty!
Type Measuring range Resolution Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Battery type Battery lifetime Display type Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm C t kg kg PCP1T 1 0.5 1.5 5:1 PCP2T 2 1 3.1 5:1 IP65 9V block battery 80 hours continuous operation 25 mm LCD 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 82 113 81 50 240 208 22 217184 117 112 92 64 320 271 28 217185 136 112 92 98 444 365 42 217186 PCP5T 5 1 8.7 5:1

E F C
G

We supply all devices from the PFEIFER plus crane scales series in a high-quality aluminium case! A calibration certificate is attached to each device, from which the individual measuring accuracy can be discerned. 3-year manufacturers warranty on all PFEIFER plus scales!

22
2011/12

PFEIFER Loadblock Plus Compression load cell with digital display


X For measuring the weight of

X Used, for example, to measure the weight of machines before


relocating them with transport rollers. Overloading of the chassis is avoided.
Simple! Weight display directly on the device TOP handling! Extremely small and light! Acoustic warning signal in case of overload Many units of measurement kg, t, kN, lbs Uses a conventional 9 V block battery 3-year manufacturers warranty! Packed in a high-quality aluminium case Calibration certificate included Before relocating machines or other heavy objects by means of transport devices, it is frequently necessary to determine the weight of the part to be moved. In particular in the case of objects that have an uneven weight distribution, it is important to determine the load acting, for example, on the transport roller at the appropriate point before it is loaded. If this is not done, there is a danger of overloading and thus a defect of the transport roller and, under certain circumstances, also the object being transported. A good solution to this is a compression load cell. Before loading the transport device, the Loadblock Plus is pushed under the object. The weight is measured by the pressure of the object on the load cell standing on the floor and is shown on the display. The total weight can be determined if the object is placed completely on 3 or 4 load cells, for example. In this case all values are added; the sum is the total weight.
Type Measuring range Resolution Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Battery type Battery lifetime Display type Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Reference no. mm mm mm mm 81 81 103 90 217187 C t kg kg PLBP200 0.2 0.1 0.9 4:1 PLBP500 PLBP1000 PLBP2000 PLBP5000 0.5 1 0.9 5:1 1 1 0.9 5:1 IP65 9V block battery 50 hours continuous operation 25 mm LCD 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 81 81 103 90 217188 81 81 103 90 217189 92 117 112 104 217190 92 136 112 115 217191 2 1 1.5 5:1 5 2 3.5 5:1

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


23

objects just place it under the load

PFEIFER Handheld Plus wired remote read-out device Compatible with Loadlink Plus, new! Compact Plus and Loadblock Plus
X X X X X
Measured values can be read easily and reliably Compact and light weighs only 1 kg. Ergonomic handle Easy to upgrade no calibration required Can be operated at the handheld device and the measuring device Plug & Play! Plug in switch on weigh

3-year manufacturers warranty! Packed in a high-quality aluminium case Complete with 10 or 20 m cable

Type Cable length Reference no. m

HHP-LLP/10 10 225721

HHP-LLP/20 20 225722

Caution: Not compatible with Wirelink Plus! For other cable lengths, please consult Pfeifer!

Crane scales
Light, reliable crane scales for in-plant use
Three-range implementation enables the highest possible accuracy even with low weights (adapted scale divisions) LCD display, height 25 mm Accuracy 0.03% of full scale reading Moisture-protected keypad with 4 keys: ON/OFF zero / automatic tare subtraction, F1, F2 Configurable function, optionally as PEAK (peak value) or HOLD (hold function) Infrared remote control: configurable as automatic tare subtraction or 4-key remote keypad Digital calibration, programmable directly with sample weight via keypad Automatic power-off programmable Max. permissible overload: 200% of full scale reading max. overload protection: 500 % of full scale reading Alkaline 9 V battery (not rechargeable) in pull-out compartment for easy replacement; continuous operation approx. 35 hrs. (with power-saving circuit up to 3 months) Temperature range 10 C to +40 C Transport case (41 x 26 x 24 cm)
Weighing range kg 1500/3000/6000 3000/6000/9500 Scale division kg 0.5/1.0/2.0 1.0/2.0/5.0 Dead weight 10.0 11.5 Dimensions in mm A 214 241 B 171 171 C 59 64 D 33 46 E 58 75 F 125 125 G 94 94 H 353 419 I 158 171 Reference no. 197922 197923

24
2011/12

Load display
Hydraulic, maintenance-free measuring system Sturdy, with stable cast housing Accuracy approx. 1% FSR. Operating temperature range 20 C to + 60 C Easily legible scales due to 12 mm high numbers Zero taring Rubber collar safety device

Weighing range kg 0 1250 0 2000 0 3200 0 5000

Scale division kg steps 5 10 20 20

Length mm 230 230 280 300

Dead weight kg 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.5

Reference no. 156140 156141 156142 156143

PFEIFER Weighing
Calibration and repair service
Long waiting times? Not at Pfeifer! Fast service for all our products is guaranteed. We will take care of the annual calibration of your dynamometers and crane weighers at our head office in Memmingen fast reliably professionally We will also undertake any repairs which are due on PFEIFER-plus devices quickly and without fuss at our head office in Memmingen. Just give us a call Phone + 49 (0)83 31/937-377 Further information on the inspection services we provide is given on pages 208 209.

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


25

Load-lifting magnets
HIT permanent load lifting magnet The high-grade standard!
X Top handling compact dimensions and low dead
weight

new!

X X X X

Only small sheet thicknesses required Safe 2-hand operation is required to release the magnet Guaranteed compliance with a safety factor of 3 High-quality European devices

Suitable for both flat and round material Operating temperature range: 10 to +60 C

Flat material WLL kg 125 250 500 1000 1500 2000 required minimum sheet metal thickness mm 20 20 25 40 45 55

Round or tubular material WLL kg 50 100 200 400 600 800 for pipe diameters from to mm 40300 40300 60400 100450 120500 150600 min. wall thickness mm 10 10 15 25 30 35 max. load length mm 1000 1500 2000 3000 3000 3000 A 121 189 249 342 383 457 B 185 185 235 316 457 457 C 79 79 106 133 166 166 Dimensions in mm D 79 79 101 131 171 171 E 106 63 88 88 122 122 F 53 35 52 52 64 64 G 32 43 60 60 87 87 H 13 11 13 13 18 20 I 13 14 22 22 30 30 Weight kg 3.7 6.0 15.0 36.0 66.0 80.0 239929 239930 239931 239932 239933 239934 Reference no.

26
2011/12

HIT permanent load-lifting magnet, type DB Particularly suitable for extremely thin sheets
tubes

new!

X X X X X

Top handling compact dimensions and low dead weight Only small sheet thicknesses required Safe 2-hand operation is required to release the magnet Guaranteed compliance with a safety factor of 3 High-quality European devices

Suitable for both flat and round material Can be used from 4 mm sheet thickness at about 50% of the working load limit Operating temperature range: 10 to +60 C

Flat material WLL kg 150 300 required minimum sheet metal thickness mm 8 10

Round or tubular material WLL kg 60 1200 for pipe diameters from to mm 40240 60290 min. wall thickness mm 8 10 max. load length mm 1500 2000 A 189 250 B 185 235 C 79 106 Dimensions in mm D 79 101 E 63 88 F 35 52
Load (kg)
HIT HIT HIT HIT HIT

Weight G 43 60 H 11 13 I 14 22 kg 6 16

Reference no.

239935 239936
Load (kg)

Characteristic curves force/load-air gap

Force (daN)

Force (daN)
HIT DB HIT DB

HIT

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


27

X Safe and reliable, even with extremely thin sheets and thin-walled

HIT-NEO permanent load lifting magnet Extremely suitable with long loads and round material! new!
Extremely sturdy, welded design!
X X X X X X X
High WLLs, also for round material due to pole point with deep prism Sturdy, fully welded design with solid handle for tough operations Suitable for taking up especially long loads Unlocking and loosening possible with one hand Safety factor 3.2 Supplied with individual test certificate High-quality European devices

Operating temperature range 10 to +80 C

Flat material WLL kg 125 250 500 1000 1500 2000 required minimum sheet metal thickness mm 20 25 30 40 60 60 WLL kg 60 125 250 500 750 1000

Round or tubular material for pipe diameters from to mm 50100 60200 65270 100300 150350 150350 min. wall thickness mm 10 15 15 20 25 30 max. load length mm 2500 3500 4000 4500 4500 5000 A 93 152 246 305 373 480 Dimensions in mm B 60 101 121 147 165 165 C 110 164 164 217 254 254 D 137 186 186 248 338 419 Weight kg 2.6 10.0 20.0 40.0 82.0 90.0 245565 245566 245567 245568 245569 245570 Reference no.

Due to the deep prism in the pole piece the round material is taken up safely.

WLL Chart HIT-NEO (L=length of load, W=width of load)


HIT-NEO 125 Air Gap < 0.1 mm Max. WLL kg 125 115 110 45 15 60 Air Gap 0.1 0.3 mm Max. L mm 1250 1250 1000 600 400 2500 Max. WLL kg 75 70 65 40 13 40 Air Gap 0.3 0.5 mm Max. L mm 1000 1000 750 500 400 2500 Max. WLL kg 60 55 50 30 12 25 HIT-NEO 250 Material thickness mm >=25 >=15 >=10 >= 6 >= 4 50 200 mm HIT-NEO 1000 Material thickness mm >=40 >=30 >=25 >=20 >=15 >=10 100 300 mm Air Gap < 0.1 mm Max. L mm 2250 2250 2250 1750 1600 3500 Max. W mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Max. WLL kg 250 205 170 100 50 125 Air Gap 0.1 0.3 mm Max. L mm 2000 2000 2000 1500 1400 3000 Max. W mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Max. WLL kg 170 150 130 80 45 100 Air Gap 0.3 0.5 mm Max. L Max. W mm mm 1500 1000 1500 1000 1500 1000 1350 1000 1000 1000 2500 Max. WLL kg 105 90 85 60 36 70 Material Max. L thickness mm mm >=20 1500 >=15 1500 >=10 1250 >= 4 800 >= 2 500 50 100 mm 2500 HIT-NEO 500 Material thickness mm >=30 >=20 >=15 >=10 >= 8 >= 6 65 270 mm

Air Gap < 0.1 mm

Air Gap 0.1 0.3 mm Max. W Max. WLL mm kg 1250 380 1250 320 1250 300 1250 220 1250 160 1250 100 200

Air Gap 0.3 0.5 mm Max. L mm 2150 2150 2150 2150 2000 2000 3000 Max. W Max. WLL mm kg 1000 255 1000 220 1000 205 1000 165 1000 125 1000 80 150

Air Gap < 0.1 mm Max. L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2750 4500

Air Gap 0.1 0.3 mm

Air Gap 0.3 0.5 mm Max. W Max. WLL mm kg 1250 650 1250 565 1250 550 1250 510 1250 380 1250 200 300

Max. L Max. W Max. Max. L mm mm WLL kg mm 2500 2500 2500 2500 2300 2000 4000 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 500 425 400 270 195 125 250 2350 2350 2350 2350 2250 2000 3500

28

Max. W Max. Max. L WLL mm mm kg 1500 1000 3000 1500 860 3000 1500 830 3000 1500 745 3000 1500 500 3000 1500 285 2500 500 4000

Max. W Max. Max. L WLL mm mm kg 1500 845 2500 1500 730 2500 1500 705 2500 1500 640 2500 1500 445 2500 1500 240 2000 400 3500

To be continued on the following

2011/12

WLL chart HIT-NEO continuation


HIT-NEO 1500 Material thickness mm >=60 >=50 >=30 >=20 >=15 150 350 mm Air Gap < 0.1 mm Max. L mm 3500 3500 3500 3000 3000 4500 Air Gap 0.1 0.3 mm Air Gap 0.3 0.5 mm Max. W Max. WLL mm kg 2000 975 2000 880 1500 750 1500 675 1500 410 600 HIT-NEO 2000 Material thickness mm >=60 >=50 >=30 >=20 >=15 150 350 mm Air Gap < 0.1 mm Max. L mm 3500 3500 3500 3000 3000 5000 Air Gap 0.1 0.3 mm Air Gap 0.3 0.5 mm Max. W Max. WLL mm kg 1500 1300 1500 1100 1500 1000 1500 900 1500 550 800 Max. W Max. Max. L WLL mm mm kg 2000 1500 3500 2000 1300 3500 1500 1000 3500 1500 825 3000 1500 480 3000 750 4000 Max. W Max. Max. L WLL mm mm kg 2000 1240 2500 2000 1100 2500 1500 860 2500 1500 750 2500 1500 450 2500 675 3500 Max. W Max. Max. L WLL mm mm kg 2000 2000 3500 2000 1600 3500 2000 1350 3500 2000 1100 3000 1500 650 3000 1000 4500 Max. W Max. Max. L WLL kg mm kg 2000 1650 3000 2000 1300 3000 2000 1150 2500 1500 1000 2500 1500 600 2000 900 4000

Permanent magnet transporter


For manual operation: Model SH 12/4 (not suitable for crane operation) For manual and crane operation: Model SH 35 K Easy handling of sheet steel and laminar steel parts in the production plant, flame cutting plant, sheet metal warehouse etc. The full adhesive force is reached on smooth, also untreated surfaces Oil and fat hardly impair the adhesive force at all Removal of the magnet transporter from the load using a free-moving, mechanical pressing device Temperature range up to 80 C
Type Holding surface Lifting capacity (SF:3) Tractive force Sheet metal thickness Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm kg SH 12/4 133 x 106 90 50 from 1.0 1.5 114592 SH 35 K 190 x 110 250 110 from 3.0 4 114593

Left:

Permanent magnet with vertical loading device for lifting and swivelling flat material by 90 on enquiry Load lifting magnets with battery and infrared remote control on enquiry Magnetic cross-beam for HIT & BUX magnets on enquiry

Centre:

Right:

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


29

Pipe hooks
PFEIFER pipe hook with impact protection
Type PPHC for sensitive pipes
X X X X
Careful handling of pipes without damaging the ends of the pipe Optimum handling due to ergonomic arrangement of the handle Maximum service life, since the impact cheeks are replaceable BGR test is not a problem, because the opening width of the hook is measurable thanks to a punch mark handle and are undetachable
The soft, extremely well-adhering coating as well as the plastic impact cheeks enable the careful handling of pipes, whose ends have been machined precisely. Example: Pipelines The pipe hooks are attached in two-line suspension by means of shackles. In order to attach the pipe, one pipe hook is fastened at each end of the pipe. Dimensions of the required shackle: Eyebolt diameter max. 27.5 mm; clearance width of the shackle min. 33 mm Maximum pipe wall thickness 43 mm
WLL kg 6700 Reference no. 212044

X Serial number and working load limit can be read off from the

PFEIFER pipe hooks


Type PPH for standard applications in the factory
X Optimum handling due to ergonomic arrangement of the handle X BGR test is not a problem, because the opening width of the hook is
measurable thanks to a punch mark

X Serial number and working load limit can be read off from the
handle and are undetachable
These pipe hooks are used for the in-plant handling of pipes where the ends of the pipe do not require special protection. The pipe hooks are attached in two-line suspension by means of shackles. In order to attach the pipe, one pipe hook is fastened at each end of the pipe. Dimensions of the required shackle: Eyebolt diameter max. 27.5 mm; clearance width of the shackle min. 33 mm Maximum pipe wall thickness 43 mm
WLL kg 6700 Reference no. 212043

PFEIFER pipe hooks in use for the handling of sensitive pipes. Impact protection and coating reliably prevent damage to the ends of the pipe.

30
2011/12

Manual hoists (lever hoists and pulley blocks)


The relevant questions are:
Level of mechanical stress on the chain hoist Ambient conditions (humidity, dust, explosive environment, effects of weather) Other influences (e. g. vibration, oscillation, short-term relief) Dimensional requirements for the chain hoist Stroke per lever movement or per meter of hand chain? Dead weight

new!

Consider the following when making the selection:

Standard application?
For standard applications the chrome HIT lever hoists and pulley blocks are the best choice. But what counts as a standard? A standard can be defined as: no excessive exposure to moisture and dust. no extreme mechanical stresses (impacts and shocks) no explosion protection required.

Not much space?


When space is limited (installation in inaccessible locations), then the dimensions are of utmost importance. For these applications we suggest the lever hoist P07 and 360 pulley block, devices with the smallest dimensions and at the same time reduced manual force.

Moisture and dust?


Devices made from sheet steel have an open chain path. Moisture and dust can therefore get into the brake or the gear mechanism through holes for bolts etc. This does not adversely affect the device either outside or inside during normal use. Devices which are frequently exposed to considerable moisture (e. g. rain) or dust and dirt should be sealed accordingly. In such cases the most suitable lever hoists are the P95, P85 and AL devices as these have a closed chain path. The best pulley block is the 360 type, also with a closed chain path.

blocks plays an important role. This turns out to be relatively small due to the gear ratio in the gear mechanism. Check the suitability of the relevant device for your application in the technical data.

Mechanical strain?
The hoist will be under more or less strain depending on the application. The so-called sheet steel devices are ideal for standard applications. For lever hoists subject to higher stresses e.g. impacts or shocks, it is best to use devices made of malleable cast iron (e. g. P95 and P85). Although the purchase costs are higher at the outset, these hoists are actually considerably more economical calculated over the lifetime of the device. The aluminium lever hoist made from cast aluminium offers an optimum price-stability ratio.

Dead weight?

The dead weight is of particular importance when the device has to Sheet steel vs. cast devices? be lifted as well. The lever hoists For lever hoists a distinction is made made from sheet steel have the between devices made of sheet steel edge here. The extremely sturdy and those which are cast. Sheet steel malleable cast iron device P95 is devices are generally lighter and only marginally heavier. cheaper. Cast devices have a higher stability and longer lifetime.

Frequent use or large lifting height?


With frequent use or a large lifting height, the lift for each lever rotation for lever hoists or per meter movement of the hand chain for pulley

Load chain?
Appreciate the value of a lifting chain made in Europe. We have detected considerable safety deficiencies in some chains from the Far East. Our chain hoists always use chains from Europe.

meters that all para Please note in to be seen are always other! with one an connection

We will be only too pleased to assist you in selecting the optimum hoist for your application! Just contact us! Talk to your sales advisor or give us a call on: +49 (0) 83 31-937-112 We look forward to hearing from you.

In the following we offer you a selection of manual hoists, in which we already offer devices as a standard according to application.

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


31

Which is the correct one? It all depends on the application!

ll protection Now with fu ! programme

HIT Chrome lever hoists Top quality for all-round use!


X Optimum corrosion protection thanks to chrome plated, closed
sheet-steel housing and galvanised inner plates

X Proven quality 100% tested before shipment in the Pfeifer


headquarters, Memmingen

X European, high-tensile, galvanised load chain according to EN X Low hand force due to optimum gear ratio and high-quality steel plain
bearings

X Top price-performance ratio!


Usable from 25 C to +40 C 360 swivelling hooks Can be used anywhere for lifting, pulling, tensioning and lashing!
WLL Number of chain legs Lever pressure at full load Stroke for each lever rotation Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg Piece kg mm mm B C D kg 750 1 14 20 325 20.5 30 15 7 218953 218957 1500 1 22 21 380 28 36 19 11 218954 218958 3000 1 32 17 480 44 40 28 21 218955 218959 6000 2 34 8 620 53 50 34 31 218956 218960

Additional lifting heights on enquiry!

The compact one P07 lever hoist Compact, with low hand force ideal for assembly works!
X Pleasant handling due to extremely compact dimensions, reduced
lever force and low dead weight! You will be surprised!

X X X X

Virtually wear-free brake, hence less maintenance costs, higher safety! Maximum service life due to closed bearings, specially adapted lifting chain and extremely robust housing! Compact dimensions enable it to be used in tight spaces. High-quality European lifting chain according to EN

360 swivelling hooks Forged hook safety latches


WLL Number of chain legs Load chain Smallest hook dimensions Lever force Weight with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg Piece mm mm kg kg 800 1 5.615.8 280 29 5.7 217225 217231 1600 1 7.120.1 335 36 8 217226 217232 2500 1 924.8 375 34 11.2 217227 217233 3200 1 1028.1 395 37 15 217228 217234 6000 2 1028.1 540 38 26 217229 217235 9000 3 1028.1 680 39 40 217230 217236

Other lifting heights on enquiry!

32
2011/12

The mini XXS lever hoist Small and light fits in every toolbox!
X Affordable mini lever hoist for
light assembly work

This mini lever hoist is so small and light that it can be taken anywhere. Whether for machine maintenance or other light-duty applications, this mini is ideal! Operating temperature range: 25 C to +40 C
WLL Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Lever pressure at full load Lift for each lever rotation Weight with 1.5 m lift Reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg mm mm mm kg 250 230 25 72 2 160246 191817

The robust one AL lever hoist The perfect combination Top in stability, weight and cost!
X Long-lasting because it is not susceptible to moisture and dust thanks
to the closed chain path

X X X X X

Extremely robust and corrosion-resistant due to the cast aluminium housing Cannot twist or bend even suitable for heavy-duty applications Attractive price/performance ratio Compact dimensions High-quality European lifting chain according to EN

High stability at a fair price Cast aluminium housing does not bend or twist. So this hoist is suitable for heavy-duty applications! Operating temperature range: 25 C to +40 C
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Lift for each lever rotation Lever pressure at nominal load Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 1.5 m lift Reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg Piece mm mm daN B C D kg 750 1 315 30.8 16.8 20 22 14 6.4 115136 238978 1000 1 325 30.8 22.4 23 23 16 6.6 115139 238979 1500 1 380 16.4 18.7 27 26 20 10 115142 227284 3000 1 455 14.8 28 36 33 24 18 115147 210758

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


33

X Fits in every toolbox X High-quality European lifting chain according to EN X Sturdy sheet-steel casing

Indestructible P95 lever hoist, malleable cast iron Maximum stability and extremely low dead weight!
Working load limit up to 3,000 kg
X X X X X X
Extremely light, scarcely any heavier than a unit with sheet-metal casing Ultra-robust due to the malleable cast iron housing bending or twisting is not possible High grade 100 chain gives extremely compact dimensions and low dead weight Long-lasting because it is not susceptible to moisture and dust thanks to the closed chain path Unaffected by vibrations and oscillations due to self-locking, flat brake thread with heavy-duty construction Maximum safety from compulsory switching sequence of Lift-Lower-Free accidental switchover is not possible

X Ideally suited for cargo lashing


Operating temperature range: 25 C to +40 C
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Stroke for each lever rotation Lever pressure at full load Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 1.5 m stroke reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg Piece mm mm daN B C D kg 1500 1 314 35 27 23 23 18 9.9 115185 233927 3000 1 376 38 49 30 25 22 16.5 115187 233928

Other lifting heights on enquiry!

Indestructible P85 lever hoist, malleable cast iron Maximum stability!


WLL up to 10,000 kg
X Ultra-robust due to the malleable cast iron housing bending or
twisting is not possible

new!

X Long-lasting because it is not susceptible to moisture and dust thanks


to the closed chain path

X Unaffected by vibrations and oscillations due to self-locking, flat brake thread with heavy-duty construction X Maximum safety from compulsory switching sequence of Lift-Lower-Free accidental switchover is not
possible

X High-quality European lifting chain according to EN X As an option, also available with roller chain the chain cannot twist!
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Stroke for each lever rotation Lever pressure at full load Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 1.5 m stroke reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg Piece mm mm daN B C D kg 750 1 322 111 38 21 27 15 8.2 238982 238984 1500 1 389 45 31 27 30 20 17 115085 238985 3000 1 403 33 40 35 34 25 22.2 171526 238986 6000 2 532 17 42 48 46 40 38 183550 238987 10000 3 805 11 37 61 54 40 67 238983 238988

Also available with friction coupling at extra cost. Other lifting heights on enquiry! Also available with roller chain please consult PFEIFER.

34
2011/12

HIT Chrome spur wheel pulley blocks Top quality for all-round use!
X Optimum corrosion protection thanks to chrome plated, closed sheetsteel housing and galvanised inner plates

X Proven quality 100% tested before shipment in the Pfeifer headX European, high-tensile, galvanised load chain according to EN X Long-life, stable hand chain X Compact design with small overall height
Usable from 25 C to +40 C
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Tensile force of hand chain at nominal load Stroke per 1 m unreeling of the hand chain Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 6 m stroke kg Piece mm daN mm B C D d kg 250 1 220 19 21 16 25 12 30 5 218919 218925 500 1 270 23 37 18.5 30 15 35 10 218920 218926 1000 1 317 31 25 26 28 17 35.5 12 218921 218927 2000 1 414 36 14 40 33.5 22 42.5 20 218922 218928 3000 2 465 34 7 44 40 28 50 27 218923 218929 5000 2 636 42 6 53 50 34 64 45.5 218924 218930

Other lifting heights on enquiry!

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


35

quarters, Memmingen

The adaptable one 360 spur wheel pulley block Operate it safely from outside the danger area!
X Hand chain can be rotated by 360 facilitates operation at a safe
distance from the load

X Can also be operated without difficulty from above or from the side
perfect for pulling and tensioning

X Long-lasting because it is not susceptible to moisture and dust


thanks to the closed chain path

X Top handling compact dimensions and low hand force X High-quality European lifting chain according to EN X Robust, powder-coated sheet steel design
Operate it safely and conveniently next to the load. The rotatable hand chain makes this unit particularly suitable for bulky loads.

WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Tensile force of hand chain at nominal load Stroke per 1 m unreeling of the hand chain Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 6 m stroke

kg Piece mm daN mm B C D kg

500 1 300 21 33.3 17 24 14 8.7 169228 238991

1000 1 335 30 20.4 22 29 19 10.6 169229 238992

2000 1 395 32 14.1 30 35 22 15 169230 238993

3000 1 520 38 11.5 38 40 30 23.4 169231 238994

5000 2 640 34 5.8 45 47 37 37.5 169232 238995

Other lifting heights on enquiry!

The miracle space-saver 360 pulley block with integrated roller running gear Makes best use of the height!
X X X X X X X X
Optimum utilisation of the ceiling height thanks to its own extremely small height Inherently stable no wobbling or rocking since the pulley block is rigidly attached to the geared trolleys Hand chain can be rotated by 360 facilitates operation at a safe distance from the load Fast assembly due to infinite adjustment of the round nuts Tipping protection, wheel-fracture protection, and approach buffers as a standard Long-lasting because it is not susceptible to moisture and dust thanks to the closed chain path High-quality European lifting chain according to EN Robust, powder-coated sheet steel design

Operate it safely and conveniently next to the load. The rotatable hand chain makes this unit particularly suitable for bulky loads. Roller and ball bearings on all rotary parts
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Tensile force of hand chain Beam flange width Weight with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 6 m stroke mm daN mm kg kg 500 1 245 21 50180 20 161263 238997 1000 1 272 30 50180 27 161264 238998 2000 1 323 32 58180 44 161265 238999 3000 1 382 38 74180 77 161266 239000 5000 2 550 34 98180 125 161267 239001

36

2011/12

Higher working load limits and carrying flange widths up to 300 mm and with winder running gear on enquiry. Other lifting heights on enquiry!

Manual hoists explosion-proof


Uno-Ex lever hoist
For use in potentially explosive environments
ATEX classification: I M2 II 2 GD c IIB T4 T120 C X Copper-plated hook Galvanised load chain, optionally in stainless steel Special brake for reduced heat generation Robust sheet steel construction Low dead weight

Explosion-proof version Pulley block 360


For use in potentially explosive environments
ATEX classification: II 2 GD c IIB T4 T 125 C X and II 2 GD c IIB T3 T 145 C Copper-plated hook Special brake for reduced heat generation Hand chain in stainless steel, galvanised load chain, optionally in stainless steel Top corrosion prevention from MKS coating of all metal surfaces Protection from soiling and corrosion thanks to closed housing and closed chain path. Lift safely outside the danger zone. The 360 revolving hand chain enables operation from the side at a safe distance from the load. Can also easily be operated from above or from the side. Also ideal for tensioning or pulling.

Explosion-proof version 360 pulley block with integrated trolley


ATEX classification: II 2 GD c IIB T4 T 125 C X II 2 GD c IIB T3 T 145 C Copper-plated hook, rollers made from solid bronze Special brake for reduced heat generation Hand chain in stainless steel, galvanised load chain, optionally in stainless steel Top corrosion prevention from MKS coating of all metal surfaces Protection from soiling and corrosion thanks to closed housing and closed chain path. Maximum use of room height thanks to very small overall chain hoist height. No shaking, no swinging. Very stable in itself as the pulley block is mounted securely on the trolley. Trolley with wheel fracture protection and approach buffers Lift safely outside the danger zone. The 360 revolving hand chain enables operation from the side at a safe distance from the load.

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


37

new!

Roller running gear


Suitable for manual, electric and pneumatic hoists Very simple, virtually infinite adaptation to various beam flange widths Adjustable for wide range of beams and different profiles (e. g. INP IPE, IPB) , Optimum running characteristics due to ball-bearing-mounted rollers Tipping protection and wheel fracture protection as standard Centric suspension of the hoist in the eye cross beam no lateral wandering on the cross beam 500/1000/2000 versions, small flange widths in blue

WLL kg 500 500 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000

Beam flange width mm 50220 160300 58220 160300 66220 160300 74220 160300 90220 180300

max. flange thickness mm 24 40 30 40 36 40 25 40 25 40

smallest curve radius m 0.90 0.90 1.00 0.90 1.10 1.15 1.40 1.40 1.80 1.80

Weight kg 5.2 10.6 9.0 12.0 13.5 19.3 32.0 35.8 48.0 52.2

Reference no. 115188 115189 115190 115191 115192 115193 115194 115195 115196 115197

Reel running gear


Version like roller running gear; however, driven by means of hand chain via a hand chain sprocket. With galvanised hand chain for 3 m running track height. Other chain lengths for higher running tracks on enquiry.

WLL kg 500 500 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000

Beam flange width mm 50220 160300 58220 160300 66220 160300 74220 160300 90220 180300

max. flange thickness mm 25 40 25 40 25 40 25 40 25 40

smallest curve radius m 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1.15 1.15 1.40 1.40 1.80 1.80

Manual force at rated load daN 3 3 6 6 7 7 7 7 9 9

Weight kg 9.7 12.6 11.2 14.1 18.0 21.3 35.4 39.2 51.8 56.0

Reference no. 168186 168187 168188 168189 168190 168191 168192 168193 168194 168195

Beam clamps
For fastening an attachment point to an I-beam Also suitable for the lifting of I-beams in a vertical direction Easy and simple assembly, adjustable to the beam size using the screw jack For the vertical suspension of hoists Low overall height Also suitable for I-sections with inclination of the lower flange up to 20%

B B1

E D

WLL kg 2000 3000

Dimensions in mm Bmin. 75 80 80 Bmax. 260 354 354 B1max. 215 320 320 D 23 24 28 Emin. 102 140 140 Emax. 155 225 225

Weight kg 5.2 10.0 11.3

Reference no. 136879 198086 136881

38

5000

2011/12

Electric chain hoists


Transport and lifting devices
39
2011/12

The selection of the correct electric chain hoist depends primarily on the application.
The following questions arise:
Necessary hook travel Suspension height Frequency of application (rarely, more frequently, continuous operation) Type of operation (longer distances without a break or frequent switching/lifting/lowering) Environmental conditions (temperature, hygiene requirements, aggressive environment, e.g. offshore or explosive environment)

Depending upon the individual application, the correct hoist can then be selected with the following parameters:

Duty cycle

Specifies the operating/pause ratio of according to FEM 9.511 the electric chain hoist. The FEM is divided into the classes 1DM to 5 m, whereby 5 m is the This is specified in %. Although the minimum values are specified in the best class. The following are standards, the performance of many indicated for each class in the FEM: chain hoists is better than that The minimum requirement for the demanded by the standard. duty cycle

Motor group

Number of legs
There are electric chain hoists with one or more legs. The more legs, the higher the working load limit of the chain hoist for the same motor power. However, many legs mean a lower lifting speed and cause long chain lengths = high weight, large chain store.

Type of control

Full load hours


This number indicates the period of operation after which the chain hoist must be subjected to a big service or a general overhaul. This limit is reached sooner or later, depending upon the application or frequency of operation. It is calculated on the basis of the hook travel employed, the number of operations per day and the lifting speed.

The maximum length of time that the chain hoist may be operated without a break The maintenance intervals in full load hours The correct class is to be selected here depending on the application!

In general there are two types of control. Direct control and contactor control. Direct control means that the operating voltage (400 V) is switched directly in the pendant control panel. In the case of contactor control, the operating voltage is converted to a low voltage and this is switched in the pendant control panel. This option may be useful depending Limit switches on the environment, e.g. humidity. There are limit switches for lifting and Certain other parameters, such as lowering. The load movement is stroke limit switches, may make stopped if the load hook reaches a contactor control necessary. certain position at the top or bottom. This prevents the hook from being driven against the housing at the top or to the stop of the load chain at the bottom. The integrated friction coupling is relieved as a result, extending the service life.

In the following we offer you a selection of electric chain hoists, in which we already offer devices as a standard according to application.
eters at all param ase note th Ple in to be seen er! are always h one anoth wit connection

We will be only too pleased to assist you in selecting the optimum hoist for your application! Just contact us! Speak to your technical advisor or call us: +49 (0)83 31-937-112 we look forward to your call!

The standard from 250 kg to 2,000 kg


Electric chain hoists for standard service with standard lifting height, hook suspension and 2 lifting speeds

new!

X Selection criteria: flexibly usable with good price-performance ratio


thanks to high degree of standardisation

X Fast lifting or exact positioning possible by means of two lifting


speeds

X Safe! Protected against overload by friction coupling X Pleasant handling due to compact dimensions and low dead weight. X Long life! Dust and splash-proof (protection class IP55 / insulation
class F)

X High performance chain hoist, made in Germany


All models include chain store With hook suspension This chain hoist is characterised by its great flexibility. The hook suspension can be hung up in an eye, a ring or optional running gear depending upon needs.
WLL Model Main stroke Fine stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Duty cycle, main Duty cycle, fine Dimension of load chain Lifting motor (400 V 50 Hz) Reference no. with 3 m stroke, 1.5 m control cable and hook suspension Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8.5 m control cable and hook suspension % % mm kW m/min m/min kg 250 250/1-8/2 8 2 1 2m 40 25 4 x 12 0.32/0.08 237401 237403 500 500/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 2m 60 25 7.2 x 21 0.9/0.2 237404 237406 1000 1000/2-5/1.25 5 1.25 2 2m 60 25 7.2 x 21 0.9/0.2 237407 237409 2000 2000/2-3/0.75 3 0.75 2 1 Am 60 25 7.2 x 21 1.1/0.2 237410 237412

Other lifting heights on enquiry!

Suitable beam trolleys and beam clamps on page 38

40
2011/12

The simple ones from 250 kg to 6,300 kg


Electric chain hoists for occasional use! One lifting speed, directly controlled.
X Selection criteria: applicationspecific implementation with top price-performance ratio

X Long life! Dust and splash-proof (protection class IP55 / insulation


class F)

X Safe! Protected against overload by friction coupling


Usable e. g. in the workshop or for the occasional movement of loads in industry and handicraft All models include chain store Directly-controlled 5 tonne and 6.3 tonne version, contactor-controlled with limit switch Operating voltage 400 V AC/50 Hz One speed for lifting and lowering With eye or hook suspension or with manual or electric running gear Further options available from standard. Please enquire: Other lifting heights (higher and lower) and other lifting speeds Contactor control or radio remote control, e. g. in a damp environment or in the case of heavy demands on the pendant control panel. For additional safety! Hoist limit switch for lifting and lowering. Reliably prevents the load hook from driving into the stop at the top or bottom. Electric running gear with other driving speeds up to 25 m/min or 2 driving speeds Tip: Electric running gear should be used for loads of 1,000 kg or more! Such heavy loads can no longer or hardly be moved at all by a manual running gear!
WLL Model Description Main stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Motor group load chain EN 818-7 Duty cycle, main Duty cycle, fine Max. permissible switchings per hour Dimensions of load chain mm % % m/min kg 250 020/52 250/2-4 4 2 2m 2m 60 500 020/53 500/2-3 3 2 3m 2m 60 800 050/53 800/2-5 5 2 1 Am 1 Bm 50 1000 030/52 1000/2-4 4 2 1 Bm 1 Bm 40 1600 070/54 1600/2-4 4 2 2m 2m 60 2000 070/55 2000/2-3 3 2 1 Am 1 Bm 40 2500 070/56 2500/2-4 4 2 1 Bm 1 Bm 60 3200 090/55 3200/2-4 4 2 2m 2m 60 5000 110/52 5000/2-5 5 2 2m 2m 60 6300 110/54 6300/2-4 4 2 1 Bm 1 Bm 60

360 412

240 412 0.55 217774 217784 217794 218153 218192 218209 16 50 106

240 5.215 0.75 217775 217785 217795 218154 218193 218210 16 66 135

240 5.215 0.55 217776 217786 217796 218155 218194 218211 16 66 135

240 7.221 1.1 217777 217787 217797 218156 218195 218212 16 66 135

240 7.221 1.1 217778 217788 217798 218157 218196 218216 16 66 135

240 7.221 1.7 217779 217789 217799 218158 218197 218217 8 82 155

240 927 2.2 217780 217790 217800 218159 218198 218218 8 82 155

240 11.331 4 217781 217791 217801 218160

240 11.331 4 217782 217792 217802 218161

Lifting motor (400 V 50 Hz) kW 0.175 Reference no. with 3 m stroke, 1.5 m 217773 control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 6 m stroke, 4.5 m 217783 control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8.5 m 217793 control cable and eye suspension Other suspension gear (please order in addition to the chain hoist!) Reference no., hook suspension gear Reference no., manual running gear type N Reference no., electric running gear type N Driving speed, electric running gear type N Beam flange width, running gear type N m/min mm 218151 218189 218208 16 50 106

218219 4/16 90 155

218220 4/16 90 155

Caution! In the case of the chain hoists with the reference numbers 217800, 217801 and 217802, an additional attachment point is required in order to relieve the chain store. In the case of chain hoists with running gear, a trailing running gear is required. Please order at the same time!

Trailing running gear


Reference no. 218233

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


41

The continuous runners from 250 kg to 5,000 kg


Electric chain hoists that are used frequently and often switched on/off!
X Selection criteria: High duty
cycle, high motor group, number of permissible switchings per hour

X Fast lifting and positioning to the exact millimetre due to 2 lifting


speeds

X Low-maintenance due to high motor group X Long life! Dust and splash-proof (protection class IP55 / insulation
class F)

X Safe! Protected against overload by friction coupling


Employed wherever the chain hoist is used very frequently or switched frequently on the pendant control panel, e. g. on swivelling cranes at a loading point etc. Directly controlled, operating voltage 400 V AC/50 Hz Models 091/56 and 111/52 include contactor controller and limit switch With eye or hook suspension or with manual or electric running gear Further options available from standard. Please enquire: Other lifting heights (higher and lower) and other lifting speeds Contactor control or radio remote control, e. g. in a damp environment or in the case of heavy demands on the pendant control panel. For additional safety! Hoist limit switch for lifting and lowering. Reliably prevents the load hook from driving into the stop at the top or bottom. Trolleys for other flange widths and other driving speeds
WLL Model Description Main stroke Fine stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Motor group load chain EN 818-7 Duty cycle, main Duty cycle, fine Max. permissible switchings per hour Dimensions of load chain mm Lifting motor (400 V 50 Hz) kW Reference no. with 3 m stroke, 1.5 m control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 6 m stroke, 4.5 m control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8.5 m control cable and eye suspension Other suspension gear (please order in addition to the chain hoist!) Reference no., hook suspension gear Reference no., manual running gear type N Reference no., electric running gear type N Driving speed, electric running gear type N, slow/fast Beam flange width, running gear type N m/min mm % % m/min m/min kg 250 021/53 250/2-4/1 4 1 2 3m 2m 50 40 240 412 0.32/0.08 218111 218117 218123 218162 218199 218221 5/20 50106 500 051/55 500/2-9/2.3 9 2.3 2 3m 1 Bm 60 25 240 5.215 1.1/0.2 218112 218118 218124 218163 218200 218222 5/20 50106 1000 071/53 1000/2-5/1.25 5 1.25 2 2m 2m 60 25 240 7.221 1.1/0.2 218113 218119 218125 218164 218201 218223 5/20 66135 2000 091/51 2000/2-4/1 4 1 2 3m 3m 60 25 240 927 1.5/0.37 218114 218120 218126 218165 218202 218224 5/20 82155 3200 091/56 3200/2-5/1.25 5 1.25 2 2m 2m 60 25 240 927 3.0/0.75 218115 218121 218127 218166 218203 218225 5/20 82155 5000 111/52 5000/2-5/1.25 5 1.25 2 2m 2m 40 24 240 11.331 4.4/1.0 218116 218122 218128 218167

218226 4/16 90155

Caution! In the case of the chain hoists with the reference numbers 218126, 218127 and 218128, an additional attachment point is required in order to relieve the chain store. In the case of chain hoists with running gear, a trailing running gear is required. Please order at the same time!

Trailing running gear


Reference no. 218233

42
2011/12

The fast ones from 250 kg to 3,200 kg


Electric chain hoists for high lifting heights or fast lifting!
motor group, stroke limit switch

X Fast lifting and positioning to the exact millimetre due to 2 lifting


speeds

X With stroke limit switches reliably prevent the load hook from
driving into the stop at the top or bottom.

X Long life! Dust and splash-proof (protection class IP55 / insulation


class F)

X Safe! Protected against overload by friction coupling X Low-maintenance due to high motor group
Used wherever loads are to be lifted over great heights without a break or have to be moved fast. All models include chain store Contactor control 24 VDC, operating voltage 400 V AC/50 Hz With eye or hook suspension or with manual or electric running gear Further options available from standard. Please enquire: Other lifting heights (higher and lower) and higher lifting speeds Trolleys for other flange widths and other driving speeds Radio remote control
WLL Model Description Main stroke Fine stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Motor group load chain EN 818-7 Duty cycle, main Duty cycle, fine Max. permissible switchings per hour Maximum hook travel without a break in operation* Dimensions of load chain % % m mm m/min m/min kg 250 051/52 250/1-12/3 12 3 1 3m 2m 40 10 240 360 5.215 0.6/0.1 217808 217814 217820 217826 218168 218204 218227 m/min mm 5/20 50106 500 071/53 500/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 2m 2m 60 25 240 300 7.221 1.1/0.2 217809 217815 217821 217827 218169 218205 218228 5/20 66135 1000 091/52 1000/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 3m 3m 60 25 240 300 927 0.75/3.0 217810 217816 217822 217828 218171 218206 218229 5/20 82155 1600 091/56 1600/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 2m 2m 60 25 240 300 927 3.0/0.75 217811 217817 217823 217829 218172 218207 218230 5/20 82155 2500 111/52 2500/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 2m 2m 40 25 240 300 11.331 4.4/1.0 217812 217818 217824 217830 218173 3200 111/54 3200/1-8/2 8 2 1 1Bm 1Bm 25 25 150 120 11.331 4.4/1.0 217813 217819 217825 217831 218174

Lifting motor (400 V 50 Hz) kW Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8,5 m control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 15 m stroke, 13.5 m control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 20 m stroke, 18.5 m control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 25 m stroke, 23.5 m control cable and eye suspension Other suspension gear (please order in addition to the chain hoist!) Reference no., hook suspension gear Reference no., manual running gear type N Reference no., electric running gear type N Driving speed, electric running gear type N Beam flange width, running gear type N

218231 4/16 90155

218232 4/16 90155

Caution! In the case of the chain hoists with the reference numbers 217818, 217819, 217823, 217824, 217825, 217827, 217828, 217829, 217830, 217831, an additional attachment point is required in order to relieve the chain store. In the case of chain hoists with running gear, a trailing running gear is required. Please order at the same time!
* The hook travel describes the entire distance (lifting and lowering) travelled by the hook. If the maximum hook travel is used, then the chain hoist must cool down completely afterwards.

Trailing running gear


Reference no. 218233

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


43

X Selection criteria: High lifting speed, single leg, high duty cycle, high

The indestructible ones from 2,500 kg to 30,000 kg


Electric chain hoists for extreme stresses
X Selection criteria: High duty cycle, high motor group, sturdy and
precise manufacture, best material and construction, lowest wear

X Long life, low wear inner workings X Extremely sturdy design X High basic standard
This chain hoist is used in applications where the equipment is subjected to extreme stresses. The entire construction is designed down to the tiniest detail for extreme loads. Whether it be for offshore, drilling rigs, tunnel construction, military, mining or other extreme applications, this chain hoists copes with just anything! Extremely wear-resistant, because: the chain driving sprocket is milled from special steel; highly precise, diagonally-toothed gears; German lifting chain specially matched to the sprocket, defined chain intake with twist protection Overload protection by means of friction coupling or power-off Motor group 2 m also for high working load limits therefore low maintenance; high duty cycle therefore frequent loading possible Defined sealing of the equipment with o-rings (is also sealed 100% again after service) Extra-sturdy, ventilated brake motor with thermal monitoring (switches off before overheating) Extra-sturdy steel housing, dust and splash-proof protection class IP55 / insulation class F All models include chain store Contactor control 42 V DC. Greater safety in damp environments or in the case of heavy demand on the pendant control panel Fast lifting and positioning to the exact millimetre due to 2 lifting speeds With stroke limit switches reliably prevent the load hook from driving into the stop at the top or bottom. Operating voltage 400 V AC/50 Hz
WLL Description Main stroke Fine stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Duty cycle, main Duty cycle, fine Dimensions of load chain % % mm m/min m/min kg 2500 AK825 8 2 1 2m 40 25 11.331 5000 AK850 4 1 2 2m 40 25 11.331 4.0/1.1 218376 218383 218390 218400 218402 218409 16/4 74192 10000 AK910 2.8 0.7 2 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218377 218384 218391 15000 AK915 1.8 0.45 3 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218378 218385 218392 20000 AK920 1.35 0.35 4 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218379 218386 218393 25000 AK925 1.1 0.27 5 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218380 218387 218394 30000 AK930 1 0.2 6 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218381 218388 218395

Lifting motor (400 V 50 Hz) kW 4.0/1.1 Reference no. with 3 m stroke, 1.5 m 218375 control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 6 m stroke, 4.5 m 218382 control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8.5 m 218389 control cable and eye suspension Other suspension gear (please order in addition to the chain hoist!) Reference no., hook suspension gear Reference no., reel running gear Reference no., electric running gear Driving speed, electric running gear type N, slow/fast Beam flange width, running gear m/min mm 218399 218401 218408 16/4 74196

218403 218410 16/4 119215

218404 218411 16/4 131221

218405 218412 16/4 160310

218406 218413 16/4 160310

218407 218414 16/4 160310

Other working load limits from 500 kg on enquiry.

44
2011/12

Plug & Play electric chain hoists


Electric chain hoists for the normal 230 V socket! Incl. 1 m cable and plug.
X Plug in and start working!
Operation with 230 V socket flexible use

X Long life! Dust and splash-proof (protection class IP55 / insulation


class F)

X Safe! Protected against overload by friction coupling


Chain hoists from this series are particularly suited for installation work. The particular advantage is the flexibility. The chain hoist can be used wherever there is a mains socket. All models include chain store Directly controlled Operating voltage 230 V AC/50 Hz

WLL Model Description Main stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Motor group load chain EN 818-7 Duty cycle, main Max. permissible switchings per hour Dimensions of load chain Lifting motor (230 V 50 Hz) Reference no. with 3 m stroke, 1.5 m control cable and hook suspension Reference no. with 6 m stroke, 4.5 m control cable and hook suspension Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8.5 m control cable and hook suspension

kg

250 020/01 250/1-8

500 020/01 500/2-4 4 2 2m 1Bm 40 240 412 0.25 218130 218134 218138

1000 050/02 1000/2-4 4 2 1Am 1Bm 40 240 5.215 0.55 218131 218135 218139

2000 070/01 2000/2-3 3 2 1Am 1Bm 40 240 7.221 1.1 218132 218136 218140

m/min

8 1 2m 1Bm

% mm kW

40 240 412 0.25 218129 218133 218137

Further options available from standard. Please enquire: Other lifting heights (higher and lower) and other lifting speeds Electric or manual running gear

PFEIFER is your specialist for electric chain hoists far beyond the catalogue!
X Are you looking for an electric chain hoist for a special application? X Do you have special requirements and wishes?
We know what it depends on and will select the correct equipment for you!

3 3 3 3

We will be only too pleased to determine the correct chain hoist for you, even far beyond the offer in our catalogue! We offer you the correct chain hoist neutrally, objectively and independent of the manufacturer! Our technical advisors will be only too pleased to visit you and discuss your application! either on-site or at one of our service centres!

X Do you need neutral advice and selection of a suitable chain hoist? X Do you need an on-site consultation?

X Our inspection service takes care of the annual inspection as well as the servicing of your equipment,
Our claim: We advise you on your individual application professionally and objectively! We offer the correct electric chain hoist including service for every customer and every application!

Just contact us: +49 (0) 83 31-937-112


45
2011/12

Transport and lifting devices

X With hook suspension for

Electric chain hoists for special applications

Handymaster
For crane-assisted working This chain hoist facilitates working wherever loads need to be lifted and guided precisely without problems. Load hooks and pendant control panel thereby form an ergonomically shaped, fixed unit. Suitable for any kind of workplace where moderate to heavy loads need to be moved frequently. e.g. assembly, dispatch and logistics etc. The load can be lifted and guided with just one hand! Lower hook lockable, facilitates work in the case of constantly repeated operational sequences No separate, bothersome pendant control panel Available with hook suspension, eye, roller running gear or electric running gear

Electric chain hoist with stainless steel chain


For work in hygienic or particularly aggressive environments Equipped with a stainless steel chain and optional food-safe lubrication, this chain hoist is particularly suitable for use in clean environments. Together with the food-safe lubrication, it is outstandingly well suited for use in the food industry. e.g. dairies, breweries, mineral water wells.

Electric chain hoist in explosion-proof design


For use in potentially explosive environments In the chemical and pharmaceutical industry as well as in other fields, gases or dusts may be generated that can explode due to unprotected electrical appliances.

In order to prevent this, PFEIFER offers a wide range of explosion-proof chain hoists complying with the latest ATEX In aggressive environments, where a standard, including all necessary galvanised lifting chain corrodes fast, approvals and documents. In addition, the stainless steel chain extends the a suitable main switch and installation service life enormously. cable can be delivered together with the chain hoist. We offer the following safety classes:
Gas-Ex: ATEX II2G Eex cde IIB T4, zone 1 ATEX II2G Eex cde IIC T4, zone 1 ATEX II3G Eex nA II T3, zone 2 Dust-Ex: ATEX II2D Eex cde IIB T4 IP65, zone 21 ATEX II3D IP55, 135, zone 22

46
2011/12

Pneumatic hoists from 250 kg to 6,000 kg


X Usable in continuous operation, duty cycle 100% X Optimum handling due to infinitely variable lifting speed and low dead
weight

X Fast working high lifting speed shortens the idle stroke time, espeX Safe and insensitive since no electricity present. Also no problem to use outdoors X Proven in many applications! X E. g. chemical and pharmaceutical industry (explosion-proof version), automotive industry, shipbuilding,
paint shops, refineries, foundries, paper and food industry no doubt in your application too!
Pneumatic hoists have a duty cycle of 100%. That means that these devices can be used without any breaks in operation at all. Furthermore, they offer the advantage of a relatively low dead weight, in particular for high working load limits. The lifting speed is also high, especially in the unloaded condition. Robust cast steel housing Supplied with chain store Standard lifting height 3 m, rope control (2.5 m), suspension hook
WLL Number of chain legs Lifting speed Full load/no load Air consumption Air connection Weight with 3 m stroke A B C D G H K L S T Reference no. m/min l/sec. Inch kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 250 1 9.3 19 11.7 3/8 7.3 230 110 120 95 240 305 29 15 35 60 156054 500 2 4.5 9.5 11.7 3/8 10.6 230 110 120 95 240 365 29 15 35 60 156055 1000 2 5.3 10.3 25 1/2 34 321 156 165 180 177 469 34 29 47 133 156056 2000 2 3 5.7 25 1/2 40 321 156 165 194 203 503 32 37 50 144 156057 3000 1 2.8 5.7 33 1/2 69 430 202 228 245 249 563 41 45 47 168 156058 6000 2 1.4 2.9 33 1/2 90 430 202 228 275 275 673 50 49 63 212 156059

We will be only too pleased to advise you on the right hoist for your application our range extends far beyond this page! Please contact us! Phone +49 (0) 8331-937-112 Further options, please enquire: Pushbutton control Design with pneumatic crab Explosion-proof design in accordance with the latest ATEX standard Water separator and oiler

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


47

cially in the unloaded condition

Aluminium gantry crane


X X X X X X X
WLL Beam length Suspension point Overall height Weight Reference no.

folding side frames height adjustable simplified assembly only plugged, not screwed connections for lifting in inaccessible places including lockable trolley including integrated horizontal adjuster
kg mm mm mm kg 1000 4000 1000 4000 1000 4000 2000 4000 3000 4000

Working load limit 2,000 and 3,000 kg: Design with double beam

13602360 17503000 23254025 27094409 26453795 17352735 21253375 27004400 27844484 27203870 95 201022 105 201023 166 201024 237 201025 267 201026

Pulley block is not part of the scope of supply.

Aluminium gantry crane


movable under load
X X X X X
folding side frames height adjustable simple assembly only plugged, not screwed connections with stretcher strut between side frame and aluminium beam for additional stability

X including lockable trolley X including integrated horizontal adjuster


WLL Beam length Suspension point Overall height Weight Reference no. kg mm mm mm kg 1000 4000 17202120 20952495 166 201029 1000 4000 21603010 25353385 192 201030 1000 4000 24903790 28654165 214 201031

Pulley block is not part of the scope of supply.

Aluminium tripod
X X X X
WLL Suspension point Weight Reference no.

telescopic feet foldable Overall length (e. g. in transport state) 2,000 mm non-slip rubber metal applications on the underside of the adjustable feet, to guarantee stability
kg mm kg 1000 17223113 54 201034

Pulley block is not part of the scope of supply.

48
2011/12

Swivelling crane

Swivelling range 270 or 180 in column or wall-mounted version Steel construction according to EN regulations and EU machinery directive for light industrial use

Electrical connection: Lockable main connection switch, round electricity supply cable, with cable support eye for outreaches up to 3,000 mm and round trailing cable for outreaches from 4,000 mm onward Documentation: Crane documents with certified preliminary and construction testing, complete labelling according to UVV (German accident prevention regulations), illustrated installation instructions Electric chain hoist (main and fine stroke) with manual sliding running gear. Operating and control voltage: 400 V/50 Hz, with emergency stop button
Column swivelling crane, swivelling range 270 WLL Outreach (A) Lower edge of crane boom (UK) Overall height (B) Height of hoist (C) Crane with electric chain hoist and manual running gear Main stroke + fine stroke Accessories Anchor bolts with foundation template (Foundation depth 1,000 mm) SHEAR CONNECTOR system (alternative) Direct mounting on concrete floor Minimum thickness 200 mm Reference no. foundation / mm Reference no. plate / mm 201494 1000 201490 680 201494 1200 201490 680 kg mm mm mm mm Reference no. m/min 125 3000 2500 3290 415 201437 8+2 125 4000 2500 3290 415 201438 8+2

Choice of two mounting systems: Anchor bolts and foundation template Foundation depth at least 1,000 mm

SHEAR CONNECTOR system For direct mounting on reinforced or unreinforced concrete floors. Concrete quality B25, Thickness at least 200 mm Package including shear connectors and bolts

125 5000 2500 3290 415 201439 8+2 201494 1400 201490 680

250 3000 2500 3290 470 201440 4+1 201494 1200 201490 680

250 4000 2500 3290 470 201441 4+1 201494 1300 201493 850

250 5000 2500 3290 470 201442 4+1 201494 1400 201493 850

500 3000 2500 3290 520 201443 4+1 201494 1400 201493 850

500 4000 2500 3290 520 201444 4+1 201495 1600 201491 1050

500 5000 2500 3290 520 201445 4+1 201495 1800 201492 1200

Wall-mounted swivelling crane, swivelling range 180 WLL Outreach (A) Overall height (B) Height of hoist (C) Horizontal force H max. Vertical force V max. Crane with electric chain hoist and manual running gear Main stroke + fine stroke kg mm mm mm daN daN Reference no. m/min 125 3000 940
415 874 251 201446

125 4000 940 415 1224 273


201447

125 5000 940 415 1572 286


201448

250 3000 940


470 1503 410 201449

250 4000 940


470 2066 433 201450

250 5000 940


470 2723 475 201451

500 3000 940


520 2846 753 201452

500 4000 940


520 3885 790 201453

500 5000 940


520 5036 866 201454

8+2

8+2

8+2

4+1

4+1

4+1

4+1

4+1

4+1

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


49

Design: Working load limit up to 500 kg Outreach up to 5000 mm Basic electrical connection with electricity supply to the hoist Boom with plain bearing Swivelling resistance infinitely adjustable Trolley driving buffer Quality corrosion protection by means of mechanical steel shot rust removal Primer yellow-green, RAL 6018

Rope hoists
X Robust multi-purpose device for pulling, lifting, lowering, tensioning
and securing

X X X X X X X

For unlimited rope lengths Jerk-free working to the exact millimetre Use in every position, in every direction Simple, easy and safe handling Very high work safety Virtually maintenance-free Long service life

Original Greifzug rope hoists


Type WLL Rope feed by double stroke Lever pressure at nominal load Lever length Rope diameter Weight without rope Rope weight Reference no. (without rope) kg mm daN mm mm kg kg/m T 508 D 800 40 29 690 8.4 6.6 0.29 115963 T 516 D 1600 42 40 1150 11.5 13.5 0.53 115893 T 532 D 3200 23 45 1150 16 23 1 115848

Additional accessories for rope tensioning on enquiry: wedge clamps, rope tensioning clamps, screw clamps, pulley blocks, shackles, ground anchors, rope slings

PFEIFER rope hoists


For pulling, tensioning, lifting and lowering loads
For unlimited rope lengths The clamping jaws hold the load securely in each position With overload protection by means of shear pins With rope release for pulling off the unloaded rope With corrosion-protected, insensitive aluminium housing Complies with UVV BGV D8
WLL Rope diameter Rope travel per double stroke Lever pressure at nominal load Lever length Suspension bolt Weight without rope Reference no. (without rope) kg mm mm daN mm mm kg 800 8.4 52 34 800 22 6 156256 1600 11.5 55 44 1200 25 11 156257 3200 16 28 44 1200 30 22 156258

tion mad ope selec

e easy

r your ct rope fo The corre und on n be fo device ca page. this

Ropes for PFEIFER rope hoists


Rope with press-fitted hook at one end for general securing
Rope diameter Weight per unit length Reference no. mm approx. kg/m 8.4 0.677 236527 11.5 1.004 236529 16 2.33 236530

50
2011/12

Rope pulleys
Transport and lifting devices
51
2011/12

Rope pulley, can be opened, with high-tensile, swivelling hook


Galvanised steel roller with ball bearings Side plates plastic-coated Ropes are fitted by swinging open a side plate Safety factor with the stated permissible tensile force is 2

T A

B
permissible tensile force kN 40 60 100 Max. winch tensile force kN 20 30 50 max. rope mm 12 12 14 Dimensions in mm A 397 458 553 B 59 71 84 C 190 220 256 D 20 25 30 G 32 39 48 R 160 190 222 T 255 305 375 Weight kg/pc. 6.2 9.5 15.3

Reference no. 231857 231858 231859

Rope pulley with bolt for fastening


Galvanised steel roller with ball bearings Side plates plastic-coated Ropes are fitted by removing the bolt Safety factor with the stated permissible tensile force is 2
E

B D

T R

C
permissible tensile force kN 10 20 160 240 Max. winch tensile force kN 5 10 80 120 max. rope mm 10 14 16 20 Dimensions in mm A 173 222 323 390 B 58 72 113 134 C 96 134 190 240 D 21.5 28.0 55.0 61,0 E 18 20 58 68 R 95 128 188 236 T 100 130 188 220 Weight kg/pc. 1.8 3.7 10.5 19

Reference no. 231850 231855 235600 243993

Aluminium rope pulley with bolt for fastening


Rugged polyamide roller (from aluminium as of 170 kN), roller bearing Ropes are fitted by turning the movable side plates Safety factor with the stated permissible tensile force is 2

B D

new!

E T R A

C
permissible tensile force kN 100 150 170 Max. winch tensile force kN 50 75 85 max. rope mm 14 16 22 Dimensions in mm A 270 343 343 B 72 86 86 C 164 210 210 D 31 38 38 E 36 42 42 R 158 198 198 T 150 190 190 Weight kg/pc. 2.4 3.9 5,1

Reference no. 237727 237728 243992

Wire rope traction hoists


dual lift wire rope traction hoist transporting persons and material
Top quality at an unmatched priceperformance ratio and delivery from stock
X X X X X X
Top quality! The best materials for the longest service life Innovation! If required, telematics system with GPS module Top price-performance ratio! Top service! Guaranteed by the certified PFEIFER inspection service Availability! All winches in stock Small dimensions, easy to transport

new!

You need a mobile rope winch... that is as light and easy to use as possible? that can cope with large heights without becoming heavy and unwieldy because of a rope drum? that is suitable and approved for transporting not just material, but persons as well? that can be used in all directions with great adaptability? that is still stable and robust after years and does its job? ...then the dual lift continuous winch will satisfy you! Transport of persons
Model P508 CE9 P508 CE18 P809 CE9 P809 CE18 P1010 CE9 P1010 CE18 WLL kg 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 Rope diameter, guided load mm 8.4 8.4 9.0 9.0 10.2 10.2 Rope diameter, unguided load mm 8 8 9 9 10 10 Rope speed m/min 9 18 9 18 9 18 Power kW 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.8 3.6 Three-phase V 400 400 400 400 400 400 Dead weight kg 53 53 53 53 53 54 Reference no. 233702 233703 233704 238521 233705 233706

Transport of material
Model M508 CE9 M508 CE18 M808 CE9 M809 CE18 M1009 CE9 M1009 CE18 WLL kg 600 600 800 800 980 980 Rope diameter. guided load mm 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 9.0 9.0 Rope diameter. unguided load mm 8 8 8 8 9 9 Rope speed m/min 9 18 9 18 9 18 Power kW 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.8 3.6 Three-phase V 400 400 400 400 400 400 Dead weight kg 53 54 54 54 53 53 Reference no. 233692 233697 233698 233699 233700 235496

Special designs on request

With slack rope switch

Infinitely variable speed

For the transport of persons

52
2011/12

With electronic overload protection

For moving loads

Ropes for traction hoists


Ropes for traction hoists have to meet specific requirements (e. g. preforming) and have special properties (such as extreme crushing strength). The unrivalled manufacturing expertise of our subsidiary PFEIFER DRAKO in Mlheim/Ruhr enables it to ensure the highest quality and wear-resistance for a long service life. You can identify original PFEIFER DRAKO continuous winch ropes by the blue strand.

Ropes for guided loads


You can use these ropes when your loads are guided by rollers, rails, etc. so that untwisting of the ropes is prevented.
Rope diameter Rope-end style Minimum breaking force rope Fmin Weight per unit length Reference no. kN approx. kg/m mm 8.4 9 10.2 Press-fitted eye Press-fitted eye Press-fitted eye hook at one end hook at one end hook at one end 55 4.304 235866 65.7 4.458 235867 86 4.757 235868

PFEIFER is an authorised service company for the inspection of dual lift wire rope traction hoists

Ropes for unguided loads


These cables are extremely rotation-resistant, meaning they do not rotate under load and can therefore be used for lifting where it is not possible to guide the load.
Rope diameter Rope-end style Minimum breaking force rope Fmin Weight per unit length Reference no. kN approx. kg/m mm 8 Press-fitted swivel hook at one end 55.3 4.736 235869 9 Press-fitted swivel hook at one end 69.2 5.077 235870 10 Press-fitted swivel hook at one end 83 5.599 235871

ction Rope sele

made eas

r your ct rope fo The corre on n be found device ca this page.

Rope handling
Reel Winding Device Winder Willi

Careful rope handling and protection from mechanical damage Further information on how to handle your ropes expertly with the winder willi can be found on page 236.

Accessories dual lift arresting device


In accordance with the requirements of EN 1808, every winch for the transportation of persons requires a safety system on an independent safety rope. The OSL (Overspeed Safety Lock) trips a clamping jaw mechanism if the fall speed reaches 30 m/min. The ISL is a mechanism closing at a rope inclination or an inclination of teh platform of >10
Description Reference no. Description Reference no. OSL508 CE 238481 ISL508 CE 238489 OSL1010 CE 238488 ISL1010 CE 238491 OSL809 CE 238483 ISL809 CE 238490

new!

OSL

ISL

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


53

dual lift connection adapter


Apart from the four mounting holes, the wire rope traction hoists can also be connected via an adapter. This can be used on various connections. A custommade connection can also be supplied.
Description Reference no. Adapter with round link 240285 Adapter with chain 240284 Adapter with shackle 239459

Further accessories and special equipment Rope deflection 180


Reference no. 239484

surcharge remote control


Reference no. 239518

rope winder 9 m/min


Reference no. 239516

rope winder 18 m/min


Reference no. 239517

minifor portable motorised rope hoists


Working load limits from 0.1 0.5 tonnes For fast installation use Instantly ready for use 230 V AC motor Simple operation/unlimited rope length/light and handy Stroke limitation and rope run-out protection by means of limit switches (the scope of supply of the motorised rope hoist includes a 2.5 m control cable, winder with 10 m rope with hook, 2 limit switch springs with hexagonal wrench in cardboard packing.)
Model WLL Rope diameter Rope speed Power Dead weight Reference no. kg mm m/min kW kg Tr 11 100 6.5 15 0.37 21 136430 Tr 31 300 6.5 5 0.37 21 136431 Tr 30S 300 6.5 12 1.1 31.6 136432 Tr 50 500 6.5 7 1.1 31.6 136433

54
2011/12

PFEIFER is an authorised service company for the inspection of wire rope traction hoists.

Manual rope winches


Transport and lifting devices
55
2011/12

Rope winch, manually operated


Tensile force 900 daN Easy, jerk-free lifting, lowering and pulling Load pressure brake Drive crank removable (version with automatic unroll function) Also usable with belt; note: order belt fastener at the same time

Type Tensile load in the 1st rope position Tensile load in the uppermost rope position Wire rope diameter Total rope uptake Gear assistance Weight without rope Reference no. Description Reference no. Description Reference no. Description Reference no. kg daN daN mm m

SSW 900/1 Automatic unroll function 900 330 7 25 8.75:1 7.5 136442 Rope, 20 m, with hook 148439 Belt fastener 188349 Belt, 5.5 m, with triangular hook 181051

SSW 900/2 900 330 7 25 8.75:1 7.5 136443 Rope, 20 m, with hook 148439 Belt fastener 188349 Belt, 5.5 m, with triangular hook 181051

Wall-mounted rope winch


with aluminium housing
Self-locking Removable crank Low crank force Low noise Corrosion-resistant Surface powder-coated Compact form, encapsulated housing
Tensile load maximum rope uptake Rope diameter Stroke per crank revolution crank pressure Weight Reference no., winch Reference no., rope with thimble daN m mm mm kg kg 50 12 2 96 8 1 156037 236541 100 8 3 38 6 2 156038 236542

Rope and end fittings for the rope on enquiry.

ction mad Rope sele

e easy

r your ct rope fo The corre und on n be fo device ca page. this

Wall-mounted rope winch


galvanised, with wall mounting
Self-locking Direction-independent rope outlet, large rope capacity Low noise Corrosion-resistant Compact form, encapsulated housing Folding crank handle
Tensile load maximum rope uptake Rope diameter Rope drum diameter Stroke per crank revolution Transmission ratio Weight Reference no., winch with wall mount Reference no., winch with bracket mount Reference no., rope with thimble kg daN m mm mm mm 300 29 4 60 65 1/3.1 5 156039 200208 236543 500 22 5 60 46 1/4.5 5 156040 200209 236544

Rope and end fittings for the rope on enquiry.

e easy ction mad ope sele

r your ct rope fo The corre found on n be device ca page. this

Wall-mounted rope winch


Painted
Self-locking, recoil-free safety crank with folding handle Load pressure brake to prevent unintentional lowering of the load Protected against corrosion Maintenance-free plain bearing Simple and space-saving wall installation Complies with UVV BGV D8
Tensile load daN 300 500 750 1000 2000 3000 maximum rope uptake m 11 10 12 10 8 7 Rope diameter mm 6.0 6.5 8.0 9.0 12.0 13.0 Stroke per crank crank pressure revolution kg mm 74 30 28 19 16 10 18 21 20 18 32 30 Weight kg 10 10 14 15 23 32 Reference no., winch 156041 156042 156043 156044 156045 156046 Reference no., rope with thimble 236545 236546 236547 236548 236551 236552

Rope and end fittings for the rope on enquiry.

56
2011/12

Electric rope winches


Transport and lifting devices
250 Mini 3.7 1 Bm 0.55 4 7 46.7 185 170 12 389 422 241 180 64 500 BG 1 3.5 1 Am 0.37 6 8.4 58.5 215 300 13.5 710 340 333 200 108 630 BG 1 6.8 1 Bm 0.75 6 6.7 48.9 215 300 13.5 731 340 343 200 108 980 BG 2 3.4 1 Am 0.75 9 11 77.5 270 400 18 852 465 490 250 175 1250 BG 2 5.9 1 Bm 1.1 9 8.7 64.1 270 400 18 907 465 490 250 138 1600 BG 3 3.9 1 Am 1.1 12 12.1 87.8 320 510 22 1014 570 614 300 218 3200 BG 3.5 6.3 1 Am 3 14 11.4 64.5 320 510 22 1101 570 684 300 242

Transport and loading of goods, conveying of materials and persons, shifting from left to right, from top to bottom, diagonally and crosswise in each case. Convincing, large performance range as regards load bearing capacity, lifting height and speed. Functional design, sturdy and purposeful at

the same time. PFeiFer offers the correct rope winch for every application with a wide range of customisable options such as various connection options (230 V, 400 V) and special equipment such as drum free-wheeling, slack rope switch, remote control, explosion protection or transport of persons.

and rmance um perfo beatable Maxim un y at an flexibilit rmance ratio rfo price-pe

WLL Model rope speed Motor group engine power rating rope diameter rope uptake First position in m

kg

125 Mini

250 Mini 2.5 1 Bm 0.25 4 7 46.7 185 170 12 389 422 241 180 64

250 Mini 5.1 1 Bm 0.37 4 7 46.7 185 170 12 389 422 241 180 64

m/min

5.1 1 Bm

kW mm

0.25 4 7 46.7

For multi-rope operation

rope uptake highest position in m Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C (hole diameter) Dimension F Dimension G Dimension H Dimension L mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

For moving loads back and forth

185 170 12 379 422 222 180 64

With slack rope switch

Dimension M (drum diameter)

Drum free-wheeling can be activated

With brake ventilating mechanism plus hand wheel

infinitely variable speed

With flanged pulley enlargement

For the transport of persons

With electronic overload protection

57
2011/12

HIT fork pallet trucks


X Top stability shaft reinforced and attached by means of bolts X Free-moving steering rollers with top-class bearings, full-rubber
tyres

X X X X X

Top handling coated, ergonomically shaped handle Sturdy and durable relubrication possible Extremely durable powder coating High-quality hydraulics Quicklifter version with high-speed stroke up to 200 kg

These fork pallet trucks are characterised by outstanding workmanship, robustness and longevity. Many details provide for more pleasant working. The axles, which can be relubricated via grease nipples, ensure low-noise running as well as the constantly safe lowering of the fork, also in the unloaded condition.

HIT fork pallet truck, 2.5 t Standard

new!

WLL Version Fork length Fork width Distance between outer edges of forks Ground clearance Lifting height Steering rollers Steering roller material Fork rollers Fork roller material Weight Reference no. Pack of six Set reference no.

kg mm mm mm mm mm mm

2500 standard 1150 160 220 85 115 20050 Rubber Tandem PU

2000 quicklifter 1150 160 220 85 115 20050 Rubber Tandem PU 86 226366 226368

kg

83 226365 226367

Supplied as pack of six, pre-assembled, shaft included.

Many details make the HIT pallet truck a quality pallet truck!

Strengthened shaft mounted by means Relubrication of the axle and steering Rollers with high-quality, protected is possible. bearings for optimum running of bolts! For even higher safety! No squeaking! Always lowers easily, properties. even without a load!

for pleasant working and a long service life!


58
2011/12

Fork pallet truck


Transport and lifting devices
2500 with brake 1150 550 150 85 200 210 PU Tandem 65 200241 1000 stainless steel 1150 550 150 85 200 210 Nylon Tandem 80 200242 3000

Special fork pallet trucks


Fork lengths 115 200 cm Load capacities from 1.53 tonnes
X Shaft grip with 3 functions X Regulated lowering by hand grip and foot pedal (not stainless steel
version)

X Extra foot valve for fast lowering of loads X Shaft with extra reinforcement for the thrust (not stainless steel version)

X X X X X X

Additional rollers under the fork tips for easier driving in and out High performance hydraulic pump made of high-tensile steel Extra relief valve Pressure piston, hard, chrome-plated Powder-coated blue (not stainless steel version) Stainless steel version for use in refrigerated warehouses, laboratories, food industry and wet operations

WLL Version Fork length A Distance between outer edges of forks Fork width C Ground clearance G Lifting height H Max. steering angle Tyres Fork rollers Weight Reference no.

kg

1500

mm mm mm mm mm 2000 520 150 85 200 210 PU Tandem kg 146 200240

1150 550 150 85 195 210 PU Tandem 85 200243

59
2011/12

Fork pallet truck with scales 2,000 kg


Lowers costs in goods movement.
X Transport to stationary scales is avoided due to the integrated
weighing system. That saves time, shortens routes and provides a better overview of the inventory control.

X X X X X X X X X X
WLL

Stable industrial design Shaft with extra reinforcement for the thrust Shaft grip with 3 functions Regulated lowering by means of hand grip Extra foot valve for practical manoeuvring High performance hydraulic pump made of high-tensile steel Extra pressure relief valve, therefore long service life Loadable hard rubber tandem rollers Pressure piston, hard, chrome-plated High-quality powder coating
kg mm mm mm mm mm mm Volt kg 2000 150 85 1150 550 180 74 230 or 9 130 200245

Lifting height Min. fork height Fork length Fork carrying width Jockey roller Fork rollers Power supply Weight Reference no.

Used in-plant for the loading and unloading of lorries for the determination of load weights. For filling procedures or for determining the number of items. High-quality weigher with top display! 5-digit display, accuracy 0.05% of full scale reading Measurement range 1 2,000 kg, division 1 kg, tare function High-quality foil keyboard, easy to clean and sealed Printer connection (ASCII RS232 interface, 9600 Baud) 9 V battery operation

On enquiry: calibrated version, version with integrated printer

Manual high-lift fork pallet truck


Up to 2.5 m lifting height!
X X X X
Quicklift function for fast lifting of weights up to 200 kg Energy-independent lifting by means of shaft or foot pedal Controlled, smooth lowering Stable, sturdy design hard-chromed pressure piston, reinforced shaft, PU castors

X Compact dimensions X Simple to operate!


The practical helper for pallet handling. Fork width 550 mm
WLL Lifting height Min. fork height Fork length Fork carrying width Jockey rollers Fork rollers, tandem Tyres Overall height, retracted Overall height with max. stroke Overall width Lifting drive Weight Reference no. kg mm mm mm kg mm mm mm mm mm mm 1000 1200 90 1150 550 150 80 PU 1690 1720 740 Shaft or foot pedal 200 218272 1000 1600 90 1150 550 150 80 PU 1980 2007 740 Shaft or foot pedal 230 218273 1000 2500 90 1150 550 150 80 PU 1838 3000 840 Shaft or foot pedal 325 218274

60
2011/12

PFEIFER high-lift fork pallet truck


For the transport and lifting of palletised goods
X Simple, convenient one-handed
operation With fast lift for loads up to 100 kg Infinitely adjustable lowering speed Pressure relief valve prevents overloading of the high-lift fork pallet truck

X Long service life due to chrome-plated piston rod X Maintenance-free X Steering and fork rollers made of polyurethane
Movable only with lowered load
WLL Lifting height H Fork lowered G Distance between outer edges of fork Fork length A Fork width Z Overall length L Shaft height D Stroke per lever movement with full load Stroke per lever movement, fast lifting speed Weight Reference no. kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1000 800 85 540 1150 160 1505 1235 15 25 104 155710

Scissor lift table


Ideal for use as a small lifting platform in commerce and industry
X X X X X X X
WLL Lifting height Min. table height Table Height of handle Length Stroke per pedal depression Roller Weight Reference no.

Solid, stable industrial quality Parking brakes on both steering rollers Hand grip steering, infinitely adjustable height Polyurethane rollers for easy, quiet running High-quality powder coating High-quality hydraulic pump made of high-strength steel Pressure relief valve, therefore long service life
kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 150 740 225 740 x 450 x 35 825 780 20 100 46 200265 500 900 340 855 x 500 x 50 970 925 20 127 87 200266

Can also be moved under load

High-lift truck 1 tonne up to 250 cm lifting height on enquiry

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


61

X X X X

Shaft grip with 3 functions: lifting/driving/lowering

Transport rollers
X For all in-plant transport of heavy machines and devices X Carrying out transport without the use of machines and independently of crane installations

X Ideal for inaccessible and angular areas in connection with hydraulic


jacks

X Protects floor coverings due to wide rollers contact surfaces X Rollers made from a choice of nylon, steel or composite material
(plastic-coated steel roller)

X Long service life with lowest maintenance costs due to stable construction, high-quality special steel, rollers with ball bearings and simple mechanism

After lifting the load by crane or hydraulic jack, the steering roller and two load rollers are driven in under the load-bearing elements. It is important to ensure an even weight distribution. Please note: The working load limit data for the complete sets apply in the case of optimum load distribution, i. e. taking into account of the permissible nominal loads of the individual rollers. * The individual working load limits of the single chassis may not be exceeded!

Set with nylon rollers, loads up to max. 12 tonnes*


Set consisting of 1 steering roller and 2 load rollers
Set reference no. 114213

Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 4000 115 200200 4 Nylon rollers 8590 15 114211

Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 4000 105 170220 4 Nylon rollers 8590 8.5 114218

For all clean and smooth floor coverings, free of metal chips, pebbles or the like.

Set with nylon rollers, loads up to max. 16 tonnes*


Set consisting of 1 steering roller and 2 load rollers
Set reference no. 114214

Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 4000 115 200200 4 Nylon rollers 8590 15 114211

Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 6000 105 230260 6 Nylon rollers 8590 14 114219

For all clean and smooth floor coverings, free of metal chips, pebbles or the like.

62
2011/12

Set with nylon rollers, loads up to max. 18 tonnes*


Set consisting of 1 steering roller and 2 load rollers
Set reference no. 114217

Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 6000 125 300400 8 Nylon rollers 8168 50 114216

Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 6000 105 230260 6 Nylon rollers 8590 14 114219

For all clean and smooth floor coverings, free of metal chips, pebbles or the like.

Set with composite rollers, loads up to max. 20 tonnes*


Set consisting of 1 steering roller and 2 load rollers
Set reference no. 114215

Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 4000 115 200200 4 Composite rollers 8590 17.5 114212

Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 8000 105 170220 4 Composite rollers 8590 11.5 114220

Suitable for all floor coverings.

Set with steel rollers, loads up to max. 36 tonnes*


Set consisting of 1 steering roller and 2 load rollers
Set reference no. 114223

Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 12000 125 300400 8 Steel rollers 8068 63 114221

Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 12000 105 230260 6 Steel rollers 8590 24 114225

Especially for raw concrete floors. Not suitable for sensitive floor coverings.

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


63

Set with composite rollers, loads up to max. 36 tonnes*


Set consisting of 1 steering roller and 2 load rollers
Set reference no. 114224

Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 12000 125 300400 8 Composite rollers 8068 52 114222

Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 12000 105 230260 6 Composite rollers 8590 17.7 114226

Suitable for all floor coverings.

Spare rollers with bearing


Roller type Dimension for transport roller Reference no. mm Reference no. Nylon 8590 114211/114218/114219 114234 Nylon 8168 114216 114235 Composite 8590 114212/114220/114226 114238 Composite 8068 114222 114239 Steel 8590 114225 114236 Steel 8068 114221 114237

64
2011/12

Roller skate transport sets


X For short, variable transport routes X For the transport of moderately heavy loads, e. g. machines and
machine parts, to the place of operation

X Permits driving around corners thanks to pivot plates with a


Components of the roller skate transport sets: 4 roller skates, 2 steering bars, 2 pivot plates, 2 tie rods, 2 levelling pieces, 1 sheet metal case. The components can also be supplied separately. Please note: The road surface is decisive for a trouble-free transport process, not the working load limit of the roller skate. Tiles and asphalt are unsuitable, concrete is only conditionally suitable; sturdy metal sheets should ideally be underlaid (at least 10 mm thick).

WLL per set kg 20000 30000 60000

Roller mm 18 24 30

Load surface mm 120120 120120 130130

Overall height mm 108 117 140

Pivot plate mm 130 130 150

Weight per set kg 48 56 90

Reference no. 114241 114242 114243

Pry bar rollers


An indispensable aid
X For lifting machines or other articles with little or no floor clearance X Ideal handling long 1.6-metre lever facilitates the raising of heavy
articles as well!

X Robust! grip and load bearing part made of forged steel X Quality made in Germany!
Ideally suited for creating the necessary floor clearance in order to push a jack or roller chassis underneath. With rubber rollers made of highly resistant armoured rubber for low-noise, safe operation without slipping.
WLL Lever length Weight Reference no. with iron rollers Reference no. with rubber rollers kg mm kg 3000 1600 14 155711 155712

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


65

maximum pushing speed of 5 m/min

HIT steel winches


X Top stability solid baseplate with profile provides for optimum
stability, even on dirty surfaces!

X Top service life rack made of specially hardened steel, therefore


low wear; highest manufacturing precision of each individual part; solid implementation of the crank element; extra-thick foot claw; ideal machining of the housing from solid sheet steel!

X Made in Germany!
Universal, free-moving lifting device for the simple raising of loads. Depending upon conditions, the foot claw or the head can be applied. The shape of these two points reliably prevents the load from slipping. The self-locking crank holds the load securely in any position! The crank handle is foldable. All devices are available with safety crank or ratchet crank! Version with adjustable lifting claw also available. The claw can be attached at 10 different heights.

Type 100 steel winches in accordance with DIN 7355


WLL Overall height Lifting height Claw height in the lowest position Weight Reference no. with safety crank Reference no. with ratchet crank kg mm mm mm kg 1500 725 350 70 12 242031 242035 3000 725 350 75 20 242032 242036 5000 725 300 70 24 242033 242037 10000 800 300 90 42 242034 242038

new!

Type 200 steel winches with smaller overall height


WLL Overall height Lifting height Claw height in the lowest position Weight Reference no. with safety crank Reference no. with ratchet crank kg mm mm mm kg 1500 570 300 70 11 242039 242043 3000 570 300 75 18 242040 242044 5000 600 300 70 22 242041 242045 10000 650 300 80 38 242042 242046

new!

Type 300 steel winches with adjustable foot claws


WLL Overall height Lifting height Claw height in the lowest position Claw height in the highest position Weight Reference no. with safety crank Reference no. with ratchet crank kg mm mm mm mm kg 1500 725 350 80 670 17 242047 242051 3000 725 350 80 670 23 242048 242052 5000 725 300 80 670 29 242049 242053 10000 725 300 80 670 46 242050 242054

new!

66
2011/12

Hydraulic jacks
X Long service life due to extremely robust construction and high
service-friendliness

force

X Sturdy and stable due to high-quality special steel, robust hydraulics


and wear-resistant seals

X Service-friendly, as it can be completely dismantled and optimum


spare part supply

X Flexibly usable! As little as 26 mm floor clearance suffice for the


5 tonne and 10 tonne version.

X Simple handling due to compact design and removable hand lever


Hydraulic jacks are used wherever machines of the most diverse types need to be raised, for example for repair or assembly work. Whether for the maintenance of heavyweight processing centres in industry or for the repair of vehicles, fork lift trucks, construction machines or lorries, these devices are indestructible and always provide faithful service. A big advantage of these devices is also their service-friendliness and longevity.

PFEIFER hydraulic jack


The original still unique today!
WLL Lifting height Lifting range with lifting foot Lifting range with lifting head Dimensions L W H Weight Reference no. kg mm mm mm mm kg 5000 205 26 231 362 567 10000 240 26 266 415 655 20000 220 60 260 440 660

575130362 585130415 850180440 19 114307 25 114333 52 114335

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


67

X Minimal costs spread over the service life X Safe and simple with relief valve protects against overload X Simply to use! Head and foot claw have the same, specified lifting

Hydraulic bottle jacks


X Saving time due to screwable spindle prevents idle stroke and
installation of the jack underneath

X Ideally suited for straightening work, e. g. on sections, frames or


steel structures, because they can be used horizontally and vertically

X The right jack for every application: Whether for a long stroke or
cramped conditions the range extends from standard to mini!

X Safe, stable footing due to large baseplate X Finely controlled lowering X Designed and constructed for use by professionals. High-quality
branded goods.
Bottle jacks of this type can be found in almost every workshop. Whether as a classic vehicle jack for raising machines or for alignment work.

Standard jacks
Lifting load Lifting height Overall height, retracted Overall height, extended Length of the bolts Number of pumping movements for 25 mm stroke Support surface diameter Baseplate diameter Pumping lever length Weight Reference no. t mm mm mm mm 3 114 191 365 60 10 mm mm mm kg 29 11472 489 2.6 181008 5 121 200 391 70 12 35 13276 545 3.6 181009 8 121 200 391 70 18 38 15292 605 5.5 181010 12 149 241 470 79 26 48 165106 605 7.9 181011 15 156 230 495 110 27 60 130140 700 8.3 181012 20 159 270 469 40 22 51 183129 800 12.9 181013

Bottle jacks with low overall height


Lifting load Lifting height Overall height, retracted Overall height, extended Length of the bolts Number of pumping movements for 25 mm stroke Support surface diameter Baseplate diameter Pumping lever length Weight Reference no. t mm mm mm mm 12 95 171 343 76 26 mm mm mm kg 48 165106 605 6.4 181014 20 86 181 305 40 22 51 183129 800 10.1 181015 30 79 181 250

35 60 192141 1000 13.7 181016

The mini jack ideal for the smallest spaces


Lifting load Lifting height Overall height, retracted Overall height, extended Number of pumping movements for 25 mm stroke Support surface diameter Base-plate diameter Pumping lever length Lever force at full load Weight Reference no. t mm mm mm 5 19 64 82 30 mm mm mm kg kg 29 74 240 25.9 1.68 155974 5 38 89

Other overall and lifting heights as well as larger working load limits up to 110 tonnes on enquiry!
10 30 121 151 36 42 110 440 28.1 5.5 181003 20 30 131 160 46 53 120 605 35 8 181004

127 38 29 74 240 25.9 2.4 181002

68

2011/12

Other overall and lifting heights as well as larger working load limits up to 110 tonnes on enquiry!

Hydraulic cylinders
Transport and lifting devices
Oil requirement cm 18 52.4 78.7 150.8 224.5 370.4 444.2 50.8 168.8 337.6 527.8 1130.9 2397.9 1596.4 2245.4 Weight kg 1.0 1.5 2.3 3.0 4.3 5.9 6.6 3.4 6.3 8.0 9.8 23.1 35.3 33.3 41.2 recommended hand pump P55 P55 P19 P59 P59 P59 P159 P55 P59 P59 P159 P159 P460 P460 P460 Reference no. 156006 156007 156008 156009 156010 156011 156012 156013 156014 156015 156016 156017 156018 156019 156020

General-purpose cylinder
Series C single-action with spring return
X Low wear, even when loads are off-centre, due to special small end
bearing

X Fast retraction and long service life span due to optimised return
spring

X Extremely robust cylinder without welding seam X Hard chrome-plated piston rod is resistant to wear and corrosion X Up to 55 tonnes as a standard with floor mounting holes for simple
installation! Beyond that on enquiry.

X Supplied as a standard with a coupling half with 3/8" NPT thread X Replaceable plunger
These cylinders are suitable for all applications where high force is essential. With the external thread they are outstandingly suited for installation in presses of all kinds. These cylinders also provide top performance for lifting or straightening work. On account of their long piston guide and the special small end bearing, these cylinders cope outstandingly well with lateral loads. Thus wear is kept low when loads are off-centre.
WLL t 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 55 55 75 100 Stroke mm 25.4 82.6 54.0 104.8 155.6 257.2 308.0 25.4 50.8 101.6 158.8 158.8 336.6 155.6 168.3 Type C51C C53C C102C C104C C106C C1010C C1012C C151C C252C C254C C256C C556C C5513C C756C C1006C Overall height mm 110.3 165.1 120.7 171.5 247.7 349.3 400.1 123.8 165.1 215.9 273.1 282.6 460.4 314.3 336.6

Larger lifting heights and working load limits on enquiry!

That is the way it works:

Optional Manometer

Connection of hand pump system. A T-piece is required for the pumps P12, Outer thread.- P19, P23, P59 and P59F. coupling All other pumps have a manometer 9798 connection.

Optional Manometer

Outer thread.coupling 9798

T-part 9670

Tube is screwed directly into the pump case

Connection system with single-action pneumatic pump.

T-part 9670

Tube is screwed directly into the pump case

69
2011/12

Hollow piston cylinder


Series RH single-action with spring return
X Simply exchangeable piston insert (plunger with internal thread is
available)

X X X X

With external thread for the simple installation of the cylinder Guide tube protected against corrosion by special surface treatment Cylinder with aluminium housing for weight reduction, type RHA306 Supplied as a standard with a coupling half with 3/8" NPT thread

Thanks to the large central bore, these cylinders are outstandingly suited for all pulling or tensioning applications. Possible cases of application are the tensioning of ropes or cables, the pressing in and out of bearings, bolts or shafts, the pulling of pipes or heavy objects and much more.

WLL t 10 10 12 12 20 20 20 30 30 30 50 60 60 100

Stroke mm 63.5 203.5 41.3 76.2 50.8 76.2 152.4 63.5 149.2 152.4 76.2 76.2 152.4 76.2

Type RH102 RH108 RH121 RH123 RH202 RH203 RH206 RH302 RHA306 * RH306 RH503 RH603 ** RH606 ** RH1003 **

Overall height mm 134.9 287.3 122.2 184.2 155.6 154.0 308.0 158.8 283.4 247.7 181.0 235.0 311.2 254.0

central hole mm 19.4 19.4 20.2 20.6 27.4 26.6 27.4 32.9 32.5 32.5 42.5 54.0 54.0 79.4

Oil requirement cm 90.5 290 73.6 136 155 192.9 465 260 624.9 624.9 534.3 606.8 1211.3 1013.5

Weight kg 4.1 8.5 3.0 4.0 9.1 7.3 13.7 11.6 9.9 17.7 21.2 27.2 35.4 52.2

External thread

recommended hand pump P19 P59 P19 P59 P59 P59 P159 P59 P159 P159 P159 P159 P159 P159

Reference no. 201744 201745 201746 201747 201748 201749 201750 201751 201752 201753 201754 201755 201756 201757


2 3/4-16 2 3/4-16 3 7/8-12

3 7/8-12 4 3/4-12

4 3/4-12 6-12 6 1/4-12 6 1/4-12

* Aluminium lightweight cylinder; ** with carrying handle Larger lifting heights and working load limits on enquiry!

70
2011/12

Flat cylinder, series RLS


Single-action with spring return
X Lowest overall height in the retracted condition. Minimum space is
sufficient.

X Low wear thanks to special surface treatment particularly resistant X Long service life! Curved piston rod up to 30 tonnes and movable
plunger prevent off-centre stress.

X Fast retraction due to optimised return spring X Extremely robust cylinder without welding seam X Optimal handling, upwardly-angled coupling creates additional clearance (not RLS50)

X Hard chrome-plated piston rod is resistant to wear and corrosion X Supplied as a standard with a coupling half with 3/8" NPT thread X Replaceable plunger
Flat cylinders are suitable wherever there is little space. This series is used for straightening work, for lifting, tensioning and in compact press installations. Its small dimensions also allow use with small sections or frames.
WLL t 5 10 20 30 50 Stroke mm 14.3 11.1 11.1 12.7 15.9 Type RLS50 RLS100 RLS200 RLS300 RLS500S Overall height mm 41.3 44.5 50.8 58.7 66.7 Oil requirement cm 10.2 16.4 32.8 52.5 98.4 Weight kg 1.0 1.5 2.5 3.9 6.3 recommended hand pump P55 P55 P55 P19 P19 Reference no. 156022 156023 156024 156025 156026

Larger lifting heights and working load limits on enquiry!

Short-stroke cylinder, series RSS


Single-action with spring return
X Low overall height in the retracted condition X Optimal handling, upwardly-angled coupling creates additional clearance (in the case of the 10 to 50 tonne cylinder)

X X X X

Fast retraction due to optimised return spring Extremely robust cylinder without welding seam Supplied as a standard with a coupling half with 3/8" NPT thread Replaceable plunger

Exactly like flat cylinders, short-stroke cylinders are suitable for use in cramped spaces. These devices are used where the standard cylinder is too large and the flat cylinder has too little lift.
WLL t 10 20 30 50 100 Stroke mm 38.1 44.5 61.9 60.3 57.2 Type RSS101 RSS202 RSS302 RSS502 RSS1002 Overall height mm 88.9 95.3 117.5 127.0 139.7 Oil requirement cm 55.8 126.3 259.1 373.7 724.9 Weight kg 2.7 4.5 6.7 10.5 21.4 recommended hand pump P19 P19 P19 P59 P159 Reference no. 156027 156028 156029 156030 156031

Larger lifting heights and working load limits on enquiry!

2011/12

Transport and lifting devices


71

to abrasion top corrosion protection

Hydraulic pumps
Standard hand and foot pumps
For single-action cylinders
In this selection you will find the appropriate pump for each cylinder in our assortment. When selecting, please note: The oil volume of the pump must in general be larger than that of the cylinder. Single-stage pumps (P55) have only one pressure stage. Advantage: inexpensive price, disadvantage: with a light load or idle stroke the cylinder extends only slowly, since the quantity of oil is small for each pumping movement. Two-stage pumps have a low pressure and a high pressure stage. Advantage: in the low pressure stage the quantity of oil for each pumping movement is larger. Hence, the cylinder extends faster in the case of lighter loads or idle stroke. That saves time.
Type P55 P19 P59 P59F P159 P460 Pressure stages 1 2 2 2 2 2 Vol./stroke stage 1 cm 2.6 5 10.9 9 42.6 120.5 Vol./stroke stage 2 cm Lever force kg 66 45 66 55 64 41 Oil volume cm 902 400 902 902 2491 9500 Usable oil quantity cm 738 328 738 738 2245 7539 Connection Inch 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT Weight kg 7.2 3.0 7.8 6.4 11.9 24.9 Reference no. 155975 155976 155977 218312 155978 155979

1.2 2.6 2.1 2.6 4.6

Additional pumps on enquiry!

Lightweight pumps with lower leverage force


For single-action cylinders
X Compared to standard pumps, these pumps have a significantly
lower dead weight and a reduced leverage force with a larger oil volume at the same time.
When selecting the right pump, the same applies as with the standard pumps see above!

Type P19L P59L

Pressure stages 2 2

Vol./stroke stage 1 cm 4.1 12

Vol./stroke stage 2 cm 0.9 2.6

Lever force kg 37 44

Oil volume cm 475 1131

Usable oil quantity cm 443 1082

Connection Inch 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT

Weight kg 2.3 4.1

Reference no. 218310 218311

Additional pumps on enquiry!

Pneumatic and electric pumps


For single-action cylinders
Pumps with pneumatic or electric drive are recommended for more convenience when dealing frequently with hydraulics. In this selection you will find the appropriate pump for each cylinder in our assortment. When selecting, please note: Electric pump for 230 V / 50 Hz, with 3.1 m control cable Air pressure required for pneumatic pumps: 3 to 8 bar

Type of drive Compressed air Compressed air electric

Type PA 6 PA462 PE 172 E 220

Pressure stages 1 2 2

Oil volume cm 1.7 9.5

Usable oil quantity cm 1.6 9.4 4.72

Connection Inch 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT

Weight kg 6.3 27.2 20.4

Reference no. 155998 218335 156000

Additional pneumatic and electric pumps on enquiry! Pumps with battery/rechargeable battery drive on enquiry!

72
2011/12

Hydraulic accessories
Transport and lifting devices
73
2011/12

Hydraulic tubes and coupling halves


High-stability hydraulic tubes made of polyurethane. Safety factor 4. Operating pressure to bursting pressure (700 bar: 2800 bar). Complete with external thread at both ends Inside diameter 6.4 mm A hydraulic tube and a coupling half for connection to the cylinder are required for all pumps.
Type 9765E 9767E 9769E 9771E Length m 0.6 1.8 3.1 6.1 Reference no. 156001 156002 156003 156004

Other hose materials, e. g. rubber tubes or non-conductive tubes on enquiry! Tubes with a larger diameter for faster oil return or faster lowering on enquiry!

Coupling halves including dust cap for high pressure hydraulics 700 bar
Type 9798 Reference no. 156005

Manometer for load or pressure display


X X X X X
Load or pressure display in bar Manometer in diameters 63.5 or 101.6 mm Insensitive to vibration and long life due to silicone filling Red needle for optimum readability Robust housing made of stainless steel

For the precise measurement of the load weight or the determination of the pressure in the system. Enables, for example, tension or pressure with defined force. The manometer is usually attached directly behind the pump. Only an additional adaptor piece is necessary. The manometer can also be attached directly in front of the cylinder using the same adaptor.
Type 9040E 9052E Manometer size mm 63.5 100.0 Measuring range bar 0 690 0 690 Scale main division bar 100 100 Scale subdivision bar 20 10 Reference no. 160984 218319

Display in tonnes is also an option. Please enquire!

Connection fittings for manometers


The following fittings are required in order to integrate the manometer into the hydraulics: Connection directly after the pump, T-piece type 9670 or 9699 Connection directly before the cylinder, T-piece type 9670 Connection in the tube pipe, T-piece type 9670 or 9699 and coupling 9680 as well as a further hydraulic tube with external thread at each end
Type 9670 9699 9680 Reference no. 218320 218321 218322

Lifting clamps and grabs


Interesting facts about the use of lifting clamps.......... 75 Notes on the use of attachment devices ................. 76 PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps .......................... 77 Application guide to lifting clamp models ........... 87 PFEIFER-RENFROE Accessories and service ......... 88 Rail grabs ............................... 89 Section grabs .......................... 90

Whether for sheet metal, girders, rails or other structural steel elements ... Whether for 0.3 t or 100 t ... Whether for horizontal or vertical transport ... ... this is where you will find the correct clamp or grab. PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps are designed according to American safety standards and therefore last demonstrably longer, meaning that they are cost effective and safe, especially for tough operating conditions. 40 years of sales success on four continents for PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps are its proof. PFEIFER-RENFROE, the safest way of lifting steel! 74
2011/12

Interesting facts about the use of lifting clamps


Low-priced could become dangerous!
The lifting clamps by PFEIFER-RENFROE comply with the European Standard EN 13155, with ASME B30.20 and with the Australian Standard AS 4991. As a result the clamps meet the highest and hardest requirements across the world. Our lifting clamps are the best on the global market and are characterised by long life cycles, reliability and the maximum possible safety. PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps are the perfect choice because of the following factors: low wear economic spare part kits 100 % CE-conformity

PFEIFER-RENFROE advantages
Very long service life due to use of
quenched fine-grained structural steels

mp is fting cla Every li ured at the t manufac eadquarters IFER h ingen PFE m in Mem

contractual obligation warranty

PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps are an economic choice, because low-priced can get expensive!
European competitors costs European competitors

5-year free factory inspection ** relaxed feeling for sleeping well


* except wear parts ** Carriage and repair not included.

Instructions for the use of lifting clamps


Points to be considered: For generating enough force K with the given set of levers, the load must weigh a minimum of 10 % of the nominal carrying capacity of the clamp. This means that the minimum load that should be lifted with a 1 tonnelifting clamp is 100 kg. During the lifting process with clamps, presence of personnel under the load and/or within the danger zone is not allowed. Use lifting clamps in the temperature range from 20 C to +100 C (ambient or load temperature) Max. permitted surface hardness of load 300 HB

RENFROE Chinese low-priced products service life

Working principle of a lifting clamp


The lawmaker demands a minimum safety factor of 2 for lifting clamps, which means H=2 x G. This is only achievable if 1 = 2 = 1.0. As a result the cams have to penetrate the surface of the load. Gripping elements of PFEIFER-RENFROE have a hardness of up to 600 HB. For safety reasons the permissible load hardness is limited to 300 HB. The exact hardness of steel sheets is usually not defined on site. Some competitors allow a load hardness of 345 HB together with low-quality gripping elements. Whom you trust, is for you to decide.

new!
Almost all lifting clamp bodies are powder-coated for better corrosion prevention and even more durable lifting clamps

2011/12

Lifting clamps and grabs


75

Economically priced spare part kits Few instances of downtime 3 years warranty*, without

Notes on the use of attachment devices


Important information for you: Never engage clamps directly into the crane hook but connect them via a suitable lifting sling. Make sure that the master link is big enough for the crane hook.

Right!

Wrong!

Attachment possibilities
Single-leg lifting chain with connecting link

Single-leg lifting chain with load hook

L1

The component dimensions are given on pages 182 183.

Which clamp model to connect with which chain?


Nominal chain size mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 26 MPS ES-1 1.0 t 2.0 t 3.0 / 5.0 t MPC EC-1 1.0 t 2.0 t 3.0 t 5.0 t G2 6.3 t 10 t 12 t CS 0.5 t NM 1.0 /2.0 t 4.0 t SCP SCPA 0.5 t 1.5 t 3.0 t 6.0 t 10.0 / 15.0 t SP 0.3 t ASTS ASTL WHS 0.5 t 1.5 t 3.0 t M 0.5 / 1.0 t 2.0 t 4.0 t H 0.25 t 0.5 t 0.75 / 1.5 t 3.0 t 4.0 t

Note the angle of inclination!


For vertical lifting clamps with fixed suspension it is not allowed to pull at an inclination of more than 10 (please see picture on the left). The suspension is not designed for diagonal pull. When operating with two clamps in a double stranded sling the clamps must be angle of inclination attached in line with the inclination of the sling. Another possibility is to use clamps with a pivoting lifting shackle (MPC, CS, CA).

In general

For horizontal lifting clamps (H, M, WHS) the indicated working load limit is valid for an inclination angle of 30. Inclination angles with more than 30 increase the working load, which means a reduced working load limit of the lifting clamps. At 45 the working load limit of the lifting clamp is reduced to 70 % of the rated capacity whereas at 60 it is only 50 %. Please mind!

Please ensure that the working load of the lifting clamp is in accordance with the rope or chain sling. The combined working load of a lifting clamp attached to a sling decreases depending on the angle of inclination.

76
2011/12

PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps


Series MPS/MPC The special modular design
The modular design of the lifting clamps enables easy exchange of damaged/defective wear parts. The spare parts are offered in conveniently assorted sets. Moreover, gripping elements suitable for different hardnesses being interchangeable allows the same clamp to be used for lifting sheets with varying hardnesses.
Gripping elements Standard Extra hard Stainless steel 1t 163348 179415 211402 2t 163350 196741 211590

For very hard loads, e.g. Hardox 400, we offer extra hard gripping elements. In order to avoid contact corrosion, you can also choose stainless steel gripping elements.

3t 163351 179416 211618

5t 170713 196742 211650

Hardness up to 300 HB (32 HRC) 450 HB (45 HRC) 300 HB (32 HRC)

Right: Explosion Diagramme MPS 2 with Lock-open and Lock-closed feature

Identification No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Clamp type MPS - 2 MPS - 2 MPS - 2 MPS - 2 MPS - 2 MPS - 2

Spare part kit Gripping elements Pin set Lock assembly Lifting shackle Lock spring Gripping element extra hard Gripping element stainless steel

Colour code 1 2 3 4 5 1

MPS - 2

A further example is the MPC-1 with Lock closed feature

MPS-2 Identification No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Clamp type MPC - 1 MPC - 1 MPC - 1 MPC - 1 MPC - 1 MPC - 1 Colour code 1 2 3 4 5 1

Spare part kit Gripping elements Pin set Lock assembly Lifting shackle Lock spring Gripping element extra hard Gripping element stainless steel Gripping element stainless steel

For reference numbers please see the spare part list.

7 8

MPC - 1 MPC - 1

1 1

MPC-1

Spare part lists and explosion drawings of all clamp models are available on our website: www.pfeifer.de

2011/12

Lifting clamps and grabs


77

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model MPS 1


with rigid lifting shackle
For vertical lifting and 180 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. The lock closed feature guarantees the clamp to firmly grip the load even under unintentional release. The MPS model series replace the former models G1, G3 and BDS with extended operating features. Also available for super-hard loads up to 450 HB and with stainless steel gripping elements (see Page 77).
SWL kg 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000 Gripping range A mm 025 2550 030 3060 535 3570 550 50100 Dimensions in mm B 65 65 80 80 105 105 115 115 D 290 290 370 370 490 490 515 515 E 60 60 70 70 90 90 90 90 F 125 150 165 195 195 230 240 290 G 65 65 72 72 86 86 95 95 H 45 45 55 55 65 65 85 85 J 12 12 15 15 20 20 20 20 Weight approx. kg 4.4 4.2 7.5 8.0 12.0 13.8 18.6 19.0 Reference no. 166770 166784 167539 167541 161487 161488 162874 168272

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model MPS 2


with rigid lifting shackle

y Stand fet

For vertical lifting and 180 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. With lock closed and lock open feature enabling the clamp to firmly grip the load even under unintentional release. In lock open position the clamp can be advanced to the load, attached and locked. Once the load has been set down and secured, the clamp locked in the open position can be lifted off by the crane. The MPS model series replace the former models G1, G3 and BDS with extended operating features. Also available for super-hard loads up to 450 HB and with stainless steel gripping elements (see Page 77).
SWL kg 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000 Gripping range A mm 025 2550 030 3060 535 3570 550 50100 Dimensions in mm B 65 65 80 80 105 105 115 115 D 290 290 370 370 490 490 515 515 E 60 60 70 70 90 90 90 90 F 125 150 165 195 195 230 240 290 G 65 65 72 72 86 86 95 95 H 45 45 55 55 65 65 85 85 J 12 12 15 15 20 20 20 20 Weight approx. kg 4.5 4.2 7.5 8.0 13.3 12.5 18.0 19.0 Reference no. 166796 166798 167564 167567 161505 161504 168284 168287

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty

For the main use of the MPS model series please see the attached drawing and the chart on page 87.

d ar

78
2011/12

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model MPC 1


with pivoting lifting shackle
For vertical lifting and 180 turning of, and lateral attachment to sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. The lock closed feature guarantees the clamp to firmly grip the load even under unintentional release. The MPC series replaces the following clamp models: CS and CA 2 with extended operating features. Also available for super-hard loads up to 450 HB and with stainless steel gripping elements (see Page 77).
SWL kg 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000 Dimensions in mm B 65 65 80 80 105 105 115 115 D 290 290 370 370 490 490 515 515 E 60 60 70 70 90 90 90 90 F 125 150 165 195 195 230 240 290 G 65 65 72 72 86 86 95 95 H 45 45 55 55 65 65 85 85 J 12 12 15 15 20 20 20 20 Weight approx. kg 4.9 4.2 7.5 8.0 12.0 12.5 18.0 19.0 Reference no. 166788 166790 167546 167552 161490 161491 163216 168275

025 2550 030 3060 535 3570 550 50100

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model MPC 2


with pivoting lifting shackle

y Stand fet

For vertical lifting and 180 turning of, and lateral attachment to sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. With lock closed and lock open feature enabling the clamp to firmly grip the load even under unintentional release. In lock open position the clamp can be advanced to the load, attached and locked. Once the load has been set down and secured, the clamp locked in the open position can be lifted off by the crane. The MPC series replaces the following clamp models: CS and CA 2 with extended operating features. Also available for super-hard loads up to 450 HB and with stainless steel gripping elements (see Page 77).
SWL kg 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000 Gripping range A mm 025 2550 030 3060 535 3570 550 50100 Dimensions in mm B 65 65 80 80 105 105 115 115 D 290 290 370 370 490 490 515 515 E 60 60 70 70 90 90 90 90 F 125 150 165 195 195 230 240 290 G 65 65 72 72 86 86 95 95 H 45 45 55 55 65 65 85 85 J 12 12 15 15 20 20 20 20 Weight approx. kg 5.0 4.8 8.4 8.0 12.0 13.9 22.6 19.0 Reference no. 166800 166802 167572 167575 161512 161510 168288 168289

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia ar ern -ye conc t a three We gran period! warranty

For main use of the MPC model series please see the attached drawing and the chart on page 87.

2011/12

Lifting clamps and grabs


79

Gripping range A mm

d ar

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model G2


for heavy-duty lifting

y Stand fet

Extremely sturdy and capable for lifts up to 100 tonnes. Suitable for the vertical lifting and 90 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. The lifting clamp incorporates the look open and lock closed feature. After relieving and securing the load, the clamp can be lifted off with a crane. Can be released remote-controlled through a tag-line. The model is equipped with rollers from 10 tonnes lifting capacity and above. This is to assist in moving the clamp on the ground. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty

d ar
J E D C B G H A F
Weight approx. kg 14.0 14.3 15.0 16.0 18.3 19.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 32.0 33.0 35.0 37.0 35.3 63.0 65.0 68.0 73.0 120.0 133.0 147.0 159.0 214.0 613.0 Reference no. 121381 121391 121392 121393 121394 121406 121407 121409 121410 121411 121423 121424 121425 121426 121427 121439 121440 121441 121442 121454 121455 121456 218058 218059

SWL kg 4000 4000 4000 4000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 12000 12000 12000 12000 20000 20000 20000 20000 50000 100000

Gripping range A mm 025 1938 3251 4464 032 2551 4470 6489 83108 038 2551 5176 70102 95127 064 51102 102152 140191 1376 76127 127178 178229 1376 1376

Dimensions in mm B 90 90 90 90 117 117 117 117 117 114 114 114 114 114 166 166 166 166 188 188 188 188 216 343 C 254 254 254 254 292 292 292 292 292 354 354 354 354 354 457 457 457 457 578 578 578 578 648 864 D 432 432 432 432 495 495 495 495 495 572 572 572 572 572 711 711 711 711 900 900 900 900 991 1118 E 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 95 95 95 95 95 98 98 98 98 125 125 125 125 125 125 F 215 230 241 254 243 262 281 300 320 260 273 298 324 350 345 383 433 472 432 483 534 585 559 660 G 97 97 97 97 121 121 121 121 121 137 137 137 137 137 168 168 168 168 216 216 216 216 229 318 H 70 70 70 70 87 87 87 87 87 84 84 84 84 84 98 98 98 98 127 127 127 127 168 267 J 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 25 25 25 25 25 45 45 45 45 64 64 64 64 64 102

80
2011/12

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model CA


with pivoting lifting shackle and clever pressure distribution

y Stand fet

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty

For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.

J E D C B G
Gripping range A mm 335 3570 545 4585 1065 65120 1080 80150

H A F
Weight approx. kg 13 14 25 27 41 43 70 73 Reference no. 120813 120863 120868 120907 120915 120955 120959 120999

SWL kg 3200 3200 5000 5000 8000 8000 12000 12000

Dimensions in mm B 130 130 145 145 205 205 185 185 C 280 280 350 350 430 430 495 495 D 415 415 510 510 610 610 710 710 E 80 80 90 90 90 90 100 100 F 215 245 300 335 350 400 450 480 G 110 110 120 120 140 140 180 180 H 80 68 100 80 120 105 150 120 J 19 19 19 19 32 32 32 32

NM, SP SG

For the main use of the clamp models on pages 80 to 82 please see the attached drawing.

G2 CA

2011/12

Lifting clamps and grabs


81

The large cam jaw enables wide pressure distribution and thus guarantees careful handling of your sensitive goods. For vertical lifting and 180 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. The pivoting shackle enables easy handling due to unmatched attachment angles. Even lateral attachment to the load is allowed. The lifting clamp incorporates the look open and lock closed feature. After relieving and securing the load, the clamp can be lifted off with a crane. Can be released remote-controlled through a tag-line.

d ar

PFEIFER lifting clamp model SG


Lifting clamp with large, coated gripping pads for materials with sensitive surfaces. Suitable for the vertical lifting and 180 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. Also suitable for materials with sensitive surfaces (stainless steel, plastic and particle board etc. not for polished surfaces!). The lifting clamp is operated by slewing the handle, no adjustment is necessary. The load surfaces must be clean, dry and free of lubricating grease. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
SWL kg 1000 Gripping range A mm 050 Dimensions in mm B 100 D 625 E1/E2 75/110 F 270 G1/G2 80/115 H 75 J 13 Weight approx. kg 11.5 Reference no. 175860

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model NM

y Stand fet

Lifting clamp with large, smooth gripping to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. pads for metals which have sensitive stringen ing product lia ar ern -ye conc t a three We gran period! surfaces or which are hard. warranty Suitable for the vertical lifting and 90 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. The jaw can be pre-adjusted to any gripping range using an adjusting screw. After attachment, the adjusting screw must be tightened. The load surfaces must be clean, dry and free of lubrication grease. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
SWL kg 1000 1000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 Gripping range A mm 019 1932 025 1938 640 4072 76108 Dimensions in mm B 116 116 131 131 137 137 137 D 346 346 406 406 470 470 470 E 60 60 79 79 75 75 75 F 150 162 171 184 197 235 266 G 81 81 95 95 114 114 114 H 60 60 73 73 75 75 75 J 16 16 16 16 25 25 25 Weight approx. kg 8.0 9.0 10.3 11.0 20.5 23.0 25.0 Reference no. 121550 121563 121567 121579 121584 121596 121598

d ar

US S a

PFEIFER lifting clamp model SP

y Stand fet

J E D

Vertical turning lifting clamp with safety to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. device, lock-closed feature. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! Suitable for the lifting and 90 turning of warranty materials with sensitive surfaces (stainless steel, plastic and particle boards etc. not for polished surfaces!). The specially coated gripping pads can be continuously adjusted with an adjusting screw. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
SWL kg 300 300 Gripping range A mm 030 645 Dimensions in mm B 75 75 D 290 290 E 60 60 F 200 200 G 66 66 H 70 70 J 13 13

d ar
B G H A F
Weight approx. kg 4.7 4.5

Reference no. 121366 121367

82
2011/12

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model CS


with pivoting lifting shackle

y Stand fet

Lifting clamp with universal joint, safety device, lock-closed feature. The lockclosed feature also holds the clamp tight when the load is unintentionally released. Suitable for the vertical lifting and 180 turning of sheets and girders. The pivoting shackle enables easy handling due to unmatched attachment angles. Even lateral attachment to the load is allowed.
SWL kg 500 500 Gripping range A mm 015 1530 Dimensions in mm B 50 50 D 220 220 E 43 43 F 100 115 G 56 56 H 32 32 J 9.5 9.5

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty

Weight approx. kg 2.2 1.5

Reference no. 121047 121053

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model H


Horizontal lifting clamp for handling inherently stacked bundles of sheets and steel plates. The lifting clamps are fastened to suitable slings and attached at three or more points on the load being handled.

y Stand fet

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia ncern -year co t a three We gran period! warranty

A B D F H

With long loads, we recommend using a spreader beam.

SWL kg 250 500 750 1500 3000 4000

Gripping range A mm 025 051 051 051 051 065

Dimensions in mm B 70 108 111 111 111 145 D 13 13 16 19 41 55 E 25 36 36 36 36 36 F 90 143 143 143 143 190 H 76 178 178 178 178 178

Weight approx. kg 2.0 6.5 8.7 10.0 11.0 19.0

Reference no. 121666 121669 121672 121675 121678 121681

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model WHS

y Stand fet

High-performance horizontal lifting clamp for to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. transporting dimensionally stable sheets and stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! sheet stacks. warranty Its particular advantage: using a locking pin, the gripping range can be quickly changed from 0 to a maximum of 406 mm. Integrated springs hold the gripping cams open and facilitate attachment. The lifting clamps are fastened to suitable slings and attached at three or more points on the load being handled. With long loads, we recommend using a spreader beam.
SWL kg 500 500 500 1500 1500 1500 Gripping range A mm 0152 0305 0406 0152 0305 0406 Dimensions in mm B 275 330 330 275 330 330 C 360 587 691 364 591 694 D 16 16 16 19 19 19 E 89 89 89 89 89 89 H 213 213 213 213 213 213

C A B

D H

Weight approx. kg 20 28 29 29 40 46

Reference no. 121853 121865 121866 121867 121879 121880

2011/12

Lifting clamps and grabs


83

d ar
D B G H A F

d ar

d ar

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model M


Horizontal lifting clamp for dimensionally stable sheets, sheet stacks and profiles. The wide, split lower jaw is particularly suitable for gripping steel girders, regardless of whether from the side or the end. With safety-latch system; can be locked closed.

y Stand fet

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty

Used for handling girders in pairs, for handling sheets and bundles of sheets, slings with three clamps or more.

d ar
E F A J B

G H

SWL kg 500 500 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 8000 8000 8000

Gripping range A mm 025 1938 025 1938 3251 032 2551 4470 038 3264 051 4489 83127

Dimensions in mm B 59 59 63 63 63 81 81 81 97 97 125 125 125 C 180 180 292 292 292 333 333 333 378 378 520 520 520 E 57 57 57 57 57 78 78 78 92 92 102 102 102 F 225 238 241 254 267 310 329 348 380 406 510 548 586 G 70 70 70 70 70 98 98 98 111 111 133 133 133 H 70 70 117 117 117 138 138 138 145 145 150 150 150 J 37 37 48 48 48 51 51 51 70 70 102 102 102

Weight approx. kg 3.38 4.00 5.00 5.00 6.00 9.70 10.00 11.00 16.00 17.00 44.00 45.00 50.00

Reference no. 121457 121468 121469 121481 121482 121483 121495 121496 121497 121509 121511 121522 121523

The main areas of application of the RENFROE products illustrated on pages 83 and 84 can be seen in the adjacent pictogram table and in the table on page 87.

M H WHS CS

84
2011/12

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model SCP

y Stand fet

J E D B G H A F

Screw clamp for vertical lifting and 180 to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. turning of metal items of all kinds. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! Max. surface hardness of the load 300 HB. warranty Equipped with a pivoting cam jaw. Particularly suited for use with rolling and edging machines. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
Gripping range A mm 019 032 051 064 076 0102 Dimensions in mm B 60 73 79 110 140 184 D 229 268 305 394 489 581 E 60 67 60 76 83 95 F 168 214 275 341 416 552 G 60 86 104 137 171 210 H 48 60 71 87 112 141 J 13 16 19 25 25 32

d ar

500 1500 3000 6000 10000 15000

3.5 6.5 8.5 20.0 42.0 95.0

121147 121156 121165 121174 121183 135082

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model SCPA

y Stand fet

Screw clamp with pivoting suspension eye, to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. for vertical lifting and 180 turning of metal stringen ing product lia ar ern -ye conc t a three We gran period! items of all kinds. warranty Max. surface hardness of the load 300 HB. Equipped with a pivoting cam jaw. Particularly suited for use with rolling and edging machines, and for lateral attachment to the load. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
SWL kg 500 1500 3000 6000 10000 15000 Gripping range A mm 019 032 051 064 076 0102 Dimensions in mm B 60 73 79 110 140 184 D 284 346 354 484 680 581 E 60 67 60 76 83 95 F 168 214 275 341 416 552 G 60 86 104 137 171 210 H 48 60 71 87 112 141 J 13 16 19 25 25 32

D B G H A F

Weight approx. kg 3.5 6.5 8.5 25.3 42.0 95.0

Reference no. 121185 121194 121203 121212 121221 135083

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model AST-S

y Stand fet

Lifting/turning clamp with serrated gripping to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. cams and safety device, lock-closed feature. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! Holds the girder almost horizontally in both warranty directions. It facilitates the turning process when the lifting shackle is arranged outside the girder. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
Gripping range A mm 019 019 038 Dimensions in mm B 281 337 527 C 170 216 318 D 26 35 43 E 44 64 95 F 152 178 279 G 45 57 85 H 90 100 170 J 13 16 19

SWL kg 500 1500 3000

Weight approx. kg 4 9 24

Reference no. 190904 190920 190923

2011/12

Lifting clamps and grabs


85

SWL kg

Weight approx. kg

Reference no.

d ar

d ar

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model B1

y Stand fet

Two-part clamp with locking wedge for to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. I-beams which can be attached anywhere on stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! the beam. warranty The two halves of the clamp are locked with a simple pin lock and then secured with a locking screw. The clamp is locked in place with a locking wedge. To be used as an assembly clamp only for suspension for all types of hoists. Approved only for mounting on a ceiling girder.
SWL kg 1000 1000 1000 3000 3000 Gripping range A mm 38102 51152 102305 76152 102305 Dimensions in mm C 172 242 480 258 474 D 222 222 222 286 286 F 38 38 38 58 58 G 17 28 40 28 40 Weight approx. kg 4.0 5.0 9.0 9.5 17.0

d ar

D
Reference no. 121821 121822 121823 121824 121825

US S a

PFEIFER-RENFROE clamp model B2


The beam-trolley clamp can be moved along the bottom flange like a travelling hoist. Design, operation and use as for Model B1.

y Stand fet

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty

d ar
G A C F D
Dimensions in mm Weight approx. kg 6.7 12.0 15.0 29.0 35.0

SWL kg 1000 1000 1000 3000 3000

Gripping range A mm 38102 76152 102305 76152 102305

C 184 267 457 311 483

D 222 222 222 286 286

F 38 38 38 57 57

G 19 27 44 29 46

Reference no. 121837 121839 121841 121842 121844

B1, B2

The main areas of application of the clamp models illustrated on pages 85 and 86 can be seen in the adjacent pictogram table.

AST-S SCP SCPA

86
2011/12

Application guide to lifting clamp models


vertical lifting 180 turning lateral attachment, vertical lifting horizontal transport, dimensionally stable sheet metal horizontal transport, dimensionally stable sheet metal, sheet stacks horizontal transport of standing girders horizontal transport of lateral attached girders horizontal transport of lying girders vertical attachment horizontal transport of lying girders girders 90 turning fixed suspension eye overhead girders

vertical lifting 90 turning

G1/G2/G3/BDS

CA/CS/CA2, MPC1, MPC2

MPS1, MPS2, ES-1, EC-1

SCP

SCPA

WHS

ASTL, ASTS

NM, SP

SG

Please note that the clamp models G1, G3, BDS, CA2, have been replaced by model series MPS/MPC.

2011/12

B1, B2

87

Lifting clamps and grabs

PFEIFER-RENFROE Accessories and service


PFEIFER-RENFROE Spare-part Kit
We facilitate the replacement of wear parts. We offer a spare-part kit for every clamp model in each capacity. It contains the correct gripping segments and associated fixing and fitting components. Buying this kit will earn you 25% savings as opposed to buying single spare parts. The complete kit is available for the models G1, G3, BDS, CS, CA2 and G2, CA, SCP , SCPA, H, WHS, M, AST, ASTL, NM, SP , B1 and B2.
US S a
y Stand fet

Our PFEIFER-RENFROE poster gives information to workers about operating and correct use of our complete range of lifting clamps.

to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia ncern -year co t a three We gran period! warranty

d ar

Inspection Service and Training Centre


You are responsible for the required inspection of your PFEIFERRENFROE clamps by law. Our inspection service is able to support you in this matter. We check, repair and certificate locally (within Germany only). Your employees can add to their technical knowledge leading to increased awareness of safety in your company. For further information see page 179.

PFEIFER-RENFROE pry bar


With this amazingly simple tool you can prepare plates in stacks easily, quickly and carefully for clamp attachment.

Lenght extracted Weight Reference no.

mm approx. kg

1320 6.2 121977

88
2011/12

Rail grabs
Automatic rail grab with BAU/TB approval
For lifting and pulling rails lengthways and crossways for rail sizes S49, S54, S60s, UIC60. Very solid, practical design with low dead weight. After placing the grab on the load, it locks automatically (in compliance with TBG requirements). We warrant the rail grab for three years (except for spare parts). Always attach the grab above the centre of gravity of the load. With long loads, we recommend using two or more grabs.

SWL kg 2000 4000

Dimensions in mm A min. 10 10 A max. 80 80 B 200 200 D 85 90 F 42 60 G1 106 127 G2 210 230 H min. 270 285 H max. 350 365 W 60 65 X 20 23 Y 20 25

Weight Reference approx. kg no. 12 17 178196 185063

Rail grab
For lifting and pulling rails lengthways and crossways for rail sizes S49, S54, S60s, UIC60. Very solid, practical design with low dead weight. Safety device with double function: For holding open and locking under load in order to hold rails securely, even when they are overturning, i.e. the grab cannot open accidentally. We warrant the rail grab for three years (except for spare parts). Always attach the grab above the centre of gravity of the load. With long loads, we recommend using two or more grabs.
Y W X

A
SWL kg 2000 4000

F G
Dimensions in mm Weight approx. kg 7.8 22.0 Reference no. 114052 114062

A min. 15 10

A max. 85 95

D 50 80

F 51 76

G 105 150

H min. 242 320

H max. 302 410

W 60 76

X 18 31

Y 19 25

Special gripping arms for handling other rail forms are available.

2011/12

Lifting clamps and grabs


89

Section grabs
Rod and bar grab
For horizontal transport of round materials of all kinds. Heavy-duty double-scissor design with safety latch. Very small external footprint thanks to a new internal contour whose 4-point clamping prevents the load from seesawing. Self-acting latched hold-open lever, locking spring stirrup with handle for securing the grab against opening accidentally when the load on the grab is released. For design-related reasons, grabs with part no. 114040 and 114049 are supplied without safety device. Always attach the grab above the centre of gravity of the load. With long loads, we recommend using two or more grabs.
SWL kg 500 500 500 1000 1000 2000 2000 Dimensions in mm A min. 50 100 200 100 200 150 300 A max. 100 200 400 200 400 300 600 D 42 65 95 65 95 110 170 F 140 140 150 150 160 160 160 H min. 300 430 730 430 730 610 1030 H max. 410 630 1100 630 1110 895 1590 J 220 400 740 400 740 620 1130 V 100 100 122 100 122 122 122 W 77 77 80 77 80 80 80 X 31 31 40 31 40 40 40 Y 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 Weight approx. kg 8.0 17.5 39.0 22.0 48.0 56.0 115.0 Reference no. 114040 114041 114043 114045 114046 114048 114049
Y V W X

H
ax A m A

in

Section grab
For handling all kinds of double-flange sections and flat materials. Mechanically acting for positive interlocked load handling. Robust, double-scissor design with safety device and wide load-holding surfaces. Self-acting, latched hold-open lever. Locking spring stirrup with handle for securing the grab against opening accidentally when loaded. Always attach the grab above the centre of gravity of the load. With long loads, we recommend using two or more grabs.

SWL kg 500 1000 2000

Dimensions in mm A min. 0 0 0 A max. 180 260 300 C 74 107 120 D 110 155 190 F 180 200 250 H min. 370 420 470 H max. 580 770 880 V 120 120 120 W 80 80 80 X 32 32 40 Y 10 10 12

Weight approx. kg 13 25 55

Reference no. 114010 114011 114012

90
2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


Innovative safety concept ....... 92 Drum handling devices ........... 93 Fork lifters............................... 96 Coil handling ........................... 98 Spreader beams ..................... 100 Why choose a lifting device by PFEIFER? ........................... 106 Spreader beams ..................... 107 Case studies on the safe handling of heavy duty loads ............................... 108

Whether spreader beams, large electromechanical grabs or turntables you will find everything for lifting and turning heavy loads here. Our experienced technicians and engineers have been dealing with demanding lifting and turning tasks from all industrial sectors for decades. The devices meet the highest safety standards due to strict adherence to the prevailing rules and regulations, such as the 2006/42/EC Machinery Directive which has been in force since 29.12.2009. The lifting and turnover devices are therefore characterised by a particularly long service life, giving fault-free, safe and economic operation. We will be happy to prepare an individual quotation for you! 91

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices

Turntable for die cast moulds Loading platform 2 x 2 x 2 m / 20 t

Grab for Sheet-Blanks 3.8 t for transporting stacked metal-sheet blanks

Telescope coil grab 30 t with gauged scales

Innovative safety concept

for telescopic grabs to prevent the load from falling down


Coil-hook 35 t with counterweight and safety cam We are happy to supply further details. Just give us a call. Phone + 49 (0)8331-937-300

Simply t ! brillian
Roll grab 40 t.

Paper roll grab electromechanical 6 t Crane lower blocks 75 t 4 pulleys with electrically revolving hooks

92
2011/12

Spreader beam with adjustable cross beams 66 t for transport of forming tools

Drum handling devices


X We offer a sophisticated and
highly practical range of products.

X The variety of drum equipment


offers the suitable device for each appliction.

X Some drum handling devices can also be used with fork lift trucks. X High-quality design simple and safe to operate
The PFEIFER drum handling devices have been approved by our customers and are suitable for any application. For the transport by crane hook or fork lifter, for lifting and turning (overturning) of vertically positioned drums, for steel or plastic drums find the appropriate device for each application!

For transporting and turning (tipping over) inherently stable metal drums with rolling hoops or rolling channels and closed lid or spout. The drums can be in an upright or horizontal position. The drums can be lifted up from all positions and turned in any position due to a self-locking worm drive.

SWL Weight Reference no.

kg kg

300 93 114204
E

X V

J B H

D G

Dimensions in mm A 400620 D 350 G 1000/1200 V 100 Y 20 B 450 E 75 H 840 W 50 C 200 F 350 J 450 X 20

Drum tilting grab

for drum SWL

mm kg kg

560610 300 109 175520


B H C E V J W Y

For transporting and emptying standing, inherently stable metal drums (even Weight without lid) with rolling hoops or rolling Reference channels. no. A lashing belt and ratchet are used to encircle the drum while protecting the surface. Safe tipping and accurate metering by handwheel and self-locking worm drive.

Dimensions in mm A 560610 D 400 H 1100 W 50 B 450 E 65 J 620 X 20 C 185 F 500 V 100 Y 20

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


93

Drum turn over grab

for drum

mm

400620

Drum grab

for drum

mm kg kg

390650 500 4.7 114172


E A W X V H Y

For upright, inherently stable metal and SWL L-edge plastic drums with lid and rim. Weight Also suitable for use with tightly packed Reference no. drums. For custom-made products with hold open device please consult PFEIFER

Dimensions in mm A 390650 H 350 X 15 E 20 V 60 Y 10 F 200 W 60

Drum grab
For horizontal, inherently stable metal drums with rim. For custom-made products with hold open device please consult PFEIFER

for drum length SWL Weight Reference no.

mm kg kg

650950 500 8 114173

Y X V H E A

Dimensions in mm A 650950 H 500 X 15 E 20 V 60 Y 10 F 200 W 60

PFEIFER drum gripper


For transport of vertical inherently stable steel drums (with lid) and L-ring plastic drums

for drum SWL Weight Reference no.

mm kg kg

420640 250 4.4 173981

Dimensions in mm A 420 E 20 H2 340 X8 B 60 F 53 V 58 C 185 H1 250 W 50

Clamp claw gripper for plastic drums


For transporting vertical standard plastic drums 120 l with high or low lids. Simple one-hand operation by horizontal guiding tube and self-locking safety catch. Unlocking by releasing the safety catch at the horizontal guiding tube.

for drum SWL Weight Reference no.

mm kg kg

395 360 7 179947

Dimensions in mm A 395 B 100 V 70 C 545 W 50

94
2011/12

H 370

Clamp claw gripper for metal drums


For vertical standard metal drums 200 l with lid. Simple one-hand operation by horizontal guiding tube and self-locking safety catch. Unlocking by releasing the safety catch at the horizontal guiding tube.

for drum SWL Weight Reference no.

mm kg kg

570630 800 14 212863

Dimensions in mm A 570630 H 470 B 55 V 85 C 740 W 60

Barrel rim clamp


For erecting drums from horizontal position or transporting drums in upright position. Suitable for densely stacked drums. With automatic locking.

for drum SWL Weight Reference no.

mm kg kg

560610 700 8 114171


H A Y W X V

C F

Dimensions in mm A 560610 H 690 X 15 C 100 V 45 Y 15 F 100 W 45

PFEIFER-RENFROE vertical barrel clamp 300 S 1


For upright, inherently stable metal drums with rim (with or without lid). The steel collar, complete with pivot lever, is fitted around the drum. The gripping diameter can be altered by an adjusting screw.

for drum SWL Weight Reference no.

mm kg kg

390415 800 9 121921


W V B E A

Dimensions in mm A 390415 V 100 B 490 W 90 E 50

PFEIFER-RENFROE vertical barrel clamp 300 S 2


For upright, inherently stable metal drums with rim (with or without lid). The steel collar, complete with pivot lever, is fitted around the drum. The gripping diameter can be altered by an adjusting screw.

for drum SWL Weight Reference no.

mm kg kg

560610 800 9 121923


W V B E A

Dimensions in mm A 560610 V 130 B 445 W 80 E 50

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


95

Fork lifters
X All versions with slim fork prongs and with lateral adjustment. X Alternatives with manual or automatic centre-of-gravity compensation

X Alternatives with rigid or adjustable loading heights X Steel-grit blasted, de-rusted and painted in orange RAL 2003 X Engineered according to EN 13155, designed according to DIN 15018
H2 B2.

X Suspension suitable for single crane hooks according to DIN 15401 X Supplied including complete documentation in accordance with CE
standards.

!
2500 1000 12050 4001000 140190 500 180 1300 1900 114740 500 160

Savety advice: For economic and safe transportation of palletised goods on ground level. The professional programme of highest quality: available in different designs and sizes manufactured from high-class materials and in light-weight design

X Lashing belts are compulsory for load restraint when used for construction sites and overhead transport. Applies to all models of fork lifters.

X The centre of gravity must always be at half the length of the prong,
i. e. at 500 mm.

Fork lifter model PMS with manual centre-of-gravity adjustment in the unloaded condition
Fork lifter with manual centre-of-gravity compensation by adjusting the position of the lifting ring on the grid.
SWL Prong length Prong section Prong adjusting range Suspension eye dimension Centre of gravity Weight Fixed loading height Installation height Reference no. H B C FE A min.max. WxV S 1000 1000 8040 3001000 7570 500 105 1300 1650 114737 1500 1000 8040 3001000 7570 500 115 1300 1700 114738 2000 1000 10050 4001000 140190 3000 1000 12050 4001000 140190 500 190 1300 1950 114741

1300 1830 114739

Fork lifter model PMS-H with manual centre-of-gravity adjustment in the unloaded condition and height adjustment
As for model PMS but with adjustable loading height
SWL Prong length Prong section Prong adjusting range Suspension eye dimension Weight Adjustable loading height Installation height Reference no. H min.max. B min.max. C FE A min.max. WxV 1000 1000 8040 3001000 7570 125 13002000 16502350 114747 1500 1000 8040 3001000 7570 135 13002000 17002400 114748 2000 1000 10050 4001000 15590 195 13002000 18302530 114749 2500 1000 12050 4001000 140190 220 13002000 19002600 114750 3000 1000 12050 4001000 130220 230 13002000 19502650 114751

96
2011/12

Fork lifter model PAS with automatic centre-of-gravity adjustment between the loaded and unloaded conditions
Fork lifter with automatic centre-of-gravity compensation by trolley and tension spring. This adjusts the suspension to the centre of gravity smoothly and automatically (minimum load 20-25 % of rated load).
SWL Prong length Prong section Prong adjusting range Suspension eye dimension Centre of gravity Weight Fixed loading height Installation height Reference no. H B C FE A min.max. D S 1000 1000 8040 3001000 120 500 105 1300 1790 114732 1500 1000 8040 3001000 120 500 110 1300 1830 114733 2000 1000 10050 4001000 150 500 155 1300 1900 114734 2500 1000 12050 4001000 150 500 170 1300 1900 114735 3000 1000 12050 4001000 150 500 185 1300 1985 114736

Savety advice: For activating the trolley a minimum load of 20 25 % of the rated load is required!

Fork lifter model PAS-H with automatic centre-of-gravity adjustment between the loaded and unloaded conditions and height adjustment
as for Model PAS but with adjustable loading height
SWL Prong length Prong section Prong adjusting range Suspension eye dimension Weight Adjustable loading height Installation height Reference no. H min.max. B min.max. C FE A min.max. D 1000 1000 8040 3001000 120 120 13002000 17902490 114742 1500 1000 8040 3001000 120 125 13002000 18302530 114743 2000 1000 10050 4001000 150 190 13002000 19002600 114744 2500 1000 12050 4001000 150 200 13002000 19002600 114745 3000 1000 12050 4001000 150 220 13002000 19852685 114746

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


97

Coil handling
X For special designs and coil hooks with automatic weight balancing,
please consult Pfeifer

Coil hook
with counterweight and 4/4 prong
For the transport of coils, wire rings and hollow round bodies. Sturdy for rough handling. Special design emphasising statics definitely prevents dangerous notch tensions. Prong with safety cam, handle for manual positioning. Rigid counterweight, reaching for the short models up to the upper edge of the suspension eye. Prong being horizontal in unloaded position, slightly inclined backwards or horizontal under load. Suspension eye for suitable single hook according to DIN 15401
SWL kg 2500 2500 5000 5000 7500 7500 10000 10000 16000 16000 20000 20000 25000 Dimensions in mm A max. 400 1000 700 1500 800 1500 1000 1500 1200 2000 1500 2000 1600 B 500 500 600 600 700 700 700 700 700 700 900 900 900 D 585 1240 975 1820 1110 1870 1370 1905 1645 2500 2060 2550 2160 E 120 175 190 245 220 285 265 300 310 380 365 392 392 H 680 680 830 830 1010 1010 1070 1070 1140 1140 1410 1410 1450 V 140 140 180 180 250 250 300 300 360 360 420 420 450 W 70 70 90 90 120 120 130 130 160 160 180 180 200 X 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80 90 90 100 Weight approx. kg 70 155 215 450 365 640 560 805 1025 1700 1690 2275 2185 Reference no. 114639 114641 114643 114645 114647 114649 114651 114652 114655 114657 114659 114660 114662

Additional equipment: tube segments for delicate coil surfaces, rest or set-down frame, wide plate with protective cover, without safety cam. Also available with 3/4 prong or twin hook suspension. Other models and special versions available on request.

Coil turnover hook


with form-fit safety latch
For 90 turning, transportation and placement of strapped and form stable strip steel rings. The strip steel ring is gripped at its internal diameter and positively secured at the outside diameter by an adjustable lifting arm.

W V X

new!

H B N M Amin

SWL kg 500 1000 2000 3000 3500

Dimensions in mm A min. 25 25 50 95 100 A max. 60 100 200 200 230 B 650 750 750 800 800 D max. 600 700 700 750 750 H 1071 1203 1321 1490 1560 M 80 80 80 100 100 N 65 65 80 100 100 V 57 57 57 115 115 W 34 34 34 50 50 X 16 16 16 22 22

Weight approx. kg 12 15 43 100 100

Reference no. 238570 238571 238572 238573 238574

D max. = maximum winding thickness of the strip steel ring A min. = minimum width of the strip steel ring; A max. = maximum width of the strip steel ring

For models featuring special designs, please consult PFEIFER

98
2011/12

Coil storage system


To ensure proper and safe storage of slit coils of all kinds. Consisting of a trough-shaped storage unit and support posts to safeguard against tipping. Storage space can be expanded as required. Can be screwed to the factory floor. For slit coils with widths of 90 mm to 200 mm. The support posts can be pivoted outwards to make it easier to reposition them. (8 x anti-support posts are included in the delivery)

Dmin

Dmax

new!

SWL kg 2000

Dimensions in mm B 1320 D min. 700 D max. 1800 L 2000 R 84

Weight approx. kg 430

Reference no. 235358

Internal wire coil grab


Mechanically operated triple-arm lifting grab, closes under load, with automatic hold-open device. For transport of form stable, strapped wire coils, reinforcing steel coils, etc. with vertical axis. Lever design, with load-dependent clamping force. Gripping pads in toothed design for safe transport Automatic hold-open device Suspension eye for suitable single hook according to DIN 15401
Y

X V

C A J

SWL kg 3000 5000

Dimensions in mm A min. 550 600 A max. 800 900 C 250 280 H 940 1140 J min. 950 1120 J max. 1300 1500 V 105 105 W 82 82 X 35 35 Y 20 20

Weight approx. kg 110.000 234.877

Reference no. 114089 220380

Optional equipment: Gripping leg adapted for other coil width. Two leg grab for special winders. Larger central pipe for centring spike up to 120 mm diameter. Special cams available on request.

Simply t ! brillian
PFEIFER Turning Table
X The PFEIFER Turning Table for handling and turning
different loads weighing up to 6 tonnes. hesupportingtablewillbecustomisedtosuityourneeds. T pacesavingdesign,becauseloadingandunloadingwillbedonefrom S thesameside. entleturningofdifferentloads,e.g.steelcoils,palletisedslitcoils, G paperrolls,injectionmouldsetc. arryingcapacitiesupto6tonnesavailable. C ighercarryingcapacitiesonrequest. H anbemovedwherevertheneedarisesthankstoliftingeyesandfork C liftpockets. erysecureastheloadisturnedarounditscentreofgravity. V

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


99

Spreader beams
Adjustable spreader beams
X Spreader beam made from fine-grained structural steel for
heavy-duty applications

X Working temperature from 20 to 100 C X Manually adjustable attachment points with swivel eye load hooks
(not swivelling under load) and suspension hooks

X Adjustable yokes equipped with lateral attachment hooks X The attachment hooks are especially rounded off to protect lifting
slings used for attachment

X Spreader beam suspension suitable for single hook according to


DIN 15401

X Attachment angle up to 45 without any loss in SWL for the spreader


beam
s

K X

W A min. V

X All versions can be manufactured according to individual customer


requirements, please enquire.

X Spreader beam suspension also possible for twin hooks acc. to


DIN 15402

A max. H

X Standard designs conform to EN 13155, with 20,000 load cycles.


Higher ratings can be supplied please consult PFEIFER
Multi-adjustable spreader beam for handling different loads.
SWL kg 1000 1000 1000 1600 1600 1600 2500 2500 2500 4000 4000 4000 6300 6300 6300 10000 10000 10000 16000 16000 16000 Dimensions in mm A min. 400 700 1000 800 900 1150 900 1150 1200 1000 1000 1500 1150 1000 1500 1000 1400 1500 1600 1800 1500 A max. 1000 1600 2500 1600 2500 3150 2500 3150 4000 2500 4000 5000 3150 4000 5000 4000 5000 6300 4000 5000 6300 H 560 560 560 560 560 600 650 650 690 740 840 840 880 880 1030 1150 1150 1220 1380 1380 1470 K 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 400 400 400 S 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 25 25 25 28 28 28 34 34 34 43 43 43 V 120 120 120 120 120 120 140 140 140 135 135 135 160 160 160 200 200 200 260 260 260 W 70 70 70 70 70 70 80 80 80 75 75 75 90 90 90 110 110 110 140 140 140 X 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 18 18 18 23 23 23 33 33 33 36 36 36

Weight approx. kg 26 36 46 40 50 76 75 90 150 105 200 240 170 210 410 365 435 640 510 590 850

Reference no. 215445 215446 215447 215448 215449 215450 215451 215452 215453 215454 215455 215456 215457 215458 215459 215460 215461 215462 215463 215464 215465

100
2011/12

Spreader beam, longitudinally and laterally adjustable


X Adjustable spreader beam made entirely of fine-grained structural
steel for heavy-duty applications

X Load suspension via four swivel-eye, safety load hooks (not for
swivelling under load) with adjustable yokes, manually adjustable to different working lengths

X Spreader beam suspension for single crane hooks according


to DIN 15401, optionally for twin hooks according to DIN 15402, alternative suspension arrangements also available

X Crosswise girdess can be easily removed for space-saving storage


and transport

W K

A min X V

X Spreader beam can also be supplied in a non-adjustable design with


four fixed load hooks

X We can manufacture all versions to individual customer


requirements please enquire.
S

H F min F max

X Standard designs conform to EN 13155, with 20,000 load cycles.


Higher ratings can be supplied please consult PFEIFER

X Only suitable for loads with barycentric centre of gravity


Modular spreader beams for particular lifting and transport processes. With four-point attachment via swivel load hooks, can be used for a variety of applications, manual adjustment for working lengths in longitudinal and lateral directions.
SWL kg 2500 2500 4000 4000 6300 6300 10000 10000 16000 16000 Dimensions in mm A min. 1000 2200 1000 2200 1500 2000 1500 2000 1500 2000 A max. 2000 4000 2000 4000 3000 4000 3000 4000 3000 4000 F min. 520 1000 520 1000 800 1000 1000 1600 1000 1600 F max. 1000 2000 1000 2000 1500 2000 2000 3000 2000 3000 H 760 800 890 950 1050 1110 1250 1200 1300 1400 K 60 100 60 100 70 100 100 100 100 100 N 100 150 100 150 150 200 150 200 150 200 S 22 22 24 24 25 25 28 28 34 34

A max

V 150 150 175 175 210 210 235 235 300 300

W 70 70 80 80 95 95 100 100 125 125

X 45 45 50 50 55 55 70 70 85 85

Weight approx. kg 120 260 150 380 320 440 677 810 820 1050

Reference no. 114545 114547 114548 114550 114551 114552 114554 114555 114556 114557

Spreader beam longitudinally and laterally adjustable with moveable cross beams
For lifting of loads with eccentrically positioned centres of gravity. Pin-jointed cross beams for equal load distribution to avoid mechanical load and deformation of the girder by twisting stress.

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


101

Spreader beams for fork lifter applications


X Fork lifter spreader beams made from fine-grained structural steel
for heavy-duty applications

X Load suspension via central, swivel-eye, safety load hook (not for
swivelling under load), option available with ball-bearing safety load hook for swivelling under load (extra charge)

X Locked onto the prongs by two tommy screws with ball-and-socketjointed compression discs.

X With set-down legs at the side for easy pickup by the fork
lifter prongs and safe and compact storage
Modular spreader beams for particular lifting and transport processes. For slipping onto fork prongs or for direct pickup by the fork lifter truck. Solid design made from steel section with welded pockets for fork lifter prongs.

SWL kg 1000 2500 5000 10000

Dimensions in mm A 600 600 600 950 B 55 60 60 70 E 180 180 180 210 H 240 265 350 365 S 22 25 34 53

Weight approx. kg 13.0 25.8 32.0 100.0

Reference no. 171247 171248 171249 171250

We can manufacture all versions to individual customer requirements please enquire.

Adapter for fork lifter prong


Lightweight construction for use by fork lifter prong, with central swivel-eye, safety load hook* and clampable tommy screws

SWL kg 1000

fork lifter truck width x height mm 12550

Dimensions in mm B 110 C 20 D 50 H 185

Weight approx. kg 4

Reference no. 181062

* = not for swivelling under load! Optional available against additional charge!

Also available with SWL 2 or 3 tonnes please enquire.

Spreader beam for big-bags


Cross-shaped spreader beam made from fine-grained structural steel in closed, hollow section design with four-point suspension for suspending the big-bag loops directly over the hollow section (= low overall height). Spreader beam suspension suitable for single hook according to DIN 15401

SWL kg 1000 2000

Dimensions in mm A 900 900 F 900 900 H 185 215 V 53 63 W 56 67 X 18 22

Weight approx. kg 24 32

Reference no. 201872 201873

102
2011/12

Equalising spreader beams


X Equalising spreader beam made of fine-grained structural
steel for heavy-duty applications

X Load is taken by 7 13 swivel-eye safety load hooks (not for


swivelling under load)

X Low-swing chain suspension for single crane hooks according to


DIN 15401, optionally for twin hooks according to DIN 15402 (lower spreader beam dead weight!) and other suspension options can be supplied

X Maximum load on one single hook is 2,000 kg! Note the total working
load limit of the spreader beam! Optionally with load hooks with load-bearing capacities of more than 2,000 kg!

X For asymmetric load distribution, optionally available with adjustable


suspension (adjustment manually or by electric motor). With electric-motor adjustment, operation by control cable and keypad. Options include wireless remote control, supply cable with 16 pole plug to connection (interface for crane system). ments please enquire.
Modular spreader beams for particular lifting and transport processes. High-tensile, swivel-eye, safety load hooks with slide shoes are movably mounted on a continuous, high-tensile steel chain. Thus, height compensation and uniform loading of all load-suspension points is implemented automatically. When not all the load hooks are in use, the height compensation of the chain strand is facilitated by the chain shortener at the end of the chain.
W X V H

K A

SWL kg 3500 5000 8000 10000

Dimensions in mm A 3000 4000 6000 6000 H 1340 1740 2140 2200 K 500 500 500 500 S 29 29 29 35 V 160 180 180 220 W 90 100 100 145 X 22 26 26 33

Weight approx. kg 160 210 290 440

Reference no. 114530 114538 114539 114540

Design with adjustable suspension

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


103

X We can manufacture all versions to individual customer require-

Motorised Turnover Spreader Beams

Version with fixed or manually adjustable working length. Also

availible in electro-mechanical design, continuously adjustable System spreader beams for individual lifting and handling processes. For design that can be used to balance the non-centric centre of gravity transporting and turning stable loads with axially symmetric centre of gravity. of the load Turning operation is carried out by endless slings or chains. Double or four All versions manufactured only according to individual customer stranded suspension for reduced oscillation and increased stability. requirements Turnover spreader beam made from fine-grained structural steel for heavy duty applications.

Includes two endless slings of 10 m circumferential length,

Spreader beam with two adjustable turning units Two separate electro-mechanical turning units in a robust double-mount. Two separate electro-mechanical drives for longitudinal adjustment. Operated using control cable and switch alternatively by radio remote Control of the crosswise adjustment: The working length is synchronously adjustable inwards and outwards. Both turning units can be moved control synchronously under load to the right or to the left. Additionally, every Power supply cable with 16-pole plug connectors (interface to crane turning unit can be moved individually in either direction (centre of gravity compensation). system) alternatively coated slings or split version as well as with chains in endless or split version.

Low-swing chain suspension for single crane hooks according to


DIN 15401; option of double crane hook DIN 15402 and alternative suspensions

Spreader beam with two fixed turning units (above right) Two fixed working widths with an electromechanical slewing drive. Slings can be manually relocated using parallel rollers. Spare slings We also supply spare slings for turnover spreader beams: in coated or uncoated versions, as endless slings or split (see page 122 onwards). We are glad to provide detailed advice.

104
2011/12

Spreaders
X Spreader beam with a particularly low dead weight
but high working load limit at the same time
intermediate modules 1x

X Flexibility in use through modular design for loads


of variable lengths

new!

2x K 2x N mountable in

end modules 2x

X Working length of the spreader beam adjustable in 1 m steps X The load is attached to the end modules, which are equipped with
shackles

X For suspending the spreader beam, the end modules are equipped
with shackles for attaching a chain suspension gear

X Easily transported, quickly configured


Modular spreader beams for particular lifting and transport processes. The modular spreader beam consists of intermediate modules of different lengths that, together with 2 end modules, can be combined into a spreader beam with various overall lengths. The individual modules are bolted together quickly and safely.
Amin Amax

SWL kg 14000 20000 34000 50000

Dimensions in mm A min. 3000 3000 3000 3000 A max. 6000 6000 8000 8000 H 1 x 2000 1 x 2000 1 x 2000 1 x 2000 K N 3 x 1000 3 x 1000 2 x 1000 2 x 1000 S 2 x 500 2 x 500 2 x 500 2 x 500

Weight approx. kg 460 600 1000 1450

Reference no. 241728 241729 241730 241731


2 x 1500 2 x 1500

1-leg suspension gear for double crane hooks


From design considerations, the 50,000 kg suspension gear uses ropes instead of chains.
SWL spreader beam Effective length Nominal size of chain for rope Dimensions of the masterlink Reference no. mm running metre kg mm mm 14000 4100 19 20000 4000 22 34000 5400 54 50000


48

200110 242260

260140 242262

340180 242264

241733

2-leg suspension gear for single crane hooks


SWL spreader beam Effective length Nominal size of chain for rope Dimensions of the masterlink Reference no. mm running metre kg mm mm 14000 4100 19

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

From design considerations, the 50,000 kg suspension gear uses ropes instead of chains.
20000 4000 22 34000 5400 26 50000


48

260140 242259

340180 242261

350190 242263

241732

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


105

Why choose a lifting device by PFEIFER?

The cooperation with us gives you a feeling of confidence!

Our lifting devices are designed with safety as a priority.


Since 29.12.2009 lifting devices may only be supplied in accordance with the requirements of the new Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. This directive governs the machine manufacturer's duties for accident prevention and is binding for the European Economic Area. One of the manufacturer's duties is to undertake a risk assessment. This systematically examines all the risks which could arise during the entire lifetime of a lifting device. Carrying out a risk assessment requires experienced specialists, particularly in the realm of lifting technology. Unfortunately there are always manufacturers who, underneath the

Choosing PFEIFER gives you the following:


PFEIFER has implemented an integrated process-orientated management system which is certified in accordance with BS EN ISO 9001. tested in accordance with EN 287, only process sheet metal with 3.1 certificates and are checked regularly.

glossy advertising, offer poorly designed products, often low-quality copies with a short service life. The non-specialised buyer is completely unable to recognise these for what they are. The result: increased safety hazard, downtimes, expensive retrofitting. Many customers have therefore decided to choose Made by PFEIFER meaning not only Made in Germany but also 100% CE. This is another reason for the leading position held by PFEIFER products.

Naturally we include a test of CE compliance, individual PFEIFER has an international operating instructions derived certification in accordance with from this and an acceptance test the assembly and service prior to delivery. standard SCC (Safety Certificate (EN 13155/EN 15018) for Contractors). The SCC is an international standard for techni- A product liability insurance cal service providers who operate amounting to millions of Euros in the premises of a customer is a sign of PFEIFERs sense of and carry out technical services responsibility. there such as maintenance, When deciding what to buy, consider assembly and crane operations. whether you are really getting value PFEIFER has a wealth of for money. Do not make savings at experience in welded, heavy duty the expense of quality and therefore lifting devices and the German safety. A CE-compliant lifting device Qualification Certificate in with a careful risk assessment can accordance with DIN 18800. In save lives. Do not do without this addition, our welders who are added value for the benefit of lower prices.

We believe that while cheap may be cool, quality from PFEIFER is safe.

106
2011/12

Spreader beams
Development, design and manufacture of spreader beams for individual loads, transport processes and crane systems.

X For loads of up to several 100 tonnes in weight. X Fitted with all attachment devices on request. X Load test and approval by an independent institute on request.

Frame-shaped spreader beam for transporting precast concrete elements of 45 t

Adjustable spreader beam for loads up to 180 t with integrated load hooks

Long-hook spreader beam fitted with slewing gear for lifting and positioning loads up to 138 t

Pipe spreader beam for transport of rotor blades for offshore wind turbines

Spreader beam for the transport of water turbines up to 250 t

Spreader beams for loading locomotives

2011/12

Lifting and turning devices


107

Long-hook spreader beam for the transport of paper rolls of 4 m dia., working length 8 m

Case studies on the safe handling of heavy duty loads


Rail-mounted vehicle for transporting casting moulds
Moulding tools are needed for the production of cast parts. These consist of upper and lower boxes filled with sand. The form of the part to be cast is pressed into the sand using a model. After casting, the moulding boxes must be dismantled, emptied and cleaned. In order to carry out this transport operation without a crane, PFEIFER developed a rail-mounted conveyor vehicle. The PFEIFER rail-mounted vehicle has a level support surface of 4.2 x 4.2 metres, on which moulding boxes weighing up to 100 tonnes are placed. The rail-mounted vehicle drives the 14 m distance between the workshops at a speed of 8.5 m/ min. This requires a rail mounting consisting of 12 rollers and four 1.1 kW motors. The rail-mounted vehicle itself weighs 11 tonnes. While the vehicle is in operation, operator safety is ensured by light and sound signals.

Turning table for sheet stacks


To carry out de-palletising, checking and erecting sheet stacks up to 90 for the purpose of incoming goods inspection, PFEIFER made further developments to the proven turntable, based on the disc turning principle. For loading and unloading the turntable, "fork hollows" are inserted into the support surface so that the metal sheets can be removed without requiring pallets. Two electromechanically adjustable supports are used to secure the sheets: these have to be moved onto the stack of sheets before they are turned. There is also a height-adjustable latch integrated into the supports which secures the sheets from tipping backwards. With a carrying capacity of 5 tonnes, the turntable has a table width of 2 m and dead weight of 3 tonnes. The turning table is fitted with a frequency-controlled motor for smooth starting and stopping so that the load (sheet stack) is turned gently. Protective plastic covers are fitted to the supports and the opposite side so that the metal sheet is not damaged.

108
2011/12

Transport- undund Hebegerte Transport- Hebegerte

Textile attachment devices


POLYTEX textile attachment devices ................. 110 POLYTEX round slings ........... 111 POLYTEX special textile products ....................... 116 POLYTEX sets ........................ 118 Load hook for textile attachment devices ...... 119 POLYTEX round sling suspension gear...................... 120 POLYTEX lifting belts............. 122 POLYTEX protective systems .................................. 132

Quality has a name POLYTEX put your trust in the original. Textile attachment devices and protection systems for the safe and careful handling of your loads. Cost-effective Whether premium line Hi-Tex or the competitivelypriced Eco-Tex segment we offer you different designs tailored to your application for the most costeffective solution to your lifting procedures. Expertise Do you have a special attachment problem that can only be handled with a special solution? Let us meet the challenge. We have simplified attachment procedures for many of our customers, thus achieving time and cost savings. 109
2011/12

POLYTEX textile attachment devices


X Manufactured according to DIN
EN 1492-1 and 2

1,000 kg 2,000 kg 3,000 kg 4,000 kg 5,000 kg 6,000 kg 8,000 kg from 10,000 kg

Identification colours rule out mistakes:


The PolyTex range with its identification colours conforms to the international colour code.

X Made of high-tensile, resistant polyester material (PES), identifiable


by the blue safety label

X X X X X X X X X X

Super-light, hence simple handling Soft and flexible Protects the load surface Long service life Heat-resistant to +100 C, frost-resistant to 40 C No loss of strength when the belt is wet Highly resistant to mineral acids and UV radiation Working load limit/WLL imprinted and clearly visible Identifying colour code for each working load limit Outstanding insulation effect due to non-conductive polyester material

each working load limit Wll up to 10,000 kg has its own identification colour and can therefore be classified correctly and quickly.

Working load limit table for POLYTEX lifting belts, round slings and round sling suspension gear EN 1492-1/2

working load limit in tonnes*

3 and 4 legs

Identifying colour

up to 6 violet green yellow grey red brown blue orange 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 0.80 1.60 2.40 3.20 4.00 4.80 6.40 8.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 16.00 20.00

up to 45 1.40 2.80 4.20 5.60 7.00 8.40 11.20 14.00

+
45 60 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00 10.00

+
up to 45 1.12 2.24 3.36 4.48 5.60 6.72 8.96 11.20

+ +
45 60 0.80 1.60 2.40 3.20 4.00 4.80 6.40 8.00

up to 45 2.10 4.20 6.30 8.40 10.50 12.60 16.80 21.00

+
45 60 1.50 3.00 4.50 6.00 7.50 9.00 12.00 15.00

Further factors that reduce the working load limit, such as sharp edges, extreme temperature ranges etc. are to be taken into account according to the respective DIN EN regulations. According to BetrSichV/BGR 500, an expert must inspect: attachment devices at intervals of 1 year at the most (visual and dimensional inspection) chain slings additionally for freedom from cracks at intervals of 3 years at the most. The criteria for the discarding time of chains, lifting belts and round slings are likewise specified in the respective EN standard. The working load limit WLL data (in tonnes) correspond to the use of the attachment devices under normal conditions (symmetrical loading of all legs).

If the load is distributed asymmetrically: only one leg may be assumed to be bearing the load in the case of 2-leg suspension gears (see single-leg suspension gear) only two load-bearing legs may be counted in the case of 3/4-leg suspension gears according to BGR 500, chapters 2.8/3.5.3 (see 2-leg suspension gear). According to EN this type of attchment is not permitted with transversely rigid (e.g. coated) loop lifting belts. When using 2 suspensions devices on one crane hook, the angle of inclination of the attachment devices may not exceed 45. *according to the type of attachment and angle of inclination

110

2011/12

POLYTEX round slings


POLYTEX Hi-Tex round slings for highest demands
X More resistant to edges due to herringbone weave X Maximum service lives due to
extremely wear-resistant protective sleeve fabric with additional PU impregnation

X With woven-in wear indicator


and tonnage stripe

X Excellent length stability X Sleeve colouring in signal


colours

X Manufactured according to BS
EN 1492-2, GS-tested

X Imprinted working load limit


A contribution to safety. As soon as the woven-in, coloured wear indicator on the surface of the protective sleeve is exposed, intensified monitoring of the damaged zones for the replacement state of wear of the round sling is called for.

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Support surface under load mm 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 40 45 60 65 70 75 95 116 Reference no. 122464 122477 122490 122502 122515 122528 122541 122554 Availability 1m 1.5 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 4m 5m 6m

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


111

POLYTEX-DH round sling with double protective sleeve


DIN EN 1492-2
X X X X
Standard sling Chafe-resistant, double protective sleeve, PU-impregnated Quality tested With woven-in tonnage stripes

Cross-section: Shown here are the load-bearing polyester strand, the internal and external protective sleeves with imprint of the working load limit and the woven-in tonnage stripe.

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Support surface under load mm 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 38 45 60 65 69 72 97 110 Reference no. 122337 122349 122362 122375 122388 122401 122415 135941 Availability 1m 1.5 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 4m 5m 6m

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

... and for suitable protective systems:

POLYTEX Flexoclip S See page 135

112
2011/12

POLYTEX abrasion protection POLYTEX abrasion protection PU edge protector with magnet sleeve sleeve See page 132 See page 136 See page 136

POLYTEX Eco-Tex round slings with single protective sleeve


DIN EN 1492-2
X Single protective sleeve, PUimpregnated

X Particularly low-priced round sling due to large manufacturing quantities

X Quality tested X With woven-in tonnage stripes

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Support surface under load mm 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 38 45 60 65 69 Reference no. 122215 122239 122252 122265 122277 Availability 1m 1.5 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 4m 5m 6m

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000

For round slings with higher WLLs and other lengths, see page 111 112.

... and for suitable protective systems:

POLYTEX Flexoclip S See page 135

POLYTEX abrasion protection POLYTEX abrasion protection PU edge protector with magnet sleeve sleeve See page 132 See page 136 See page 136

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


113

POLYTEX-XXL round sling for heaviest loads


DIN EN 1492-2
X Extremely thick special
protective sleeve, polyurethane-reinforced

X Round slings of all working load limits consist of a load-bearing


polyester strand and protective sleeve

X Special version also with Teflon coating

Edge stabiliser: The stabilised edge results in a higher transverse rigidity, decreases twisting of the round sling and extends the service life.

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Support surface under load mm 30000 40000 50000 60000 80000 100000 160000 200000 300000 110 130 140 160 170 190 320 320 680 Reference no. 135943 135944 135945 135947 135949 135952 135957 135959 217459 Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m 10 m 12 m

WLL kg 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 80000 100000 150000 12000 16000 20000 24000 32000 40000 64000 80000 120000

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

114
2011/12

Safety notice:

Care must also be taken with sharp edges when using the round sling and shackle combination. We are happy to advise on any questions you may have.

Round slings, XXL-Protect High resistance to cutting and abrasion


similar to DIN EN 1492-2
X Extremely long service life due
to very high resistance to abrasion and cuts

new!

X Low operating costs due to fast


handling procedures, low weight and soft material

X X X X X

Fewer dangers for employees and valuable loads Approx. 8 to 10 times stronger than steel Worldwide, one of the strongest synthetic fibres are used Low working elongation of only around 0.5 % As much as 60 % weight saving compared with attachment devices made of polyester

X Heat-resistant to +60 C, frost-resistant to 50 C

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Support surface under load mm 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 80000 100000 160000 200000 300000 83 98 98 133 133 133 183 213 228 345 Reference no. 231402 231403 231404 231405 231406 231407 231408 231409 231410 231411 Availability 2.5 m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m 10 m 12 m

WLL kg 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 80000 100000 150000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 32000 40000 64000 80000 120000

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


115

POLYTEX special textile products


We sew the whole range of textile goods produced in series for you!

et We me al eci your sp ements! requir

We have experienced specialists both in application technology and in our own company sewing room. Modern machines are available for the manufacturing, which complies with the latest DIN EN standards; several test machines with a test load of up to 600 tonnes are ready for use. An extensive stock of belt materials is ready to be called off for production.

Examples from our production:

Please enquire to us about your special task - we will be only too pleased to supply you with an individual quotation.

POLYTEX lifting belts with reinforced end loops


We also supply all of the lifting belts with end loops illustrated on pages 106 - 110 in these special versions.

Your products can be marked by an individual imprint.

over the full belt

tapered to a third of the belt width

POLYTEX belts as machine elements


For use in conveyor systems, winches, hoists, other devices and plants. Advantages: low weight, high flexibility.

116
2011/12

Lifting belt slings


DIN EN 1492-1/-2
X The revolutionary combination
of the advantages of lifting belt and round sling, particularly for heavy loads

X X X X

Double the support area compared to round slings Smaller loops provide for the simplest possible handling Highly abrasion-resistant protective sleeve GS-tested

Cross-section: wide support surface with four independent channels. Safety function safety stitch: If the safety seam tears, there is an overload. The lifting procedure must be aborted immediately. The sling must be replaced.

WLL according to type of

vertical lift
Dimensions under load Width mm 150 170 170 210 210 260 340 340 340 505 655 655 Thickness mm 20 20 20 20 20 25 30 35 40 50 70 80 Loop dimensions Length mm 500 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 Width mm 45 50 60 65 80 90 100 110 130 150 220 260 Reference no. 200991 200992 200993 200994 200995 200996 200997 200998 200999 201000 201001 201002 Availability 4m 5m 6m 8m 10 m 12 m

WLL kg 5000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 80000 100000

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Working load limits and lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


117

POLYTEX sets

Round sling set 1 4


made of polyester With single, chafe-resistant protective sleeve DIN EN 1492-2 GS-tested
+ 6 pcs. 1 t + 6 pcs. 1 t +4 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. 2t 2t 2t 4t 4t Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length 200974 1m 2m 1m 2m 3m 2m 3m

Round sling set 24


made of polyester With single, chafe-resistant protective sleeve DIN EN 1492-2 GS-tested
+4 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. 2t 2t 2t 3t 3t 4t 4t Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length 200975 1m 2m 3m 2m 3m 3m 4m

Reference no.

Reference no.

Lifting belt set 1 3


made of polyester Double-layered, with reinforced and tapered loops DIN EN 1492-1 GS-tested
+2 pcs. +2 pcs. +4 pcs. +4 pcs. +2 pcs. 1t 1t 2t 2t 3t Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length 200972 2m 3m 2m 4m 3m

Lifting belt set 2 4


made of polyester Double-layered, with reinforced and tapered loops DIN EN 1492-1 GS-tested
+4 pcs. +4 pcs. +2 pcs. +2 pcs. +4 pcs. 2t 2t 3t 3t 4t Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length Effective length 200973 2m 4m 3m 4m 4m

Reference no.

Reference no.

118
2011/12

Load hook for textile attachment devices


Round sling load hook, type CJ
X New cost-optimised design X Fast and simple to install X For the simple connection of a
textile attachment device to one lifting point, or for the simple connection of two textile attachment devices

new!

X With H-stamp X With colour coding


A D C B P

T
H G
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 Weight approx. kg 0.7 1.2 2.2 4.5 4.5 4.5 Dimensions in mm A 78 91 113 133 133 133 B 123 148 175 223 223 223 C 12 19 21 40 40 40 D 41 55 55 70 70 70 G 17 21 25 36 36 36 H 20 26 32 40 40 40 P 16 17 25 36 36 36 T 31 40 50 59 59 59

Reference no. 233480 233481 233482 241392 241393 241394

A contribution to safety. For clear assignment of the carrying capacity, the hooks are painted with the working load limit colour corresponding to the colour code of the textile attachment devices according to EN 1492. Forged-on protection cams offer additional protection against abrasion on the textile attachment devices.

Furthermore, the round sling hook offers the option of the safe extension of textile attachment devices.

!
Safety notice:

Care must also be taken with sharp edges when using the round sling and shackle combination. We are happy to advise on any questions you may have.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


119

POLYTEX round sling suspension gear


X X X X X X X
High working load limit with low dead weight Protective handling of loads with sensitive surfaces Long service life High-tensile components of grade 80 or higher POLYTEX round slings Additional PU-impregnated suspension gear protective sleeve Outstanding insulation effect due to non-conductive polyester material

WLL according to type of attachment

POLYTEX round sling suspension gear, 1-leg with eye load hook
All round sling suspension gear units are equipped with a working load limit badge.
L2

Please always specify the reference number and length when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

Maximum angle ofvertical inclination 60 lift


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 11060 13575 13575 16090 16090 180100 180100 260140 260140 340180 Overall component length approx. mm 320 350 430 430 540 540 590 590 820 840 1020 Hook aperture width mm 19 26 30 30 39 39 46 46 53 62 71 Availability 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 15000 19000 20000

Reference no. 122567 122568 122569 122570 122571 181090 122573 122574 146859 181091 146860

We also supply round sling suspension gears with other end fittings such as oval rings, shackles, special hooks etc. Enquiries welcome we will be happy to supply full details.

Replacing slings: Suspension rings, round sling couplings and load hooks can easily be changed by a competent person.

120
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

POLYTEX round sling suspension gear, 2-legs with eye load hook
All round sling suspension gear units are equipped with a working load limit badge.
L2

Please always specify the reference number and length when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

Maximum angle of inclination 60

WLL kg 0 45 1400 2800 4200 5600 7000 8400 11200 14000 21000 26600 28000 45 60 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 15000 19000 20000

Dimensions of Overall component Hook aperture width length the masterlink mm approx. mm mm 11060 13575 16090 16090 180100 180100 200110 200110 340180 340180 350190 320 380 460 460 560 560 610 610 900 920 1030 19 26 30 30 39 39 46 46 53 71 62

Reference no. 122575 122576 122577 122578 122579 181092 122580 122581 146867 181093 146868

Availability 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m

WLL according to type of attachment

POLYTEX round sling suspension gear, 4-legs with eye load hook
All round sling suspension gear units are equipped with a working load limit badge.
L2

Please always specify the reference number and length when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

Maximum angle of inclination 60

WLL kg 0 45 2100 4200 6300 8400 10500 12600 16800 21000 31500 39900 42000 45 60 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 12000 15000 22500 28500 30000

Dimensions of Overall component Hook aperture width length the masterlink mm approx. mm mm 13575 16090 180100 180100 200110 200110 260140 260140 350190 350190 400200 400 470 560 560 700 700 810 810 1060 1100 1250 19 26 30 30 39 39 46 46 53 62 71

Reference no. 122582 122583 122584 122585 122586 181094 122587 122588 146865 181095 146866

Availability 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m

The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


121

POLYTEX lifting belts


POLYTEX Hi-Tex lifting belts
for highest demands
X Longer service lives due to a
safety factor of 10:1

X Higher temperature resistance


up to 120 C

X X X X

Improved resistance to abrasion due to optimised weave Increased pressure resistance under constant stress Loops particularly resistant to abrasion due to full reinforcement Manufactured according to DIN EN 1492-1

The belt colour is turquoise; the loop reinforcement is in the EN colour code.

WLL according to type of attachment

vertical lift

choke lift

basket lift
Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

Belt dimensions mm 506 758 1008 1258 15010

Loop length approx. mm 200 300 350 425 500

Reference no. 217380 217381 217382 217383 217384

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

122
2011/12

POLYTEX lifting belts, double-layer with reinforced and tapered end loops
DIN EN 1492-1

X Made of high-quality, extremely robust polyester X With all further characteristics of the textile attachment
device (see page 119)
Reinforced end loops allow easier handling and extend the service life of the lifting belts. The end loops are tapered to about half the width. (Exception: the end loops of the 30 mm belt are untapered).

WLL according to type of attachment

vertical lift

choke lift

basket lift
Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000

Belt dimensions mm 307 607 907 1208 1508 1808 2409 3009

Loop length approx. mm 250 250 300 400 450 550 750 850

Reference no. 122970 122979 122990 123001 123012 123018 123019 123020

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

... custom lengths; we will be only too pleased to manufacture your lifting belts in the lengths you require! ... and for suitable protective systems: WLL kg Reference no. Availability
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 199297 199298 199299 199300 199301 199302 199303 199304 POLYTEX Flexoclip S See page 135 POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve See page 136

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


123

L1

POLYTEX lifting belts with sling hook


The sling hook is the optimum solution for transport procedures that require looping around the load. The lifting belt can always remain on the crane hook; only the sling hook is led around the load and hooked back into the belt. The hook dimensions are designed to protect the belt.

Sling hook in the case of a belt width of 60 mm with safety catch, with locking latch from a belt width of 90 mm.

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift


Belt dimensions mm 607 907 1208 1508 Loop length approx. mm 250 300 400 450 Availability 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m

WLL kg 2000 3000 4000 5000 1600 2400 3200 4000

Reference no. 123036 123038 123039 123040

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. With round steel stirrup and sling hook on enquiry.

124
2011/12

POLYTEX lifting belts, double-layer with metal fittings that can be passed through
DIN EN 1492-1

X Made of high-quality, extremely robust polyester X With all further characteristics of the textile attachment
device (see page 110)
The stirrups, made of stainless steel, grade 80, are particularly suitable for harsh operating conditions. In addition they are ideal for looping around the load, since each of the stirrups can be easily passed through the others.

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Belt dimensions mm 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 307 607 907 1208 1508 1808 2409 3009 Stirrup dimensions mm 8040 12575 165105 210140 245170 300200 395270 29085 Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400

Reference no. 122874 122875 122876 122877 122878 122879 122880 122881

Stirrup for 300 mm belt width (radius in suspension area 85 mm) not suitable for choke-lift use. This use on enquiry.

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

... custom lengths; we will be only too pleased to manufacture your lifting belts in the lengths you require! WLL kg Reference no. Availability ... and for suitable protective systems:
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 199305 199306 199307 199308 199309 199310 199311 199312 POLYTEX Flexoclip S For price see page 135 POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve For price see page 136

Easy to wrap round the load Our standard fittings can be pulled through each other easily due to their large apertures. The belt lies perfectly in the bow.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


125

POLYTEX lifting belts, PU-coated on one side, with back bulge


double-layer, with reinforced and tapered end loops EN 1492-1

This direct belt protection system with extremely cut and abrasionresistant PU-coating protects the belt on one side against damage and reduces the slip hazard for the load. The transparent coating enables unhampered visual checking of the internal belt. The end loops are tapered to about half the width.

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift


Belt dimensions mm 7018 10018 13018 16018 19018 25018 31018 Loop length approx. mm 250 300 400 450 550 750 850 Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Effective length L1 2m 201054 201060 201066 201072 201079 3m 201055 201061 201067 201073 201080 201086 201092 4m 201056 201062 201068 201074 201081 201087 201093 5m 201057 201063 201069 201075 201082 201088 201094 6m 201058 201064 201070 201076 201083 201089 201095 8m 201059 201065 201071 201077 201084 201090 201096

WLL kg 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. This direct belt protection system with extremely cut and abrasion-resistant PU-coating protects the belt on both sides against damage and double-layer, with reinforced and tapered end loops EN reduces the slip hazard for the load. The transparent coating enables unhampered visual checking of the internal belt. 1492-1 The end loops are tapered to about half the width. (Exception: the end loops of the 40 mm belt are untapered).

POLYTEX lifting belts, PU-coated on both sides

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000

Belt dimensions mm 4018 7018 10018 13018 16018 19018 25018 31018

Loop length approx. mm 250 250 300 400 450 550 750 850 Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no.

Effective length L1 2m 201127 201133 201139 201145 201151 201157 3m 201128 201134 201140 201146 201152 201158 201164 201170 4m 201129 201135 201141 201147 201153 201159 201165 201171 5m 201130 201136 201142 201148 201154 201160 201166 201172 6m 201131 201137 201143 201149 201155 201161 201167 201173 8m 201132 201138 201144 201150 201156 201162 201168 201174

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

126
2011/12

POLYTEX lifting belts, PU-coated on one side, with back bulge


double-layer, with round steel stirrups that can be passed through EN 1492-1

This direct belt protection system with extremely cut and abrasionresistant PU-coating protects the belt on one side against damage and reduces the slip hazard for the load. The transparent coating enables unhampered visual checking of the internal belt.

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Belt dimensions mm 4000 6000 8000 10000 7018 10018 13018 16018 Stirrup dimensions mm 12575 165105 210140 245170 Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Effective length L1 2m 201097 201104 201111 201119 3m 201098 201105 201112 201120 4m 201100 201106 201113 201121 5m 201101 201107 201114 201122 6m 201102 201108 201115 201123 8m 201103 201109 201116 201124

WLL kg 2000 3000 4000 5000 1600 2400 3200 4000

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. This direct belt protection system with extremely cut and abrasion-resistant PUcoating protects the belt on both sides against damage and reduces the slip hazard for the load. The transparent coating enables unhamdouble-layer, with round steel stirrups that can be pered visual checking of the internal belt.

POLYTEX lifting belts, PU-coated on both sides


passed through EN 1492-1

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

Belt dimensions mm 4018 7018 10018 13018 16018

Stirrup dimensions mm 8040 12575 165105 210140 245170 Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no.

Effective length L1 2m 201176 201182 201188 201194 201200 3m 201177 201183 201189 201195 201201 4m 201178 201184 201190 201196 201202 5m 201179 201185 201191 201197 201203 6m 201180 201186 201192 201198 201204 8m 201181 201187 201193 201199 201205

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


127

POLYTEX lifting belts, single-layer with reinforced and tapered end loops
DIN EN 1492-1

The wide support surface provides for an even distribution of pressure to the load. Protects surfaces. For lifting sensitive goods. The end loops are tapered to about half the width. (Exception: the end loops of the 30 mm belt are untapered).

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Belt dimensions mm 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 303 603 903 1204 1504 1804 2405 3005 Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m

WLL kg 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 3200 4000

Loop length approx. mm 250 250 300 400 450 550 750 850

Reference no. 146869 146870 146871 146872 146873 146874 146875 146876

POLYTEX heavy-duty lifting belts, four-layer with reinforced and tapered end loops
DIN EN 1492-1

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. High working load limit with particularly narrow belt width due to four overlying belt layers. Small support surface Extremely sturdy. For extremely heavy loads.

WLL kg 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 1600 3200 4800 6400 8000 9600 12800 16000 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 32000 40000

Belt dimensions mm 3014 6014 9014 12016 15016 18016 24018 30018

Loop length approx. mm 350 400 600 800 1100 1300 1600 2000

Reference no. 147264 147265 147266 147267 147268 147269 147270 147271

Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

128
2011/12

POLYTEX endless lifting belts single-layer


DIN EN 1492-1

Low-priced alternative to round slings and lifting belts with end loops. More dimensionally stable than round slings.

WLL according to type of attachment

L1 vertical lift choke lift basket lift


Belt dimensions mm 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 303 603 903 1204 1504 1804 2405 3005 Availability

WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000

Reference no. 147248 147249 147250 147251 147252 147253 147254 147255

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. Double working load limit compared to single-layer endless lifting belts with the same belt width. More dimensionally stable than round slings.

POLYTEX endless lifting belts two-layer


DIN EN 1492-1

WLL kg 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 1600 3200 4800 6400 8000 9600 12800 16000 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 32000 40000

Belt dimensions mm 307 607 907 1208 1508 1808 2409 3009

Reference no. 147256 147257 147258 147259 147260 147261 147262 147263

Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


129

2m

3m

4m

5m

6m

8m

Flat rope lifting belts with metal fittings, galvanised

Protective handling of the load, since there is no point loading as in the case of rope or chain. Stirrup pressed in movably up to 6,000 kg working load limit, stirrup stitched in movably from 8,000 kg working load limit.

WLL according to type of attachment

vertical lift

basket lift
Belt dimensions mm 506 656 1107 11010 14010 18015 Stirrup dimensions mm 9580 9580 140120 160120 175150 200200 Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m

WLL kg 2000 3000 6000 8000 12000 17000 4000 6000 12000 16000 24000 34000

Reference no. 135965 135966 135967 135968 135969 135970

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Also available in vulcanised or PU-coated versions and in lengths other than those illustrated on enquiry.

Rope lifting belts up to 100,000 kg working load limit, with other end connectors, in vulcanised or polyurethane coated version on request.
e. g. with metal fitting, galvanised and vulcanised
vulcanisation renewable

e. g. with metal fitting, galvanised and polyurethane-coated

high-quality, transparent polyurethane coating, extremely resistant to cuts and abrasion

Temperature resistance of rope webbing slings sewn galvanised galvanised, pressed vulcanised PU-coated

from 60C to +180C 100% WLL from +180C to +400C 75% WLL

from 40 C to +150 C 100% WLL

from 40 C to +120 C 100% WLL

from 40 C to +80 C 100% WLL

130
2011/12

POLYTEX disposable lifting belts


DIN 60005
Identifiable by the orange label. For transport from the manufacturer to the end consumer. According to DIN 60005, disposable lifting belts must be destroyed at the end of the transport chain.

Handling as disposable belts is very simple: The belts are integrated into the loadbearing frame of the prefabricated element during manufacture, taking into account the rules of attachment technology. After transport and assembly on the building site, the belts are simply cut off.

WLL according to type of attachment

to 45

L1 vertical lift basket lift choke lift


Belt dimensions mm 432 600 800 1000 1200 1600 481.2 481.5 503.5 503.5 503.5 503.5 Availability 0.4 m 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m

WLL kg 540 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 378 525 700 875 1050 1400

Reference no. 218000 218001 218002 218003 218004 218005

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Larger purchased quantities, additional lengths or higher working load limits on enquiry.

Disposable lifting belts according to DIN 60005 must be destroyed after use. However, lifting belts complying with EN 1492 may be used according to BGR 500 using the so-called pre-slung method with 1.4 times the carrying capacity. Precondition: It is guaranteed that the belts are withdrawn from use at the end of the transport chain. Re-use is permissible only if it has been determined that there are no defects that would impair safety.

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


131

POLYTEX protective systems


for attachment and lashing devices
X Our various protective systems protect your lifting belts, round slings
and lashing straps against damage and premature wear.

X On top of that, they open up new operational areas for your textile
attachment devices that have so far been reserved exclusively for robust chains.

X Application temperature of polyurethane (PU) 070 C.

When is there an sharp edge?

Edges are considered to be sharp if the edge radius R of the load is smaller than: thediameteroftherope, thethicknessoftheliftingbeltortheroundsling, thenominalthicknessoftheroundsteelchain. SeealsoBGR500

PU edge protector with magnet


Made of wear-resistant polyurethane, with magnetic adhesion.

For round slings WLL kg up to 1000 up to 4000 up to 6000 up to 8000 up to 10000

For lifting belt width Number of magnets mm up to 30 2 up to 60 up to 90 up to 120 up to 150 up to 180 up to 300 2 4 4 4 6 8

Reference no. 155233 155234 155235 155236 155237 155238 155239

PU edge protector with joint


Simple positioning due to magnetic adhesion. Particularly suitable for lifting belts.

For round slings WLL kg up to 2000 up to 5000 up to 8000

For lifting belt width Number of magnets mm up to 60 2 up to 90 up to 150 up to 300 2 4 8

Reference no. 217488 217489 217490 217491

Heavy-duty PU edge protector


Suitable for extremely heavy loads. Protection of the lifting goods by PU layer on the lower side. Simple handling. Extension of the service life of the attachment devices. Also particularly suitable as a round sling protector.

For round slings WLL kg up to 1000 up to 4000 up to 6000 up to 8000 up to 10000 up to 20000 up to 40000 up to 50000

For lifting belt width Number of magnets mm up to 30 2 up to 60 up to 90 up to 120 up to 150 up to 180 up to 240 up to 300 2 2 4 4 4 6 8

Reference no. 217493 217494 217495 217496 217497 217498 217499 217500

132
2011/12

Edge protection Protect PRO made from HMPE-fibre


if great flexibility is required if high resistance to cutting is necessary if low weight is required where there are sharp edges and confined spaces

The abrasion of Protect PRO (HMPE-fibre) compared to polyester


For round slings WLL kg 1000/2000 3000/4000 5000/6000 8000/10000 15000/20000 25000/30000 40000 50000 For lifting belt width mm 30/50 60 90/100 120 150 180 240 300 Internal width mm 65 75 115 125 175 205 275 335 Weight kg/m 0.515 0.560 0.850 0.900 1.235 1.448 1.906 2.315 Reference no. 218060 218061 218062 218063 218064 218065 218066 218067

Protect PRO edge protection sleeve


Manufactured from highstrength HMPE-fibres
Perfect all-round protection, light and flexible. High resistance to cutting and abrasion with extremely long service life. For many safe lifting procedures.

new!
Protect PRO edge protector
Manufactured from highstrength HMPE-fibres
4 Velcro straps enable quick positioning. High resistance to cutting and abrasion with extremely long service life. For many safe lifting procedures.

For round slings WLL kg 15000 25000 30000 40000 55000 65000 75000 80000 85000 100000

For lifting belt width mm 150 180 200

Width mm 155 185 215 230 285 345 370 430 460 540

Length mm 500 600 600 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

Reference no. 240197 240199 240200 240201 240202 240203 240204 240205 240206 240198

250 300

new!
Protect PRO edge protection collar
Manufactured from highstrength HMPE-fibres
Flexible all-round protection with Velcro fastener. High resistance to cutting and abrasion with extremely long service life. For many safe lifting procedures. Can be supplied in length increments of 0.5 m to a maximum of 5.0 m.

For round slings WLL kg 2000 4000 6000 8000 15000 25000 30000 50000 80000

For lifting belt width mm 30 50 60 90 120 150 180 240 300

Reference no. 240207 240208 240209 240210 240211 240212 240213 240214 241517

Round slings XXL-Protect made from HMPE-fibre


Extremely long service life due to very high resistance to abrasion and cuts Low operating costs due to fast handling procedures, low weight and soft material Fewer dangers for employees and valuable loads On enquiry

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


133

POLYTEX-Duplex
PU-coated on both sides, high-tensile woven polyester sleeve for single/double-layer lifting belts and round slings. Excellent resistance to cutting and abrasion, protects from all sides. Standard lengths 2.0 m and 4.0 m When ordering please specify the length (max. 8 m)!

For round slings WLL kg

For lifting belt Width mm 30 50/60 80 90/100 120 150 180 200 240 300 For lifting belt Width mm 30 50/60 80 90/100 120 150 180 200 240 300

Dimensions mm B 45 70 95 110 145 170 190 230 250 330 H1 18 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 36 31 Dimensions mm B 45 70 95 110 145 170 190 230 250 330 for rope mm up to 30 up to 50 H1 18 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 36 31 H2 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 15 H2 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 15

Reference no. 123075 123076 123077 123079 123080 123081 123082 123083 123084 123085 Reference no. 123086 123087 123088 123090 123091 123092 123093 123094 123095 123096

1000/1500 2000/3000 4000 5000 6000/8000 10000

15000 20000

POLYTEX -Simplex

PU-coated on one side, high-tensile woven polyester sleeve (including protective back bulge) for single/doublelayer lifting belts and round slings. Excellent resistance to cutting and abrasion, extra-flexible. Standard lengths 2.0 m and 4.0 m When ordering please specify the length (max. 8 m)!

For round slings WLL kg

1000/1500 2000/3000 4000 5000 6000/8000 10000

15000 20000

PU edge protector for chain/rope


Dot-shaped loads are distributed over a surface. As a result, both the attachment device and the load are protected.

for nominal size of chain mm 8 13

Reference no. 217501 217502

POLYTEX PU protective sleeve


For the protection of the load against damage. Transparent polyurethane protective sleeve. Chain is movable inside the sleeve without chafing on the load. Even force distribution due to rectangular external shape. Also suitable for HIT chain, wire and fibre ropes. When ordering please specify the length (max. 4 m)! Further sizes on enquiry.
D1 B

For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16

Weight kg 0.95 0.45 1.60 2.80 2.80

Dimensions in mm A 36 42 52 60 73 A 36 42 52 60 73 B 36 42 52 60 73 D1 26 32 42 50 63 W 5 5 5 5 5

Reference no. 146826 146825 146824 146780 146823

W A

134
2011/12

POLYTEX Flexoclip S
X X X X
The one with the rib The original from the inventor Made of highly cut-resistant PU 3 x better than conventional PU protective sleeves

For round slings WLL kg 1000/1500 2000/3000 4000 5000 6000

For lifting belt Width mm 30 50/60 80 90/100 120/125 150

Dimensions mm b 32 62 82 105 130 156 h 11 11 11 11 11 11

Reference no. 123063 123064 123066 123068 123071 123073

When ordering please specify the length (max. 4 m)!

and FLEXOCLIP is so easy to fit: If you place a new order for round slings, lifting belts and lashing straps the assembly is free on enquiry. Lifting accessories, which are already in use, can easily be upgraded. The FLEXOCLIP can be separated in specified spots and slipped over easily.

CLIP FLEXO g turnin ideal for etal coils sheet m

2011/12

Textile attachment devices


135

Optimised handling: With conventional protective sleeves, the attachment device often jams against the edge. The result: Elaborate manual positioning is necessary. Polytex Flexoclip S: The attachment device slides through this innovative protection system and thus remains automatically in the correct position. Higher safety: If a conventional protective sleeve is not positioned correctly, then the protective sleeve usually slips with a jerk when lifting. The protective sleeve is usually damaged as a result; often the sleeve is even pulled off the edge. The result: The attachment device is no longer protected; in the worst case the load falls. Polytex Flexoclip S: The protective sleeve remains in the correct place and thus protects reliably against the sharp edge. Higher economy: Polytex Flexoclip S: Saving of time when attaching by saving adjustment lifts and manual positioning. Significantly longer service life of the protective sleeves, since the load does not slip in the sleeve.

POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve for round slings over 1-leg


The internally coated woven polyester sleeve offers outstanding protection against material-wearing, rough surfaces. When ordering please specify quantity and length. Only possible in connection with round slings.

For round slings WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 15000

Reference no. 123109 123110 123111 123112 123113 123114 123115 123116 123117

POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve for round slings over both legs, lifting belts and lashing straps

For round slings WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000

For lifting belt width mm up to 25 up to 30 up to 60 up to 80 up to 90 up to 120 up to 150 up to 180 up to 300

Reference no. 123097 123098 123099 123100 123101 123102 123103 123105 123107

The internally coated woven polyester sleeve offers outstanding protection against material-wearing, rough surfaces. When ordering please specify the length!

POLYTEX protective collar Leather with Velcro fastener


Made of robust chrome leather, with Velcro fastener. Length 300 mm. for round slings over 1 leg and lifting belts.

For round slings WLL kg 1000/2000 3000/4000

For lifting belt width mm up to 60 up to 90

Reference no. 147551 147552

POLYTEX protective collar Abrasion protection sleeve with Velcro fastener


Made of robust abrasion protection sleeve, with Velcro fastener. Length 300 mm. for round slings over 1 leg and lifting belts.

For round slings WLL kg 1000/2000 3000/4000

For lifting belt width mm up to 60 up to 90

Reference no. 147555 147556

136
2011/12

Transport- undund Hebegerte Transport- Hebegerte

Wire rope slings


Wire rope slings, 1/2/4-leg ................................. 138 Combined rope/chain suspension gears .................... 146 Endless wire rope slings ......... 147 Wire rope sling accessories............................. 149

Competent and experienced Success in the rope business for over 430 years. Put your trust in our experience when it comes to the subject of our passion. High performance We will supply the correct wire rope sling for all your requirements. From a simple 8 mm wire rope sling with 2 eyes and 700 kg load capacity to a endless wire rope sling of 156 mm diameter and 716 t working load limit. Superior We are approved in accordance with EN ISO 9001! EN 13414-1 (Steel wire rope slings Safety) recommends buying from a supplier who operates a quality assurance system of this kind in order to ensure that the required level of quality is achieved.
2011/12

137

Wire rope slings, 1/2/4-leg


X Manufactured according to DIN EN 13414 part 1 & FSA recommendation

X X X X

Galvanised implementation resists corrosion High working load limit at low dead weight Attractive price/performance ratio Suitable for temperature range 40 C to +100 C
WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 1-leg with soft eyes


Benefit from the price advantage of our standard lengths! We will be only too pleased to manufacture lengths for you other than the standard lengths illustrated. Please enquire.
L

For our wire rope slings, please observe the current raw material surcharge (RTZ) at www.pfeifer.de or enquire to us.

vertical lift

choke lift
Nominal rope mm 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8800 11200 13600 16800 20000 23200 26800 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Length m 0.5 188532 1.0 188533 188543 188553 188563 188573 188583 1.5 188534 188544 188554 188565 188574 188588 188594 188606 188611 2.0 188535 188545 188555 188566 188575 188589 188597 188607 188612 188620 188628 188636 2.5 188536 188546 188556 188567 188578 188590 188598 188602 188613 188621 188629 188637 188644 188651 3.0 188537 188547 188558 188564 188579 188584 188599 188603 188614 188622 188630 188638 188645 188652 188658 188664 4.0 188538 188548 188557 188568 188576 188585 188593 188604 188615 188623 188631 188639 188646 188653 188659 188665 188670 188675 5.0 188539 188549 188559 188569 188577 188586 188595 188605 188616 188624 188632 188640 188647 188654 188660 188666 188671 6.0 188540 188550 188560 188570 188580 188587 188596 188608 188617 188625 188633 188641 188648 188655 188661 188667 188672

WLL kg 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000 11000 14000 17000 21000 25000 29000 33500

138
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 1-leg with soft eye and thimble eye
L

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000 11000 14000 17000

choke lift
Nominal rope mm 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8800 11200 13600 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 Reference no. 106413 106414 106415 106416 106417 106418 106419 106421 106422 106424 106425 106426 106427 106428

A contribution to safety: In companies where a large number of attachment devices with different working load limits are used, the question arises again and again for the user: How much can this wire rope sling carry? In order to prevent accidents due to overloading, the working load limit of our single-leg wire rope slings is stamped on a ferrule. We supply single and two-leg wire rope slings with suspension ring with a working load limit tag that provides you with the technical data that you need to know. You can also purchase this working load limit tag separately. (see page 150)

2011/12

Wire rope slings


139

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 1-leg with soft eye and sling hook 315

The dimensions can be found on page 150 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000

choke lift
Nominal rope mm 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Reference no. 106680 106682 106683 106686 106688 106689 106690 106691

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 1-leg with master link and SIKA sling hook
L

The dimensions can be found on page 150 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000

choke lift
Nominal rope mm 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 180100 205115 Reference no. 106479 106480 106481 106482 106483 106484 106485 106488 106489 106491 106492

140
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 1-leg with Flemish eyes


Higher working load limit Higher temperature range 100 % working load limit at 40 to 150 C 90 % working load limit at 150 to 200 C 75 % working load limit at 200 to 300 C 65 % working load limit at 300 to 400 C
L

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 750 1150 1700 2250 3000 3700 4600 5650 6700 7800 9000 11800 15000 18500

choke lift
Nominal rope mm 600 920 1360 1800 2400 2960 3680 4520 5360 6240 7200 9440 12000 14800 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 Reference no. 106431 106432 106433 106434 106435 106436 106437 106438 106439 106440 106441 106442 106443 106444

2011/12

Wire rope slings


141

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 2-leg with DIN 82101 shackle


L

The dimensions can be found on page 227 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

Maximum Maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60 WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 950 1400 2100 2800 3800 4400 5600 7000 8800 9800 11200 15000 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000 11000 760 1100 1700 2250 3050 3500 4500 5600 7000 7800 9000 12000 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8800 Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 180100 205115 205115 270140 270140

Reference no. 106695 106696 106697 106699 106701 106703 106704 106705 106706 106707 106708 106709

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 2-leg with sling hooks


L

The dimensions can be found on page 149 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

Maximum Maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60 WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 950 1400 2100 2800 3800 4400 5600 7000 8800 9800 11200 15000 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000 11000 760 1100 1700 2250 3050 3500 4500 5600 7000 7800 9000 12000 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8800 Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 180100 205115 205115 270140 270140

Reference no. 106712 106713 106714 106717 106719 106721 106725 106726 106727 106728 106729 106730

142
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 2-leg with SIKA sling hooks


L

The dimensions can be found on page 149 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

Maximum Maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60 WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 950 1400 2100 2800 3800 4400 5600 7000 8800 9800 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 760 1100 1700 2250 3050 3500 4500 5600 7000 7800 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 180100 205115 205115

Reference no. 106732 106733 106737 106743 106749 106755 106760 106761 106762 106763

WLL according to type of attachment

Combined rope/chain suspension gear, 2-leg with HSW sling hooks


Wire rope sling combined with chain, DIN EN 818, part 1/2/4 The ideal and probably least expensive attachment device for particularly harsh areas of application, for example for wrapping around sharpedged loads.
L

The dimensions can be found on page 150 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

vertical lift

choke lift

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 1400 2800 3800 1000 2000 2700 1100 2240 3050 800 1600 2150

Nominal rope mm 10 14 16

Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090

Chain length m 1.7 2.0 2.3

Reference no. 156235 156236 156237

2011/12

Wire rope slings


143

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 4-leg with DIN 82101 shackle


L

The dimensions can be found on page 227 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

Maximum angle of inclination 60

WLL kg 045 1450 2100 3150 4200 5700 6600 8400 10500 13200 14700 16800 23000 4560 1050 1500 2300 3000 4000 4700 6000 7500 9400 10500 12000 16500

Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 180100 180100 180100 270140 270140 270140 270140 300160 300160

Reference no. 106881 106882 106883 106884 106885 106886 106887 106888 106889 106890 106891 106892

The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.

A contribution to safety: In companies where a large number of attachment devices with different working load limits are used, the question arises again and again for the user: How much can this wire rope sling carry? In order to prevent accidents due to overloading, we supply our single and two-leg wire rope slings with suspension ring with a working load limit tag that provides you with the technical data that you need to know. You can also purchase this working load limit tag separately on page 150.

Inspection service

144
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Wire rope slings, 4-leg with sling hooks


L

The dimensions can be found on page 149 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

Maximum angle of inclination 60

WLL kg 045 1450 2100 3150 4200 5700 6600 8400 10500 13200 14700 16800 23000 4560 1050 1500 2300 3000 4000 4700 6000 7500 9400 10500 12000 16500

Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 180100 180100 180100 270140 270140 270140 270140 300160 300160

Reference no. 106895 106896 106899 106900 106901 106902 106903 106904 106905 106906 106907 106908

The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3. WLL according to type of attachment

Maximum angle of inclination 60

WLL kg 045 1450 2100 3150 4200 5700 6600 8400 10500 13200 4560 1050 1500 2300 3000 4000 4700 6000 7500 9400

Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 180100 180100 180100 270140 270140 270140

Reference no. 106911 106913 106915 106917 106919 106922 106923 106924 106926

The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.

2011/12

Wire rope slings


145

Wire rope slings, 4-leg with SIKA sling hooks

The dimensions can be found on page 149 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

Combined rope/chain suspension gears


X For particularly harsh areas of application X With the dimensionally-stable rope, the suspension gear can be
simply pushed through under the load
A combined suspension gear is the ideal and most inexpensive attachment device for particularly harsh areas of application, e.g. when looping around sharp-edged loads. The wearing zones are equipped here with high-tensile chains, which guarantee a particularly long service life of this suspension gear.

WLL according to type of attachment

Combined rope/chain suspension gear 1-leg with HSW sling hooks


Wire rope sling combined with chain, DIN EN 818, part 1/2/4
L

The dimensions can be found on page 150 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 1000 2000 2700

choke lift
Nominal rope mm 800 1600 2150 10 14 16 Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 Chain length m 1.7 2.0 2.3 Reference no. 156225 156226 156228

WLL according to type of attachment

Combined rope/chain suspension gear 1-leg with soft eyes


Wire rope sling combined with chain, DIN EN 818, part 1/2/4
L

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!

basket lift maximum angle of inclination 60


WLL kg 045 1400 2800 3800 7000 4560 1000 2000 2700 5000 Nominal rope mm 10 14 16 22 Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 Rope length m 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 Reference no. 156229 156231 156232 156234

146
2011/12

Endless wire rope slings


acc. to EN 13414-3
Maximum loads and highest reliability
X With the assistance of grommets, weights up to 2,000 tonnes are
possible when lifting and transporting heavy loads. The comparatively easy handling due to flexibility even for large diameters (up to 240 mm) should be particularly emphasised here.

X Different versions are available:


Endless laid / spliced eyes / fibre or steel core depending on requirements (fibre core for higher flexibility or steel core for even higher working load limits) Fitted with bonded eyes, thimbles; if necessary with hooks or rings
Working load limits up to 2,000 tonnes in vertical lifts. Far heavier loads can be coped with by combining several endless wire rope slings or by other kinds of lifting instead of vertical lifts.

WLL according to type of attachment

Endless wire rope slings cable-lay design in accordance with DIN EN 13414-3 with fibre core

Please always specify the reference number and circumferential length L when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 2100 3000 4300 6000 7700 9700 11500 14000 16500 19500 22500 29500 37200 46000 Nominal rope mm 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 48 54 60 Minimum circumference m 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.74 0.84 0.95 1.05 1.16 1.26 1.37 1.47 1.68 1.89 2.11 Weight kg/m 0.48 0.61 0.87 1.28 1.58 1.95 2.7 3.08 3.75 4.43 5.25 6.98 7.95 10.05 Reference no. 106581 106586 106593 106601 106608 106618 106626 106632 106636 106638 106642 106645 106648 106650

2011/12

Wire rope slings


147

WLL according to type of attachment

Endless wire rope slings cable-lay design in accordance with DIN EN 13414-3 with steel core
Strength grade 1960 N/mm

Please always specify the reference number and circumferential length L when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 9500 12500 15000 18500 21500 25500 29600 39000 49000 60000 75000 92000 112000 132000 158000 178000 216000 252000 290000 333000 380000 434000 560000 716000 Nominal rope mm 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 144 156 Minimum circumference m 0.84 0.95 1.05 1.16 1.26 1.37 1.47 1.68 1.89 2.15 2.36 2.57 2.78 2.99 3.21 3.42 3.64 3.85 4.06 4.29 4.49 4.71 5.14 5.56 Weight kg/m 1.82 2.31 2.85 3.79 4.51 5.3 6.15 8.03 10.2 12.53 15.15 18.08 21.23 24.6 28.2 32.1 36.23 40.56 45.3 50.18 55.35 60.75 72.3 84.75 Reference no. 213524 213525 213526 213565 213566 213567 213568 213569 213570 213550 213551 213571 213553 213572 213573 213574 213575 213576 213577 213578 213579 213580 217093 217094

Examples

Integrated eyes

Integrated thimbles

148
2011/12

Grommet

Wire rope sling accessories


Oval ring
Painted version.
B A
WLL kg 1600 2500 4000 6500 8000 11500 11800 16000 24000 25000 31500 45000 Weight approx. kg 0.30 0.36 0.84 1.07 1.61 2.37 3.78 4.69 6.83 8.90 12.73 17.26 Weight approx. kg 0.81 1.56 1.79 3.29 7.00 9.43 18.28 42.00 65.00 Weight approx. kg 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.5 1.6 2.8 3.6 4.5 5.4 8.1 Weight approx. kg 0.34 0.40 0.55 1.00 1.60 3.30 5.90 8.40 15.30 27.20 Dimensions in mm A 12 13 17 19 22 25 28 31 36 40 45 51 B 60 60 90 90 100 115 140 140 155 160 180 215 Dimensions in mm A 13 17 19 22 28 31 40 50 63 B 60 90 90 100 140 140 160 190 220 C 120 160 160 180 270 270 300 350 430 D 12 13 13 17 22 25 31 45 50 E 85 120 120 160 180 205 270 340 350 F 45 60 60 90 100 115 140 180 190 C 120 120 160 160 180 205 270 270 285 300 340 390 Reference no. 112716 112717 112718 112720 112722 112725 112727 112729 112730 112731 112732 112733 Reference no. 112737 112738 112739 112742 112746 112747 112750 112751 112752 Reference no. 112680 135039 112681 112687 112692 135041 112693 135042 112694 135043 112695 112696 Reference no. 112582 112584 112592 112594 112596 112598 112600 112602 112604 112606

Ring suspension gear, three-part


Painted version.

B A

WLL kg 2400 3200 4200 8000 12000 17000 25000 32000 50000

D E F

SIKA sling hook


Dip-coated version, hook safety latch galvanised This hook is equipped with a particularly stable safety latch.
E D O W S

500 630 1000 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000

10 10 13 14 14 16 17 20 23 24 26 34

93 95 105 115 123 137 138 164 188 213 216 234

27 28 29 31 32 37 40 43 44 51 57 61

25 26 27 28 32 34 34 40 50 52 54 60

20 21 24 25 28 29 30 34 38 39 39 45

20 22 24 28 29 34 34 40 45 50 57 61

Safety hook with eye


Dip-coated version Further sizes on enquiry.

D O W E S H

WLL kg 1250 1600 2500 3200 5400 8000 11500 16000 22000 30000

Dimensions in mm D 8 10 11 13 16 22 29 33 40 45 E 82 93 104 119 146 187 230 255 318 357 H 20 22 26 30 38 47 57 66 76 93 O 19 23 28 31 39 51 62 72 89 89 S 15 17 20 22 30 36 42 50 61 77 W 22 23 25 28 34 43 53 58 65 75

2011/12

Wire rope slings


149

WLL kg

Dimensions in mm D E H O S W

Sling hook 315


1

WLL kg 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000

Weight approx. kg 0,25 0,59 1,18 2,13 3,88

Dimensions in mm E 85 117 157 186 227 H 20 28 30 43 52 O 20 28 36 46 56 S 16 21 24 30 38 W 20 27 36 38 48

Reference no. 112624 112635 112636 112637 112638

Safety hook with swivel eye


Painted version. Application note: for positioning only, but not for rotation under load.

O B W E

WLL kg 1250 1600 2500 3200 5400 8000

Weight approx. kg 0,43 0,85 1,40 1,51 3,70 6,60 10,25 15,80 26,00 60,00 for nominal rope mm 913 1416 1719 2026

Dimensions in mm B 28 36 49 45 55 70 74 86 114 125 E 116 145 165 175 214 264 308 344 427 505 H 20 22 26 29 37 46 58 67 78 99 O 31 40 47 47 64 78 90 96 122 135 W 22 23 25 28 34 43 53 58 80 95

Reference no. 110884 110886 110888 110890 110892 110894 110896 110898 110900 110902 Reference no. 112697 112700 112703 112706

11500 16000 22000 30000

Sliding choker hook with safety latch


Red painted version, hook safety latch galvanised. Sliding hooks are particularly suitable for bundling, for example for loads such as bar goods, pipes, sacks, boards, timber etc.

D W L

WLL kg 1250 2000 3000 5000

Weight approx. kg 0,7 1,0 1,8 3,4

Dimensions in mm B 70 80 103 133 D 17 22 27 33 L 128 147 174 210 W 19 22 30 40

Working load limit identification tag For wire rope slings

for wire rope slings 1-leg multi-leg

Reference no. 110196 110198

Thimbles

(see pages 224 225)

Shackle
(see pages 226 227)

150
2011/12

Transport- undund Hebegerte Transport- Hebegerte

Chain slings
HIT PRO chain system grade 120 ............................... 152 HIT PRO grade 120 Advantages ............................. 153 HIT PRO grade 120 Nominal ratings at one glance .............................. 155 Chain slings HIT PRO grade 120 ............................... 157 Chain components HIT PRO grade 120 ................. 164 Chain slings HIT grade 100 ............................... 168 Load distributor....................... 179 Chain components .................. 180 Chain slings, 1-/2-/4-leg, Grade 80 ................................. 186 Further accessories for lifting slings ....................... 187 Galvanised round steel chains according to DIN 766, DIN 763 and 5685 .... 188

Experienced and orientated on quality Take advantage of our experience and quality arosen from our 25-year partnership with pewag austria. Benefit from the advantages of this strong connection. Flexible and efficient We offer you a vast and effective programme of chain slings in grade 100 HIT (or special grade 80) up to 26 mm and grade 120 HIT PRO, satisfying the challenging requirements of your daily attachment operations. Innovative Innovations arise from the work, the thoughts and the ideas of experienced specialists. Let us convince you of the performance of our innovations as for example of the profile chain slings of the grade 120 or the chain super corrosion protection PFEIFER XLL (eXtremely Long Life.)

151

2011/12

HIT PRO chain system grade 120

new!

HIT PRO The new grade 120 from PFEIFER


Light, economical and ergonomic
Try out the new innovative grade 120 HIT PRO chain. Reduction of a whole chain diameter compared to grade 80 reduces the weight of the chain by up to 40 %. Take advantage of this reduction, especially when chains need to be changed frequently or heavy multi-leg or long suspension gears have to be moved.

Innovative and durable


The HIT PRO chain cross-section is not round but has the shape of a D. This intelligent redistribution has an excellent effect on the flexural rigidity and fatigue strength of the material and makes HIT PRO exceptionally resistant and durable in daily use. The tried and tested PFEIFER XLL top coating ensures perfect corrosion prevention with excellent abrasion strength. The chain is very easy to test due to its thin coating, providing a high degree of safety.

HIT PRO innovative chain system GK 12 according to PAS 1061 Tested and approved by the German BG with D16 stamp of approval Intelligent profile Optimised flexural rigidity Very high working load limit Very high lashing force Perfect power to weight ratio

Approved
Like all chain slings and lashing chains from PFEIFER, the HIT PRO is also approved by the BG with the corresponding stamp on the chain system.

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

Significant saving in weight Longer tool life

152
2011/12

EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) TOP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! TOP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e.g. on machines! TOP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. TOP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin coating TOP appearance TOP values/UV resistance outdoor weathering test TOP environmental compatibility

HIT PRO grade 120 Advantages


Advantages in load securing and attachment technology with the new innovative chain system
STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

Intelligent profile by the intelligent use of material, essential characteristics of the chain (e. g. fatigue strength and flexural rigidity) are substantially improved compared to a normal round steel chain with the same cross section. In order to achieve the optimum technical effect, the use of the material was optimised (blue surfaces) at effective points, but reduced (red surfaces) in less relevant areas. Patented material with optimised strength and endurance characteristics at both high and at low temperatures. Optimised flexural rigidity the section modulus, which is important to prevent undesirable deflection, is up to 16 % higher in the profile chain than in a round link chain with the same cross section and hence reduces the maximum tension in the chain (no red areas). Longer service life due to higher strength and lower wear. Complete traceability chains and components are provided with identity stamps; these allow the entire manufacturing process to be verified. The professional in demanding use thanks to the combination of intelligent profile, patented high performance chain steel and an optimised tempering process, HIT PRO attains maximum strength, hardness and flexural rigidity. Particularly in tough use on edges, the revolutionary HIT PRO technology proves its capabilities with a ruggedness that has never been known before! The low temperature professional due to the extremely high temperature stability from 60 to +300 C, HIT PRO is suitable even for the harshest environmental conditions in the world. Simple visual identification due to profiled chain and grade 120 stamp on each chain link Super PFEIFFER XLL corrosion protection (eXtremely Long Life) Quality-assured European production by ISO 9001 certified company

HIT PRhOroven super wit p


for you XLL protection corrosion ife) ly-Long-L (eXtreme ck in bla

2011/12

Chain slings
153

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

HIT PRhOroven super wit p


for you XLL protection corrosion ife) ly-Long-L (eXtreme black in

Higher working load limit


20 % higher working load limit compared to grade 100 Nominal chain thickness mm 7 8 10 13 working load limit kg HIT PRO grade 120 2360 3000 5000 8000 HIT grade 100 1400 (6mm) 2500 4000 6700 grade 80 1120 (6mm) 2000 3150 5300 8 10 13 chain dimension mm working load limit kg 50 % higher working load limit compared to grade 80 grade 120 HIT PRO grade 100 HIT grade 80

Reduction of the chain dimension


Reduction to a smaller chain dimension in many load areas compared to grade 80 or grade 100 chain systems results in maximum efficiency in handling and performance Example: 2-leg suspension grade 80 compared to HIT PRO up to 45 angle of inclination previous chain dia. HIT PRO chain working load limit grade 80 kg mm mm 4250 7100 11200 10 13 16 8 10 13

Significant weight saving of up to 40% compared to grade 80 chains with the same working load limit, hence considerably simpler handling

weight kg

Weight saving

grade 120 HIT PRO


grade 80

HIT PRO saves costs and weight in attachment technology due to higher 154 working load limits.
2011/12

3.350

4.250

7.100

11.200 working load limit kg

HIT PRO grade 120 Nominal ratings at one glance


STRENGTH WITH PROFILE
Chain quality HIT PRO corresponds to EN 818 and PAS 1061 with modifications (higher mechanical values and impact values, reduced operating temperature)
2 2

PRO

Stress at rated carrying load 300 N/mm Stress at rated lashing load Fatigue test Nominal test stress Nominal breaking stress Elongation at breaking point Deflection Notched bar impact work Manufacturers name/mark 600 N/mm

20,000 load changes at 450 N/mm2 nominal stress 750 N/mm


2

1 200 N/mm2 min. 20% irrespective of the surface 0.8 d 42 J at 60 C pewag/D16

Stress corrosion Operating temperature Grade stamp Surface Working load limit identification tag Lashing identification tag Compatibility

No risk of stress corrosion verified acc. to PAS 1061 60 C to +300 C (Note corresponding reduction in working load limit at higher temperatures) Chain: Stamp 120 at 300 mm intervals; stamp 12 on the back of every link Components: Stamp 12 on each component Super corrosion prevention PFEIFER XLL (eXtremely Long Life) Data of importance to the user are given on the working load limit identification tag. A specially shaped tag was developed for easy and accurate identification. Data of importance to the user are given on the lashing identification tag. pewag HIT PRO chains and components are only partly compatible with chains and components of other quality grades and from other manufacturers. Combinations must be checked in advance by the manufacturer.

HIT PRhOroven super wit p


for you XLL protection corrosion ife) ly-Long-L (eXtreme ck in bla

2011/12

Chain slings
155

Working load limit table: Comparison of grade 80 HIT grade 100 HIT PRO grade 120
The specified working load limits are maximum values for the different types of lifting.

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

Safety factor

1 leg chains

2 leg chains

3-+4 leg chains

Endless chain slings

4
Angle of inclination Load factor Code d/mm 1 0.8 up to 6 2 up to 45 1.4 45 60 1 up to 45 1.12 WLL [kg] 45 60 0.8 up to 45 2.1 45 60 1.5 1.6 up to 45 1.4

HIT PRO
HIT grade 80

7
7 7

2360
1900 1500

1900
1500 1200

4720
3800 3000

3350
2650 2120

2360
1900 1500

2650
2120 1700

1900
1500 1200

5000
4000 3150

3550
2800 2240

3750
3000 2500

3350
2650 2120

HIT PRO
HIT grade 80

8
8 8

3000
2500 2000

2360
2000 1600

6000
5000 4000

4250
3550 2800

3000
2500 2000

3350
2800 2240

2360
2000 1600

6300
5300 4250

4500
3750 3000

4750
4000 3150

4250
3550 2800

HIT PRO
HIT grade 80

10
10 10

5000
4000 3150

4000
3150 2500

10000
8000 6300

7100
5600 4250

5000
4000 3150

5600
4250 3550

4000
3150 2500

10600
8000 6700

7500
6000 4750

8000
6300 5000

7100
5600 4250

HIT PRO
HIT grade 80

13
13 13

8000
6700 5300

6300
5300 4250

16000
13200 10600

11200
9500 7500

8000
6700 5300

9000
7500 5900

6300
5300 4250

17000
14000 11200

11800
10000 8000

12500
10600 8500

11200
9500 7500

If the chains are subjected to additional strains (e.g. high temperatures, asymmetry, edge loading, impacts) then the maximum working load limits in the table above must be reduced. The load factors below should be used for these situations.

Additional strain
Thermal stress HIT PRO load factor Asymmetrical load distribution Edge loading
d = chain material thickness

60C 200 C 1

201C 300 C 0.6

more than 300 C prohibited

The working load limit must be reduced by at least 1 chain leg. In cases of doubt assume that only 1 leg is carrying. R = greater than 2 d R = greater than d R = smaller than d
R R R

Load factor Impact stress

1 minor impacts 1

0.7 medium impacts 0.7

0.5 major impacts not permitted

156

Load factor

2011/12

Chain slings HIT PRO grade 120


1-/2-/4-leg
WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg with sling hook HSWP


Grade 120
L1

The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1900 2360 4000 6300 7 8 10 13

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 12070 14080 16095 190110

Reference no. 229284 229285 229286 229287

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg with safety hook LHWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1900 2360 4000 6300 7 8 10 13

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 12070 14080 16095 190110

Reference no. 229288

229290 229291

for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black

HIT PRO

EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) OP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. T = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! OP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, T DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e. g. on machines! OP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due T to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. OP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin T coating OPappearance T OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweatheringtest T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T

2011/12

Chain slings
157

229289

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg, adjustable with sling hook HSWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 165/166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1900 2360 4000 6300 7 8 10 13

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 12070 14080 16095 190110

Reference no. 229300 229301 229302 229303

A contribution to safety: We identify our chain slings (in the case of delivery and BGR 500 test) with a tag showing the due date of the next test so that you do not miss any of these legally prescribed dates. Further information on our inspection service is given on pages 208 209.

for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtreme ly-Long-L ife) in black

HIT PRO

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg, adjustable with safety hook LHWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1900 2360 4000 6300 7 8 10 13

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 12070 14080 16095 190110

Reference no. 229304 229305 229306 229307

158
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Endless chain sling with connecting link CWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

reeved sling

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 3750 4750 8000 12500 WLL according to type of attachment

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Reference no. 229309 229312 229313 229314

Endless chain sling with master link VMWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

reeved sling
Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 160110 160110 190130 230150

WLL kg 3350 4250 7100 11200

Reference no. 229319 229320 229321 229322

2011/12

Chain slings
159

for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black

HIT PRO

EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) OP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. T = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! OP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, T DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e. g. on machines! OP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due T to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. OP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin T coating OPappearance T OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweatheringtest T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg with sling hook HSWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3350 4250 7100 11200 2360 3000 5000 8000 2650 3350 5600 9000 1900 2360 4000 6300

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16095 16095 190110 230130

Reference no. 229331 229332 229333 229334

for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black

HIT PRO

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg with safety hook LHWP


Grade 120

EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with t corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Lon OP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing ac T = greater durability than previously, even in compa coated chains! OP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut T DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion r coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of a (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome on machines! OP suitability for electromagnetic crack detectio T to thin coating layerbe found on safety than painted The dimensions can = greater page chains. 166 Please always specify the referencestamps W or 1 TOP ease of identifying the grade coating and effective length L when number 1 ordering! TOPappearance OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweathering T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3350 4250 7100 11200 2360 3000 5000 8000 2650 3350 5600 9000 1900 2360 4000 6300

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16095 16095 190110 230130

Reference no. 229335 229336 229337 229338

160
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg, adjustable with sling hook HSWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 165/166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3350 4250 7100 11200 2360 3000 5000 8000 2650 3350 5600 9000 1900 2360 4000 6300

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16095 16095 190110 230130

Reference no. 229347 229348 229349 229350

WLL according to type of attachment

Grade 120

Chain sling, 2-leg, adjustable with safety hook LHWP

The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3350 4250 7100 11200 2360 3000 5000 8000 2650 3350 5600 9000 1900 2360 4000 6300

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16095 16095 190110 230130

Reference no. 229351 229352 229353 229354

for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black

HIT PRO

EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) TOP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! TOP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e. g. on machines! TOP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. TOP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin coating OPappearance T OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweatheringtest T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T

2011/12

Chain slings
161

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg with sling hook HSWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 045 5000 6300 10600 17000 4560 3550 4500 7500 11800

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 190110 190110 230130 275150

Reference no. 229355 229356 229357 229358

The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.

A contribution to safety: We identify our chain slings (in the case of delivery and BGR 500 test) with a tag showing the due date of the next test so that you do not miss any of these legally prescribed dates. Further information on our inspection service is given on pages 208 209.

for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtreme ly-Long-L ife) in black

HIT PRO

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg with safety hook LHWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 045 5000 6300 10600 17000 4560 3550 4500 7500 11800

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 190110 190110 230130 275150

Reference no. 229359 229360 229361 229362

The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.

162
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg, adjustable with sling hook HSWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 165/166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 045 5000 6300 10600 17000 4560 3550 4500 7500 11800

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 190110 190110 230130 275150

Reference no. 229363 229364 229365 229366

The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3. WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg, adjustable with safety hook LHWP


Grade 120

The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

WLL kg 045 5000 6300 10600 17000 4560 3550 4500 7500 11800

Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Dimensions of the masterlink mm 190110 190110 230130 275150

Reference no. 229367 229368 229369 229370

The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.

for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black

HIT PRO

EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) OP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. T = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! OP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, T DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e. g. on machines! OP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due T to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. OP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin T coating OPappearance T OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweatheringtest T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T

2011/12

Chain slings
163

Chain components HIT PRO grade 120


Profile chain HIT PRO 7 13 mm Grade 120
Grade 120 to PAS 1061 (with modifications) with PFEIFER XLL coating

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000

Weight kg/m 1.28 1.64 2.66 4.59

Dimensions in mm dm 7 8 10 13 p 22 25 33 41 W1 min. 10 11 14 19 W2 max. 26 29 37 50

Reference no. 229120 229121 229122 229123

Master link, 1-leg chain sling


Grade 120
Can also be used as an end link for looping around a load.

W D

For nominal size of chain mm 1-leg 7 8 10 13

WLL kg NW 045 2360 3200 5000 10100

For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 4 up to no. 5 up to no. 6 up to no. 10

Weight kg 0.44 0.67 1.21 2.65

Dimensions in mm D 14 17 19 27 T 120 140 160 190 W 70 80 95 110

Reference no. 228947 228948 228949 228950

The working load limit specification refers to the maximum working load limit of the component. Please refer to the working load limit table for the working load limits of chain suspension gear.

164
2011/12

VMWP master link for 2-, 3- and 4-leg chain sling


Grade 120

W D

T E C

For nominal size of chain mm 2-leg 7 8 10 10 13 3- and 4-leg

WLL kg NW 045 4250 4250 8800 8800 12300 21200

For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 6 up to no. 6 up to no. 10 up to no. 10 up to no. 12 up to no. 25

Weight kg 1.55 1.55 3.37 3.37 6.00 11.12

Dimensions in mm C 54 54 70 70 85 140 D 19 19 27 27 33 38 T 160 160 190 190 230 275 W 95 95 110 110 130 150 E 214 214 260 260 315 415

Reference no. 228951 243286 243287 228952 228953 228954


7 8 10 13

The working load limit specification refers to the maximum working load limit of the component. Please refer to the working load limit table for the working load limits of chain suspension gears.

Connecting link CWP


Grade 120
For connecting the chain to master links and other accessories

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000

Weight kg 0.12 0.26 0.33 0.70

Dimensions in mm B 47 57 66 84 C 11 12 16 21 D 9 11 13 17 E 51 58 70 95 G 16 21 22 26 S 14 16 20 24

Reference no. 228955 228956 228957 228958

Mounting Montage:

Eye sling hook HSWP


Grade 120
Standard sling hook with replaceable, forged safety latch.

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

WLL kg 3000 3000 5000 8000

Weight kg 0.5 0.5 1.1 2.2

Dimensions in mm A 19 19 26 33 A 19 19 26 33 D1 25 25 34 43 D2 11 11 16 19 E 106 106 131 164 G1 26 26 31 39 H 27 27 33 43

Reference no. 243288 228959 228960 228961

2011/12

Chain slings
165

Safety hook LHWP


Grade 120
Closes and locks automatically upon raising the load. With lock release on the back of the hook.
G1 E A H

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

WLL kg 3000 3000 5000 8000

Weight kg 0.9 0.9 1.6 3.3

Dimensions in mm A 24 24 28 34 A 24 24 28 34 D1 25 25 31 40 D2 14 14 17 22 E 126 126 158 205 G1 34 34 45 54 H 25 25 31 41

Reference no. 243289 228962 228963 228964

Grab hook PWP


Grade 120
For shortening and for loops that must not tighten themselves. It can be used as a chain shortener with full working load limit due to its special shape.

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

WLL kg 3000 3000 5000 8000

Weight kg 0.48 0.48 1.03 2.10

Dimensions in mm B 63 63 81 103 D1 18 18 22 26 E 68 68 88 110

Reference no. 243290 228965 228966 228967

Grab hook with safety latch PSWP


Grade 120
Shortening hook with safety latch to prevent unintentional unhooking of the chain. It can be used as a chain shortener with full working load limit due to its special shape.

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

WLL kg 3000 3000 5000 8000

Weight kg 0.48 0.48 1.03 2.10

Dimensions in mm B 63 63 81 103 D1 18 18 22 26 E 68 68 88 110 Weight kg 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

Reference no. 243291 228968 228969 228970 Reference no. 243292 228975 228976 228977

Safety latch for eye sling hook Type HSWP


Grade 120
Forged safety latch with spiral pin and spring. For simple replacement in the case of damage or wear.

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

166
2011/12

Safety latch for safety hook Type LHWP


Grade 120
For simple replacement in the case of damage or wear.

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Reference no. 243293 228978 228979 228980

Bolt set for connecting link Type CWP


Grade 120
Spare part for connecting link, grade 120 incl. safety socket

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Reference no. 228971 228972 228973 228974

Safety latch for grab hook, complete Type PSWP


Grade 120
For simple replacement in the case of damage or wear.

For nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13

Reference no. 243294 228981 228982 228983

Quality tag for chain slings, 1 or more legs, grade 120

Reference no. 228984

Quality inspection tag


Complete with mounting ring A contribution to safety. We identify our chain slings (in the case of delivery and BGR 500 test) with a tag showing the due date of the next test, so that you do not miss any of these legally prescribed dates.

Reference no. 146148

Mounting ring for quality tags and quality inspection tags

Reference no. 136896

2011/12

Chain slings
167

Chain slings HIT grade 100

General information and working load limits

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING
LOAD LIMIT

lings of Chain s ater with gre rade 100 thicknesses g chain nominal st on reque
Quality tag according to EN 818 Chain slings of grade 100 are identified by a ten-sided tag on which the number of legs, the nominal chain thickness and the working load limit are specified.

Nominal thickness 622 mm grade 100 acc. to PAS 1061

new!

Min. 25 % greater working load limit than grade 80 enables change to smaller chain dimensions Giving cost saving (up to 30 %) and weight saving (up to 50 %) Longer lifetime due to greater strength Components: grade stamp 10 and powder coating, special colour orange Chain: grade stamp 10 Chains and components as specified in EN 818 and DIN 1677 with higher working load limit Identification mark on chain identification tag as specified in EN 818 Use in temperature range from 40 C to +200 C at 100 % working load limit For sharp edges (radius smaller than nominal chain thickness) we recommend reducing the working load limit of the chain in the selected type of attachment by 50 %

Working load limit table for PFEIFER chain slings

Nominal chain thickness mm

up to 6

up to 45

up to 45

45 60 + 1.40 2.50 4.00 6.70 10.00 14.00 19.00

up to 45 1.60 2.80 4.25 7.50 11.20 16.00 21.20

45 60 + 1.12 2.00 3.15 5.30 8.00 11.20 15.00

up to 45 3.00 5.30 8.00 14.00 21.20 30.00 40.00

45 60 + 2.12 3.75 6.00 10.00 15.00 21.20 28.00

up to 45

45 60

6 8 10 13 16 19 22

1.40 2.50 4.00 6.70 10.00 14;00 19;00

1.12 2.00 3.15 5.30 8.00 11.20 15.00

2.80 5.00 8.00 13.20 20.00 28.00 37.50

2.00 3.55 5.60 9.50 14.00 20.00 26.50

2.24 4.00 6.30 10.60 16.00 22.40 30.00

2.00 3.55 5.60 9.50 14.00 20.00 26.50

4.00 7.10 11.20 19.00 28.00 40.00 53.00

2.80 5.00 8.00 13.20 20.00 28.00 37.50

The working load limit data (in tonnes) correspond to the use of the chain slings under normal conditions (symmetrical loading of all legs). If the load is distributed asymmetrically: only one leg may be assumed to be bearing the load in the case of 2-leg suspension gears (see single-leg suspension gear) nlytwo load-bearing legs may be counted in the case of 3/4-leg suspension o gears according to BGR 500, chapters 2.8/3.5.3 (see 2-leg suspension gear). When using 2 suspensions devices on one crane hook, the angle of inclination of the attachment devices may not exceed 45.

Additional factors which reduce working load limit such as sharp edges etc. must be taken into account in accordance with the regulations in EN 818. Inspection: The test specifications applicable in each country must be complied with.

Application temperature range: Chain slings grade 100 HIT in accordance with PAS 1061: 100 % working load limit between 40 C and +200 C The criteria for discarding time for chains are also specified in EN 818.

168
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg with clevis sling hook


Grade 100
L1
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 6 8 10 13 16 19 22

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 11060 13575 16090 180100 260140 300160 Reference no. 207004 207005 207006 207007 207008 231816 207010

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg with clevis safety hook


Grade 100 Hook closes and locks automatically upon raising the load.
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 6 8 10 13 16 19 22

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 11060 13575 16090 180100 260140 300160 Reference no. 207011 207012 207013 207014 207015 231815 207017

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg, adjustable with clevis sling hook


Grade 100
L1
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 6 8 10 13 16 19 22

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 11060 13575 16090 180100 260140 300160 Reference no. 207018 207019 207020 207021 207022 231817 207024

2011/12

Chain slings
169

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg, adjustable with clevis safety hook


Grade 100 Hook closes and locks automatically upon raising the load.
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
L1

vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 6 8 10 13 16 19 22

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 11060 13575 16090 180100 260140 300160 Reference no. 207026 207027 207028 207029 207030 231818 207032

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 8 10 13 16 19 22

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 340180 340180 340180 340180 340180 340180 Reference no. 231869 231870 231871 231872 231873 231874

170
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg, adjustable with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
L1

vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000

choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 6 8 10 13 16

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 340180 340180 340180 340180 340180 Reference no. 231875 231876 231877 231878 231879

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 1-leg with connecting link


Grade 100 For connecting the chain to master links and other accessories
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 11060 13575 16090 180100 260140 300160 Reference no. 231822 231823 231824 231825 231826 231827 231828

2011/12

Chain slings
171

WLL according to type of attachment

Endless chain sling with connecting link


Grade 100 Caution: Connecting link may be only loaded axially.
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

reeved sling

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Reference no. 207103 207104 207105 207106 207107 231820 207109

WLL kg 2240 4000 6300 10600 16000 22400 30000 WLL according to type of attachment

Endless chain sling with master link


Grade 100

The dimensions can be found on page 181 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

6 to 22 mm

reeved sling
Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 13575 16090 180100 200110 260140 340180 Reference no. 207110 207111 207112 207113 207114 231821 207116

WLL kg 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 22400 26500

172
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg with clevis sling hook


Grade 100

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 13575 16090 180100 200110 300160 340180 Reference no. 207033 207034 207035 207036 207037 231956 207039

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 21200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg with clevis safety hook


Grade 100 Hook closes and locks automatically upon raising the load.
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 13575 16090 180100 200110 300160 340180 Reference no. 207040 207041

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 21200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000

207043 207044 231958 207046

2011/12

Chain slings
173

207042

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg, adjustable with clevis sling hook


Grade 100
L1
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 13575 16090 180100 200110 300160 340180 Reference no. 207047 207048 207049 207050 207051 231959 207053

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 21200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg, adjustable with clevis safety hook


Grade 100 Hook closes and locks automatically upon raising the load.
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
L1

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 13575 16090 180100 200110 300160 340180 Reference no. 207054 207055 207056 207057 207058 231960 207060

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 21200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 8 10 13 16 19 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 340180 340180 340180 340180 340180 Reference no. 231882 231883 231884 231885 231886

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200

174
2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg, adjustable with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
L1

maximum maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 340180 340180 340180 340180 340180 Reference no. 231887 231888 231889 231890 231891

WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 2-leg with connecting link


Grade 100 For connecting the chain to master links and other accessories
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 11060 13575 16090 180100 200110 300160 340180 Reference no. 231962 231963 231964 231965

WLL kg 045 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 4560 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000

231967 231968

2011/12

Chain slings
175

231966

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg with clevis sling hook


Grade 100 Hook closes and locks automatically upon raising the load.
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 13575 16090 180100 200110 260140 350190 350190 Reference no. 207061 207062 207063 207064 207065 231971 207067

WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 40000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg with clevis safety hook


Grade 100 Hook closes and locks automatically upon raising the load.
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 13575 16090 180100 200110 260140 350190 350190 Reference no. 207068 207069 207070 207071 207072 231972 207074

WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 40000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg, adjustable with clevis sling hook


Grade 100
L1

The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 13575 16090 180100 200110 260140 350190 350190 Reference no. 207075 207076 207077 207078 207079 231974 207081

WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000

176

40000

2011/12

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg, adjustable with clevis safety hook


Grade 100 Hook closes and locks automatically upon raising the load.
6 to 22 mm

L1

The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 13575 16090 180100 200110 260140 350190 350190 Reference no. 207082 207083 207084 207085 207086 231975 207088

WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 40000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 13575 16090 180100 200110 260140 Reference no. 231892 231893

WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000

231895 231897

2011/12

Chain slings
177

231894

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg, adjustable with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm

L1

The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 13575 16090 180100 200110 260140 Reference no. 231898 231899 231900 231901 231902

WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 1500

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg with connecting link


Grade 100 For connecting the chain to master links and other accessories
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 13575 16090 180100 200110 260140 350190 350190 Reference no. 231982 231983 231984 231986 231987 231988 231989

WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 40000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000

178
2011/12

Load distributor

Our load distributor provides higher working load limit for the same nominal size of rope or chain
Example:

ment n invest price A s worth it

Based on the example of a 4-leg chain suspension of grade 100 (nominal chain size 10 mm, angle of inclination 045) we will demonstrate how you can double the working load limit of your chain. With a theoretically symmetrical load distribution and equal leg length, all 4 legs can be load-bearing. The EN standards regard the 3 and 4 leg suspension gear as equivalent. This gives a working load limit of for suspension gear with 10 mm nominal size of chain Suspension gear without load distributor Suspension gear with load distributor By using a load distributor, small inaccuracies which occur in practice in the arrangement of the lifting points and permitted length tolerances in the legs can be balanced out. Therefore all 4 legs in the balancing area of the load distributor carry the load. This achieves a working load limit of

8,000 kg

With a less exact distribution of lifting points or permitted leg length tolerances, only 2 diagonally-opposite legs carry the load (tilting or swinging of the load on the diagonals) BGR 500 Chapter 2.8/3.5.3. This reduces the working load limit of the 10 mm chain suspension gear to

11,200 kg

using one and the same suspension gear.

5,600 kg

WLL according to type of attachment

Chain sling, 4-leg, adjustable and load distributor, with clevis sling hook
Grade 100
L1
6 to 22 mm

The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!

maximum angle of inclination 60

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 180100 200110 260140 350190 350190 400200 Reference no. 231991 231992 231993 231994 231995 231996 231997

WLL kg 045 4000 7100 11200 18000 28000 40000 53000 4560 2800 5000 8000 13200 20000 28000 35700

2011/12

Chain slings
179

Chain components
Grade 100
X Chain and components programme X 25 % higher working load limit than grade 80 enables change to
smaller chain dimensions.

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING
LOAD LIMIT

X This brings enormous cost and weight savings X Long service life due to higher strength X Components grade 100 complying with EN copmonents grade 100
acc. to 1677 with higher working load limits, powder-coated

X Chain grade 100 complying with EN 818 with higher working load
limit, but temperature resistance is limited to 200 C

X Identification mark and chain identification tag complying with


EN 818. Chain is marked with identification number (10 years traceability)

X For use in temperature range from 40 C to 200 C with 100 %


working load limit (for use at temperatures outside this range, please consult PFEIFER)

X For sharp edges (radius smaller than nominal size of chain) we


recommend reducing the working load limit of the chain in the selected type of attachment by 50 %.

X Quality-assured European production by manufacturer certified


acc. to ISO 9001

Further versions available as standard


Identification according to EN 818 Chain slings of grade 100 are identified by a ten-sided tag, on which the number of legs, the nominal size of chain and the working load limit for angles of inclination 0 45 and 45 60 are specified.

Round steel chain HIT 6 22 mm Grade 100


Complying with EN 818 Part 1,2 with 25 % higher working load limit, but with restricted operating temperature of 40 C to 200 C. Painted version.
6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT

WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000

Nominal chain thickness mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22

Weight ktg/m 0.9 1.6 2.5 4.2 6.2 8.9 11.9

Dimensions in mm p 18 24 30 39 48 57 66 W1 min 8.7 10.9 13.5 17.5 21.5 26.6 29.5 W2 max 22.2 28.8 36.0 46.8 57.6 69.4 79.2

Reference no. 207671 207672 207673 207674 207675 212102 207678

For round steel chains with temperature resistance of 40 C to 400 C, please consult Pfeifer.

180
2011/12

Master link for 1- and 2-leg chain slings


Grade 100 Can also be used as end link.
For nominal size of chain mm 1-strngig 6 8 10 13 16 2-leg 6 WLL kg NW 045 2000 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 17500 22400 26600 Weight kg 0.340 0.530 0.915 1.600 2.460 4.140 6.220 8.950 12.820 Dimensions in mm D 13 16 18 22 26 32 36 40 45 L 60 60 75 90 100 110 140 160 180 P 110 110 135 160 180 200 260 300 340

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT

Reference no. 207655 207656 207657 207658 207659 207660 207661 207662 207663

8 10 13 16

20 22

20 22

The working load limit specification refers to the maximum working load limit of the component. Please refer to the working load limit table for the working load limits of chain suspension gears.

L D

L1 P1

Master link with intermediate links for 3 and 4-leg chain slings
Grade 100
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 20 22 WLL kg 4000 5300 8000 14000 21200 33600 39900 Weight kg 1.315 2.320 3.520 6.260 9.560 22.650 25.190 Dimensions in mm D 18 22 26 32 36 50 50 D1 13 16 18 22 26 33 36 L 75 90 100 110 140 190 190 L1 25 34 40 50 65 70 75 P 135 160 180 200 260 350 350

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Reference no. 207664 207665 207666 207667 207668 207669 207670

D1

P1 54 70 85 115 140 150 170

The working load limit specification refers to the maximum working load limit of the component. Please refer to the working load limit table for the working load limits of chain suspension gears.

Grade 100
Connection to the chain with CW link. ND 6/8/10 mm with transition link, ND 13 and 16 mm without transition link.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 WLL kg 2500 2500 4000 6700 10000 For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 Weight kg 3,4 3,4 4,8 4,4 6,7 Dimensions in mm D 22 22 27 27 32 E 394 394 410 340 340 T 340 340 340 340 340 W 180 180 180 180 180

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT

Reference no. 218099 215403 161036 161037 161038

2011/12

Chain slings
181

Oversized master link for 1-leg chain sling

6 to 22 mm

Oversized master link with intermediate links for chain slings, 2-leg
Grade 100
Connection to the chain with CW links.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 WLL kg NW 045 3550 3550 5600 9500 14000 21200 For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 Weight kg 3.5 3.5 5.1 8.0 12.3 13.8 Dimensions in mm D 22 22 27 33 40 40 T 340 340 340 340 340 340 W 180 180 180 180 180 180

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT

E 394 394 410 425 455 480


6 to 22 mm

Reference no. 218100 215413 161039 161040 161041 178524

Oversized master link with intermediate links for chain slings, 4-legs
Grade 100
Connection to the chain with CW links.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 WLL kg NW 045 3550 5600 8000 14000 21200 For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 Weight kg 3.5 5.1 8.0 12.3 12.3 Dimensions in mm D 22 27 33 40 40 T 340 340 340 340 340 W 180 180 180 180 180

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT

E 394 410 425 455 480

Reference no. 215405 215414 161042 161043 161044

The specification of the working load limit applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs.

S P C R C

Connecting link
Grade 100 For connecting the chain to master link and other accessories
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 19000 Weight kg 0.07 0.20 0.35 0.74 1.16 2.05 3.10 Dimensions in mm A 14 18 23 27 33 42 49 C 18 25 30 36 40 46 55 P 8 12 12 20 22 29 30 S 7,5 9,5 12,0 17,0 20,5 25,0 28.0

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Reference no. 207540 207541 207542 207543 207544 207545 207546

R 45 62 70 90 105 113 133


6 to 22 mm

10 13 16 20 22

Clevis grab hook


A R

Grade 100 For shortening and for loops that must not tighten themselves. For the direct connection to the chain. It can be used as a chain shortener with full working load limit due to its special shape.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 19000 Weight kg 0.20 0.44 0.96 2.10 3.40 5.20 7.80 Dimensions in mm A 8,0 10,0 13,0 17,0 19,0 23,5 26.0 G 22 30 34 47 64 84 85 H 22 28 34 47 60 65 68 R 51 65 80 105 112 118 154

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT

H G

Reference no. 207579 207580 207581 207582 207583 207584 207585

8 10 13 16 20 22

182
2011/12

D O R A

Eye sling hook


Grade 100 Standard sling hook with replaceable, forged safety latch.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 19000 Weight kg 0.25 0.50 0.97 1.90 3.30 4.50 7.10 Dimensions in mm A 19 26 31 40 45 52 62 D 10,0 11,0 16,0 19,0 24,5 27,0 29,0 G 16 19 26 33 40 48 50 H 20 29 33 42 50 53 60 O 20,5 25,0 34,0 43,0 50,0 55,0 60,0

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Reference no. 207587 207588 207589 207590 207591 207592 207593

R 81 101 131 159 183 203 234


6 to 22 mm

H G

8 10 13 16 20 22

Clevis sling hook


Grade 100 Forged safety latch For the direct connection to the chain.
R A
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 19000 Weight kg 0.25 0.50 1.00 1.70 3.20 5.00 12.30 Dimensions in mm A 19 26 31 40 45 53 62 G 15 19 25 30 37 51 50 H 20 28 33 40 48 52 63 R 69 95

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Reference no. 207604 207605 207606 207607 207608 207609 207610

H G

10 13 16 20 22

110 136 155 185 210


6 to 22 mm

O D

Safety hook
Grade 100 Closes and locks automatically upon raising the load. With lock release on the back of the hook.

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Dimensions in mm Reference no.

R A T H G

For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 20 22

WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 19000

Weight kg 0.50 0.96 1.65 3.25 6.10 9.80 14.40

A 28 34 45 51 60 70 80

D 11 12 16 20 27 30 32

G 16 20 25 35 36 60 62

H 21 26 30 40 50 67 70

O 21 25 33 40 50 60 70

R 109 135 168 205 251 290 322

T 35 43 56 69 80 90 100
6 to 22 mm

207595 207596 207597 207598 219770 230479

Clevis safety hook


Grade 100 Closes and locks automatically upon raising the load. With lock release on the back of the hook. For the direct connection to the chain.
A T H G
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 20 22 WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 19000 Weight kg 0.50 0.95 1.60 3.20 6.00 9.80 14.40 Dimensions in mm A 28 34 45 51 60 70 82 G 16 20 25 35 36 60 62 H 21 26 30 40 50 67 70 R 94 123 143 180 215 253 287 T

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT

Reference no. 207611 207612 207613 207614 207615 230481 230482

35 43 56 69 80 90 100

2011/12

Chain slings
183

207594

O D

Swivel safety hook


Grade 100 Standard version not rotatable under load.
For nominal size of chain mm WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 Weight kg 0.6 1.1 2.0 4.0 6.8 Dimensions in mm A 28 34 45 54 62 D 13 13 16 21 24 G 16 20 25 35 38 H 21 26 30 40 50 O 36 36 42 50 62

6 to 22 mm

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


Reference no. 207599 207600 207601 207602 207603

R A H G

R 158 182 217 271 320


6 to 22 mm

6 8 10 13 16

D O R

Foundry hook
Grade 100

HIGH WORKING LOAD LIMIT


WLL kg 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 Weight kg 0.92 1.77 2.82 5.03 7.60 Dimensions in mm A 64 76 89 102 114 D 13,5 14,0 19,0 24,0 28.0 G 25 32 38 45 54 H 29 30 40 48 60 O 18 22 27 47 56 R 125 150 173 210 260 Reference no. 230488 230489 230490 230491 230492

For nominal size of chain mm 8

H G

10 13 16 20

Hook may only be used where unintentional unhooking is not possible.

184
2011/12

Bolt set for connecting link


Spare part for connecting link, grade 100 incl. safety socket
P L
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Reference no. 207638 207639 207640 207641 207642 207643 207644

Safety latch for eye sling hook


Grade 100 Forged safety latch with spiral pin and spring. For simple replacement in the case of damage or wear.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 20 22 Reference no. 207616 207617 207618 207619 207620 207621 207622

Bolt set for clevis sling hook


Spare part for fork hook, grade 100 incl. locking pin
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 Weight kg 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 Reference no. 207624 207625 207627 207630 207633 207636 207637

For coupling bolts for other hook types, please consult PFEIFER

Safety latch for safety hook


Grade 100 For simple replacement in the case of damage or wear.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 20 22 Weight kg 0.05 0.10 0.13 0.20 0.25 0.40 0.40 Reference no. 207645 207646 207647 207648 207649 230493 230494

For coupling bolts for other hook types, please consult PFEIFER

2011/12

Chain slings
185

Chain slings, 1-/2-/4-leg, Grade 80


PFEIFER is a supplier in the premium range.
However, we can also supply chain slings and components in grade 80 on request.

Grade 80
quality assured European manufacturing carried out by an ISO 9001 company chain and components according to EN 818 and EN 1677 chain bears a manufacturer's mark with identification-no. (10 years retraceability) usable in temperature ranges from 40 C to 200 C with 100 % WLL in the case of sharp edges (radius smaller than nominal size of chain) we recommend that the chains WLL is reduced by 50 % in the selected method of attachment.

Quality tag for chain slings, grade 80


32 mm
Identification according to DIN EN 818, part 4 Chain slings of grade 80 are identified by an octagonal tag, on which the number of legs, the nominal size of chain and the working load limit for angles of inclination 0 45 and 45 60 are specified. The quality tags are included in the price of the new chains, but can also be purchased separately.

186
2011/12

Further accessories for lifting slings


Grade 80

can be combined as desired with ropes, chains, lifting belts and round slings

WARNING: When grade 80 components are combined with special quality class 80 and/or quality grade 100 chains and building components or other attachment systems, it is always the WLL of the weakest construction unit that is relevant for defining the WLL (the wakest component determines the WLL!) Assembly should only be carried out by experts.

Chain shackle SCH straight design


Universal shackle with strong stud bolt. Ideal component for the connection of the chain legs to load clamps, small grabs etc. Red paint finish Grade 80

For nominal WLL Weight size of chain kg kg mm 6 1120 0.05 8 10 13 16 19 2000 3150 5300 8000 0.09 0.20 0.30 0.70

Dimensions in mm A 7 8 10 13 17 21 B 11 14 17 21 27 33 C 16 20 24 32 40 48 D1 8 10 12 15 19 23 D2 8 10 12 16 20 24 E 24 30 36 49 61 73

Reference no. 119683 119684 119685 119686 119687 119688

11200 1.30

Chain shackle straight design


Universal shackle with nut, bolt and split pin. For the connection of the chain legs to load clamps, small grabs etc. Red paint finish Grade 80
B

For nominal size of chain mm 10 13 16 19 22 26

WLL kg 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 21200

Weight kg 0.38 0.71 0.98 1.80 2.50 4.80

Dimensions in mm B 24 28 30 36 40 48 D 13 16 18 22 25 32 G 35 42 46 55 62 75 L 52 65 72 86 94 116 M 16 20 22 27 30 39

Reference no. 119889 119890 119891 119883 119884 119885

L M G

D 16 23 27 40 50 60 80

E 180 220 280 400 500 550 750

F 59 74 88 126 168 182 245

G 42 53 63 90 120 130 175

800

0.6 1.5 2.6 8.4 16.5 26.0 64.5

119664 119665 119666 119667 119668 119669 119670

Large aperture for special applications. Red paint finish According to BGR 500 these hooks may only be used where unintentional unhooking is not possible. Grade 80

D G E

2000 3150 5300 8000 11200

15000

S-hook SM one side closed (not welded)


Large aperture for special applications. Red paint finish According to BGR 500 these hooks may only be used where unintentional unhooking is not possible. Grade 80

WLL kg 150

Weight kg 0.10 0.25 0.45 0.75 1.40 2.10 3.10 4.00 5.90 7.50 9.70

Dimensions in mm D 10 12 14 16 20 22 26 28 32 36 38 E 115 153 191 229 267 305 331 381 407 432 460 F 28 38 50 63 76 88 101 114 127 139 150 G 28 38 50 63 76 88 101 114 127 139 150

Reference no. 119672 119673 119674 119675 119676 119677 119678 119679 119680 119681 119682

G G

D E

250 350 500 750 1000

1300 1500 2000 2400 2800

2011/12

Chain slings
187

S-hook SM both sides open

WLL kg

Weight kg

Dimensions in mm

Reference no.

Galvanised round steel chains according to DIN 766, DIN 763 and 5685
(Do not to use for lifting!) Round steel chain, short link, DIN 766 in 30 m coil
Galvanised True to gauge, tested Chains complying with this standard are used in the entire technical field.
Breaking force kN

d t

600 1000 1400 2500 4000

Chain dimension dt mm 416 518.5 618.5 824 1028

Weight approx. kg/coil 9.6 15.0 24.0 42.0 69.0

Reference no. 201726 201727 201728 201729 201730

Round steel chain, long link, DIN 763 in 30 m coil


Galvanised Not true to gauge, tested chains for non-lifting applications e.g. bracing, fastening, closing off and for agriculture.

Breaking force kN

d t

600 1000 1400 2500 4000

Chain dimension dt mm 432 535 642 852 1065

Weight approx. kg/coil 8.1 12.9 18.9 33.0 52.5

Reference no. 201731 201732 201733 201734 201735

Round steel chain, long link, DIN 5685 in 30 m coil


Galvanised Dimensionally untested chains for non-lifting applications e.g. bracing, fastening, closing off and for agriculture.

Breaking force kN

d t

600 1000 1400 2500 4000

Chain dimension dt mm 432 535 642 852 1065

Weight approx. kg/coil 8.1 12.9 18.9 33.0 52.5

Reference no. 201736 201737 201738 201739 201740

Quick fastener for chains


The practical component for the simple connection and extension of chains for non-lifting purposes. Steel, galvanised
G

B D

Breaking force kp 500 1400 2000 3500 5500

Dimensions in mm B 10 13 14 18 20 D 3.5 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 G 5.0 6.5 7.5 10.0 12.0 H 29 39 45 60 69

Reference no. per 10 pieces 201940 201941 201942 201943 201944

Extension chain link


For the simple connection and extension of chains for subordinate purposes. Steel, galvanised

Nominal size 4 5 6 8 10

Dimensions in mm D 4 5 6 8 10 L 20 23 28 37 38 W 7 9 10 14 17

Reference no. per 10 pieces 201945 201946 201947 201948 201949

L D W

188
2011/12

Transport- undund Hebegerte Transport- Hebegerte

Lifting points
Lifting points: General information ................ 190 Swivelling lifting points ........... 191 Lifting points rotatable under load ............................... 196 Welding points ........................ 204 Eyebolts .................................. 205 Insulating swivels ................... 206

Comprehensive product range from a large number of manufacturers In the following you will find the correct lifting point for almost every application. The product range from a large number of manufacturers enables you to make the most cost effective selection. TOP in special solutions Cant find the right solution for your application? We are happy to develop a suitable solution for you, even for small quantities. We will find a solution, whether for special thread standards, thread lengths, thread pitches or completely different shapes. Thinking ahead... Many lifting points have an individual serial number for secure test documentation. We see ourselves as pioneers in this. Free 3D design data are available in many cases.

189

2011/12

Lifting points: General information


Lifting points
Selecting the correct lifting point depends on the application.

The following parameters are important for the selection:


Thread size Is the thread size partly determined by the use of a thread which is already fixed? Working load limit Adequate dimensioning taking the load direction into account.
3D design data are available for many lifting points. Download at: www.pfeifer-anschlagpunkte.de Look for this symbol!

Number of lifting points Dimensioning taking account of the number of attachment legs (1, 2, 3 or 4 legs) and the angle of inclination. Lifting point turnability Does the lifting point need to be rotatable under load (e.g. for turning loads) or does the pulling direction only have to be adjusted in the unloaded state. Dimensions Is the space for the lifting point limited?

Consider the following when making the selection:

Type of attachment

Pay attention to the pulling direction when making the selection. The correct choice can reduce the necessary thread size and thus lower the weight and cost. Is the load on the lifting point to the side or straight up? The most suitable types for side attachment are the HIT lifting eye, AP 90 (neither rotatable under load) or the HIT SNS and SNB bolt-on swivels. The HIT rotatable eyebolt and the AP 0 lifting point (neither rotatable under load) plus the bolt-on swivel G10 or AP 3+ are particularly suitable for a straight pull.

aligns with the pulling direction. In addition, bolt-on swivel attachments remain rotatable under load which is important for e.g. turning procedures. There are also lifting points which can be aligned in the direction of pull after assembly when not under load. These are the HIT rotatable eyebolt, HIT lifting eye, AP 90 lifting point, AP 0 lifting point. This functionality is of importance if more than one lifting point is used for the lift. Dangerous uneven loading is thus reliably avoided. Fixed lifting points such as the high-tensile eyebolt should only be used when it is ensured that these are only loaded in the prescribed direction. This can generally only be guaranteed with 1-leg operation, i. e. when the direction of pull is straight upwards. In multi-leg operation a dangerous uneven loading is almost inevitable.

Multi-leg operation / Angle of The weldable products are cheaper in comparison with the screw-type. inclination
The force acting on the lifting point increases when the load is applied at an angle. Example: Weight on the lifting point 1,000 kg. With an angle of 45 a force of approx. 1,400 kg will act on the lifting point. Key data for the permitted load with differing types of attachment, angles and asymmetry are given on the following pages for each type of lifting point. We are happy to calculate exact values for your specific application on request. Just contact us!

Screw-type lifting points can be locked using a washer and nut. The length of a standard nut according to DIN is sufficient for the total working load limit (minimum screw depth for tool steel is 1x thread diameter). The nut strength must be 10.9 a washer must be used.

What if nothing fits?


We are specialists when it comes to special requirements! Whether it is different thread lengths, fine threads, different thread standards (WW, inch etc.), special load directions or particular carrying capacities.

Rotatable under load, only rotatable when unloaded or fixed?


This question must be answered before deciding on the appropriate lifting point. All bolt-on swivel attachments are rotatable under load. Their bearing ensures that the swivel automatically

Screws, welds, lock nuts


Lifting points are available as screwtype and weld-type. The screw-type version is considerably more popular and allows for simple assembly and disassembly.

Just contact us!

meters that all para Please note en in to be se ! are always one another ection with conn

We will be only too pleased to assist you in selecting the optimum lifting point for your application! Just contact us! Talk to your sales advisor or give us a call on: +49 (0) 83 31-937-112 We look forward to hearing from you.

190
2011/12

Swivelling lifting points


HIT rotatable eyebolt Grade 100
Working load limit up to 32 tonnes, threads up to M48
X 100 % safety due to quadruple
safety even in tight spots.

X Swivelling eye can be aligned to the pulling direction even after


assembly.

X Extremely high working load limit in straight pull. X Lateral lifting up to 90


possible.
C B A D K

X Approved for multi-leg operation (2, 3 and 4-legs).

The problem frequently arises in practice that, after assembly, the eye of the L eyebolt is not positioned correctly. The result: The stress is not at the eye level M during the lifting operation. This is not E permitted for reasons of safety! G After tightening, the ring of the HIT rotatable eyebolt can be turned in the direction of pull. In this way, a possible hazard is avoided.
WLL kg 400 400 750 1500 2300 3200 4500 7000 9000 12000 Thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 48 Weight approx. kg 0.25 0.25 0.39 0.73 0.92 1.73 3.50 2.15 4.15 6.20 Dimensions in mm A 52.5 52.5 62.4 71.5 79.9 96.9 123.9 124.9 148.0 164.9 B 12 12 14 16 18 23 27 37 40 45 C 8.5 8.5 8.5 15.0 17.0 20.0 28.0 38.0 41.0 47.0 D 25 25 30 35 40 48 60 80 90 95 E 32 32 44 56 58 73 80 95 105 120 G 34 34 46 60 60 76 84 99 114 129 K 49 49 58 67 76 94 114 154 170 185 L 15 15 18 24 30 36 45 54 63 72 Reference no. 218897 218898 218899 218900 218901 218902 218903 218904 218905 218906

Maximum load weight G in tonnes for different types of attachment


Type of attachment Number of lifting points Angle M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48
G GG G G G G G G G GG G
G G G G GG G G GG
GG G G

G G GG G

G G

GG

G G GG G

G G

G G G G GGG

GG GG

GGG

G G

1 0 1 1 2 4 6 8 12 16 24 32

1 90 0.4 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.2 4.5 7.0 9.0 12.0

2 0 2 2 4 8 12 16 24 32 48 64

2 90 0.8 0.8 1.5 3.0 4.6 6.4 9.0 14.0 18.0 24.0

2 symmetr. 0 45 0.56 0.56 1.0 2.0 3.22 4.48 6.3 9.8 12.6 16.8 45 60 0.4 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.2 4.5 7.0 9.0 12

3 & 4 symmetr. 0 45 0.84 0.84 1.6 3.15 4.83 6.7 9.4 14,7 18.9 25.2 45 60 0.6 0.6 1.12 2.25 3.45 4.8 6.7 10.5 13.5 18.0

2 asymm. 0.4 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.2 4.5 7.0 9.0 12.0

3 & 4 asymm. 0.4 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.2 4.5 7.0 9.0 12.0

2011/12

Lifting points
191

Version with suitable fixed Allen key on enquiry!

HIT lifting eye Grade 100


Working load limit up to 20 tonnes, threads up to M48
X With consecutive serial number
for simple documentation of the annual inspections!

new!

X No clanging a patented spring holds the lifting ring in every


position!

X High working load limits when lifted laterally! X Loadable all round X Spring-loaded screw can be D
screwed in without tools! Tool is only needed for tightening!
E G F N H
WLL kg 300 630 1000 1500 2500 4000 6000 8000 10000 20000 Weight approx. kg 0.48 0.52 0.58 0.60 1.00 2.81 2.96 5.91 6.16 11.70

B A

360 rotatable and 180 vertically tiltable (not under load) Orange paint finish Safety factor 4:1

K
Dimensions in mm A 45 45 45 45 54 75 75 93 93 115 B 67 67 67 67 81 115 115 147 147 181 C 40 40 40 40 50 67 67 85 85 105 D 11 11 11 11 13 20 20 27 27 33 E 44 44 44 44 57 70 70 90 90 115 F 70 70 70 70 70 87 99 117 126 165 G 91 91 91 91 107 138 138 180 180 238 H 23 23 23 23 33 45 45 52 52 63 K 55 55 55 55 67 100 100 120 120 150 N 33 33 33 33 33 37 50 54 63 73 Reference no. 237072 237073 237074 237075 237076 237077 237078 237079 237080 237081

Thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 48

Maximum load weight G in tonnes for different types of attachment


Type of attachment Number of lifting points Angle M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48
G
G

1 0 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 20.0

1 90 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 20.0

2 0 0.6 1.3 2.0 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 40.0

2 90 0.6 1.3 2.0 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 40.0

2 symmetrically 0 45 0.4 0.9 1.4 2.1 3.5 5.6 8.5 11.2 14.0 28.0 45 60 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 20.0

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.6 1.3 2.1 3.1 5.2 8.4 12.7 16.8 21.0 42.0 45 60 0.4 0.9 1.5 2.2 3.7 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 30.0

2, 3 & 4 asymm 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 20.0

192
2011/12

AP90 lifting points Grade 100


Working load limit up to 8 tonnes, threads up to M 36
X High working load
limits when lifted laterally!

X Flat design X Loadable all round X Link lockable


360 rotatable and 180 vertically tiltable (not under load) Powder-coated version Safety factor 4:1 Thread M24 s: more compact design of the M24 AP90 with smaller ring than the standard M24 lifting point!

WLL kg 500 800 1500 2500 4000 4000 5300 6000 8000

Tightening torque Nm 40 65 160 250 300 300 400 500 600

Bolt Size M 10 40 M 12 45 M 16 55 M 20 70 M 24 s M 24 80 M 27 80 M 30 90 M 36 100

Weight approx. kg 0.70 0.71 0.76 0.73 0.76 2.60 2.70 2.76 2.81

Dimensions in mm A 69 69 69 69 69 104 104 104 104 B 50 50 50 50 50 76 76 76 76 C 48 48 48 48 48 72 72 72 72 D 13 13 13 13 13 18 18 18 18 E 28 28 28 28 31 39 39 39 45 F 100 100 100 100 102 147 147 147 103 G 12 17 27 42 49 41 51 51 57 I 52 51 49 46 42 74 72 70 61 S 34 34 34 34 34 58 58 58 58

Reference no. 181056 181057 181058 181059 237099 188971 188972 188973 237100

Flat design

Link lockable

360 rotatable

180 tiltable

Maximum transport weights G in tonnes with different types of attachment


Type of attachment G Suspension arrangement Number of lifting points Tilt angle 181 056 181 057 181 058 181 059 237 099 188 971 188 972 188 973 237 100 M 10 40 M 12 45 M 16 55 M 20 70 M 24s M 24 80 M 27 80 M 30 90 M 36 100
G G G G

G GG

GG

G GG

G G

GG

G G

1 0 0.5 0.8 1.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 5.3 6.0 8.0

1 90 0.70 1.25 2.12 3.55 4.00 5.60 7.10 8.00 8.00

2 0 1.0 1.6 3.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 10.6 12.0 16.0

2 90 1.4 2.5 4.0 7.1 8.0 11.2 14.0 16.0 16.0

2 symmetrically 0 45 0.70 1.12 2.00 3.35 5.60 5.60 7.10 8.00 11.2 45 60 0.5 0.8 1.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 5.3 6.0 8.00

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 1.00 1.60 3.15 5.00 8.00 8.00 11.20 12.50 16.80 45 60 0.70 1.12 2.24 3.00 6.00 6.00 8.00 9.00 12.00

2 asymm. 0.5 0.8 1.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.00

3&4 asymm. 0.5 0.8 1.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.00

2011/12

Lifting points
193

AP0 lifting points Grade 100


Working load limit up to 16 tonnes, threads up to M48
X Extremely high working load
limit in straight pull.

X Extremely small design X Loadable all round X The lifting point turns automatically into the pulling direction

X Removable stirrup allows rings


or other lifting devices to be fitted
360 rotatable and 180 vertically tiltable (not under load) Painted version. Safety factor 4:1

WLL kg 300 500 750 1500 2500 3500 6000 8000 14000 16000

Tightening torque Nm 30 50 70 100 170 250 500 700 600 800

Bolt Size M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 48

Weight approx. kg 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.9 2.8 2.8 7.0 7.3 14.0 14.9

Dimensions in mm B 42 42 57 57 83 83 114 114 149 149 D 12 12 19 19 28 28 34 34 40 40 G 35.0 34.0 46.5 44.0 56.0 53.0 69.5 69.5 90.0 86.0 H 60 60 85 85 111 111 144 144 185 185 L 15.0 20.0 19.0 24.0 32.0 37.0 49.5 61.0 65.0 75.0 L2 26 31 40 50 67 77

Reference no. 166194 166195 166196 166197 166198 166199 200053 200054 217120 217121

Delivery with dimension L2: price on enquiry

Maximum transport weights G in tonnes with different types of attachment


Type of attachment G Suspension arrangement Number of lifting points Angle of inclination/load direction 166 194 166 195 166 196 166 197 166 198 166 199 200 053 200 054 217 120 217 121 M 8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48
GGG GGG

GG G G

GG

GG

GG

GG

GG

GG

GG

1 0 0.60* 1.00* 1.50* 3.00* 5.00* 7.00* 12.00* 16.00* 16.00* 20.00*

1 90 0.30 0.50 0.75 1.50 2.50 3.50 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00

2 0 1.20* 2.00* 3.00* 6.00* 10.00* 14.00* 24.00* 32.00* 32.00* 40.00*

2 90 0.60 1.00 1.50 3.00 5.00 7.00 12.00 16.00 28.00 32.00

2 symmetrically 0 45 0.42 0.70 1.00 2.10 3.50 4.90 8.40 11.20 19.60 22.40 45 60 0.30 0.50 0.75 1.50 2.50 3.50 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.63 1.05 1.60 3.15 5.25 7.35 12.60 16.80 29.40 33.60 45 60 0.45 0.75 1.13 2.25 3.75 5.25 9.00 12.00 21.00 24.00

2 asymm. 0.30 0.50 0.75 1.50 2.50 3.50 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00

3&4 asymm. 0.30 0.50 0.75 1.50 2.50 3.50 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00

* These working load limits are possible if the load direction is in a direct line with the thread as shown in the drawing. Axial loading or bending must be fundamentally ruled out here!

194
2011/12

HIT lifting point HAP Grade 100


Working load limit up to 15 tonnes, threads up to M48
X With consecutive serial number
for simple documentation of the annual inspections!

new!

X No clanging a patented spring holds the lifting ring in every


position!

X High working load limits when attached in-line or laterally! G X 360 rotatable and 180 vertically tiltable (not under load)
High-tensile bolt strength class 10.9 Orange paint finish Safety factor 4:1
F E

A B M C

WLL kg 300 600 1000 1300 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 12500 15000

Thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 18 M 20 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 42 M 48

Weight approx. kg 0.30 0.31 0.32 1.03 1.04 1.07 1.08 3.52 3.55 3.60 3.68 14.32 14.43 14.72 15.03

Dimensions in mm A 27.8 27.8 27.8 43.2 43.2 43.2 43.2 64.1 64.1 64.1 64.1 106.3 106.3 106.3 106.3 B 14.2 16.2 18.2 22.3 24.3 27.3 30.3 33.4 36.4 40.4 45.4 53.7 58.7 68.7 73.7 C 30.0 30.0 30.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 108.0 108.0 108.0 108.0 D 30.2 30.2 30.2 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 67.8 67.8 67.8 67.8 108.8 108.8 108.8 108.8 E 38 38 38 55 55 55 55 85 85 85 85 132 132 132 132 F 17.5 17.5 17.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 G 27 27 27 38 38 38 38 58 58 58 58 91 91 91 91

Reference no. 237178 237179 237180 237182 237183 237184 237185 237186 237187 237188 237189 237190 237191 237192 237193

Maximum load weight G in tonnes for different types of attachment


G
G

1 0 0.5 1.0 1.3 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 4.5 5.5 6.0 6.5 9.0 11.0 13.5 16.0

1 90 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 10.0 12.5 15.0

2 0 1.0 2.0 2.6 4.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 9.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 18.0 22.0 27.0 32.0

2 90 0.6 1.2 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.6 16.0 20.0 25.0 30.0

2 symmetrically 0 45 0.4 0.8 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.2 5.6 7.0 8.8 11.0 14.0 17.5 21.0 45 60 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 10.0 12.5 15.0

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.6 1.3 2.1 2.7 3.4 4.2 5.3 6.3 8.4 10.5 13.2 16.5 21.0 26.3 32.0 45 60 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.8 4.0 6.0 7.5 9.5 12.0 15.0 18.8 22.5

2, 3 & 4 asymm 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 10.0 12.5 15.0

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M42 M48

2011/12

Lifting points
195

Type of attachment Number of lifting points Angle

Lifting points rotatable under load


SNS bolt-on swivel, high-tensile
Working load limit up to 6.3 tonnes, threads up to M 30
X TOP traceability each
swivel has a serial number for documentation tests

X Flexible! can be swivelled


360 under load can be tilted by 180 loadable all-round!

X Maximum safety safety factor 5:1


For higher working load limits see SNB, page 197
>180 360 F E D B C M S1 A
WLL kg 300 600 1000 1300 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6300

S2 G
Dimensions in mm Weight approx. kg 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.7

L1

Thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 18 M 20 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30

Pitch 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.50

Tightening torque Nm 6 10 15 30 50 70 100 120 160 200 250

A 33 33 33 45 45 45 45 63 62 62 62

B 30 30 30 42 42 42 42 55 55 55 55

C 30 30 30 45 45 45 45 60 60 60 60

D 38 38 38 54 54 54 54 83 83 83 83

E 27 27 27 38 38 38 38 55 55 55 55

F 14 14 14 17 17 17 17 25 25 25 25

G 53 53 53 76 76 76 76 107 107 107 107

L1 14 17 21 23 27 27 30 33 36 40 45

S1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 14 14 14

S2 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24

Reference no. 217043 217044 217045 217046 217047 217048 217049 217050 217051 217052 217053

Stainless steel version and imperial thread available as standard. Please enquire!

Maximum load weight G in tonnes for different types of attachment


Type of attachment Number of lifting points Angle M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30
G G G G G GG GG G
G G GG G G G G G
G G GG G G

G G G

G G

G G

G G G

G GG

G G

G G G

G G

1 0 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.2 5.0 5.0 6.3

1 90 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3

2 0 1.2 2.0 3.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.4 10.0 10.0 12.6

2 90 0.6 1.2 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.6

2 symmetrically 0 45 0.4 0.8 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.2 5.6 7.0 8.8 45 60 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2,5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.6 1.3 2.1 2.7 3.4 4.2 5.3 6.3 8.4 10.5 13.2 45 60 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.8 4.5 6.0 7.5 9.5

2, 3 & 4 asymm.

0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3

196
2011/12

SNB bolt-on swivel, high-tensile


Working load limits up to 50 tonnes, threads up to M100
X TOP traceability each
swivel has a serial number for documentation tests

X Highest working load limits when attached laterally

X Flexible! can be swivelled 360 under load can be tilted by 180


loadable all-round!

X Maximum safety safety factor


5:1 up to M 42, safety factor 4:1 from M 45

180

360

G C M

A
WLL kg 8000 10000 10000 12500 15000 20000 20000 25000 32100 32100 32100 35000 40000 45000 50000

L
Tightening torque Nm 250 320 320 400 400 600 600 600 600 600 600 700 800 900 1000

S F
Dimensions in mm A 61 61 61 61 61 79 79 79 79 79 79 90 90 90 90 B 31 31 31 31 31 38 38 38 38 38 38 44 44 44 44 C 70 70 70 70 70 90 90 90 95 95 95 140 140 140 140 D 104 104 104 104 104 125 125 125 125 125 125 195 195 195 195 E 73 73 73 73 73 91 91 91 91 91 91 143 143 143 143 F 145 145 145 145 145 184 184 184 184 184 184 278 278 278 278 G 29 29 29 29 29 33 33 33 33 33 33 59 59 59 59 L1 50 54 58 63 63 68 68 78 90 90 90 110 120 135 150 Weight Reference approx. kg no. 5.5 5.5 5.7 5.8 5.7 11.0 11.0 11.3 12.2 15.0 16.5 43.0 44.5 46.5 49.0 217065 217066 217067 217068 217069 217070 217071 217072 217073 217074 217075 237605 237606 237607 237608

Thread M 33 M 36 M 39 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 52 M 56 M 64 M 80 M 100 M 72 M 80 M 90 M 100

Pitch 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Other thread pitches and imperial threads available as standard. Please enquire! All versions can be manufactured according to individual customer requirements, please enquire.

2011/12

Lifting points
197

Maximum load weight G in tonnes for different types of attachment


Type of attachment Number of lifting points Angle M33 M36 M39 M42 M45 M48 M52 M56 M64 M80 M100 M72 35to M80 40to M90 45to M100 50to
G
G

1 0 8.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 32.1 32.1 32.1 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0

1 90 8.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 32.1 32.1 32.1 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0

2 0 16.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 40.0 40.0 50.0 64.2 64.2 64.2 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0

2 90 16.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 40.0 40.0 50.0 64.2 64.2 64.2 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0

2 symmetrically 0 45 11.2 14.0 14.0 17.5 21.0 28.0 28.0 35.0 44.9 44.9 44.9 49.0 56.0 63.0 70.0 45 60 8.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 32.1 32.1 32.1 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 16.8 21.0 21.0 26.3 31.5 42.0 42.0 52.5 67.4 67.4 67.4 73.5 84.0 94.5 105.0 45 60 12.0 15.0 15.0 18.8 22.5 30.0 30.0 37.5 48.2 48.2 48.2 52.5 60.0 67.5 75.0

2, 3 & 4 asymm.

8.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 32.1 32.1 32.1 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0

198
2011/12

Bolt-on swivel, type G10 Grade 100


Working load limit up to 32 tonnes, threads up to M64
X With consecutive serial number
for simple documentation of the annual inspections!

new!

X Significantly higher working load limit (up to 25 % more) than similar


grade 80 bolt-on swivels!

X Flexible! can be swivelled 360 under load can be tilted by 180


loadable all-round!
G H

X Quality made in Germany!


Safety factor 4:1 Painted version. For special designs, please consult PFEIFER we are happy to supply e.g. special threads (Inch, Whitworth, etc.) Other thread pitches and lengths
A B
WLL kg 300 500 700 1400 1400 2500 3500 3500 6700 9500 12500 12500 16000 17000 17000 20000 22000 24000 30000 Bolt Size M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 18 M 20 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 56 M 56 M 64 M 64 Weight approx. kg Oval link 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.9 2.9 3.3 3.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 8.6 12.0 12.0 16.3 16.3 5530 5530 5530 5530 7034 7034 8540 8540 8540 11550 11550 14065 14065 14065 14065 14065 15070 15070 15070

E F D C K
Dimensions in mm B 56 56 56 56 66 66 76 76 80 94 94 117 117 117 117 117 122 122 122 C 16 18 18 20 30 30 30 35 35 35 50 60 60 60 60 60 110 110 150 D 43 43 43 43 62 62 64 64 82 90 91 109 109 109 109 130 135 135 135 E 44 44 44 44 50 50 67 67 57 89 89 104 104 104 104 104 110 110 110 F 127 129 129 129 178 178 197 197 222 262 313 335 335 335 335 335 364 364 364 G 30 30 30 30 34 34 40 40 40 50 50 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 H 13 13 13 13 16 16 18 18 20 22 22 26 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 K 36 36 36 36 57 57 57 57 80 80 80 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 SW 30 30 30 30 45 45 46 46 65 65 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Reference no. 237102 237103 237104 237105 237106 237108 237109 237110 237112 237113 237114 237115 241968 237116 237117 237118 237119

SW

237120

2011/12

Lifting points
199

237759

Maximum load weight G in tonnes with different types of attachment


Type of attachment Reference no. 237102 237103 237104 237105 237106 237108 237109 237110 237112 237113 237114 237115 241968 237116 237117 237118 237119 237759 237120 Number of lifting points Angle M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 18 M 20 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 56 M 56 M 64 M 64
G
G

1 0 0.6 1.0 1.4 2.8 2.8 5.0 7.0 7.0 12.0 16.0 17.5 17.5 20.0 22.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 32.0

1 90 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.4 1.4 2.5 3.5 3.5 6.7 9.5 12.5 12.5 16.0 17.0 17.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 30.0

2 0 1.2 2.0 2.8 5.6 5.6 10.0 14.0 14.0 24.0 32.0 35.0 35.0 40.0 44.0 44.0 48.0 52.0 56.0 64.0

2 90 0.6 1.0 1.4 2.8 2.8 5.0 7.0 7.0 13.4 19.0 25.0 25.0 32.0 34.0 34.0 40.0 44.0 48.0 60.0

2 symmetrically 0-45 0.4 0.7 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.5 4.9 4.9 9.4 13.3 17.5 17.5 22.4 23.8 23.8 28.0 30.8 33.6 42.0 45-60 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.4 1.4 2.5 3.5 3.5 6.7 9.5 12.5 12.5 16.0 17.0 17.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 30.0

3 & 4 symmetrically 0-45 0.6 1.1 1.5 2.9 2.9 5.3 7.4 7.4 14.1 20.0 26.3 26.3 33.6 35.7 35.7 42.0 46.2 50.4 63.0 45-60 0.4 0.7 1.1 2.1 2.1 3.8 5.3 5.3 10.1 14.3 18.8 18.8 24.0 25.5 25.5 30.0 33.0 36.0 45.0

2, 3 & 4 asymm. 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.4 1.4 2.5 3.5 3.5 6.7 9.5 12.5 12.5 16.0 17.0 17.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 30.0

200
2011/12

Bolt-on swivel AP3+ Grade 100


Working load limit up to 20 tonnes, threads up to M64
X Secure holding due to optimised support surface. X Safe lifting due to readable angle of inclination. X Replacement can be decided by looking at the easily recognisable
wear indicator

X Guaranteed correctly positioned ring the squeezing mark reliably


prevents kinking of the ring.
Flexible! can be swivelled 360 under load can be tilted by 180 loadable all-round! Higher performance 25 % higher working load limit than Grade 80 with the same thread Safety factor 4:1
bi

t1 g e d b

SW

WLL kg 500 700 1000 1400 2500 4000 6700 8000 10000 12500 12500 12500 13000 17000 17000 18000 20000

Thread d M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 56 M 64 e 18 18 20 20 30 30 35 35 50 60 60 72 60 60 60 78 96

Weight approx. kg 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.44 0.98 1.35 2.51 3.59 3.72 3.91 4.03 4.23 7.34 7.50 7.57 8.00 8.85

Dimensions in mm b 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 52.0 57.0 70.0 81.0 81.0 81.0 81.0 81.0 104.0 104.0 104.0 104.0 104.0 g 48.0 48.0 48.0 48.0 67.0 75.0 94.5 106.0 106.0 106.0 106.0 106.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 SW 34 34 34 34 46 50 65 75 75 75 75 75 95 95 95 95 95 t 41 41 41 41 57 63 78 86 86 86 86 86 106 106 106 106 106

Ring dimension Reference no. t1bi 135532 135532 135532 135532 167034 188545 208545 2311560 2311560 2311560 2311560 2311560 3014070 3014070 3014070 3014070 3014070 222669 217109 237260 217110 217111 217112 217114 237261 237262 230259 237263 237264 237265 237266 233867 237267 237268

2011/12

Lifting points
201

Additional sizes on enquiry.

Maximum load weight G in tonnes for different types of attachment


Type of attachment Item No. 222669 217109 237260 217110 217111 217112 217114 237261 237262 230259 237263 237264 237265 237266 233867 237267 237268 Number of lifting points Angle M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 56 M 64
G
G

1 0 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.8 5.0 8.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0

1 90 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 20.0

2 0 2.0 2.8 4.0 5.6 10.0 16.0 24.0 24.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

2 90 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.8 5.0 8.0 13.4 16.0 20.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 26.0 34.0 34.0 36.0 40.0

2 symmetrically 0 45 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.6 5.6 9.5 11.2 14.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 23.5 23.5 25.0 28.0 45 60 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 20.0

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 1.0 1.4 2.1 3.0 5.3 8.5 14.0 16.0 21.2 25.0 25.0 25.0 27.0 35.0 35.0 37.5 40.0 45 60 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.1 3.8 6.0 10.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 25.0 25.0 26.5 30.0

2, 3 & 4 asymm. 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 20.0

Further versions available as standard

Just enquire we look forward to submitting an individual quotation!

Stainless steel version for use in harsh environments!

Bolt-on swivel, rustproof!

Bolt-on eye with individual hole pattern! Working load limit 32.25 tonnes
Have it individually adapted or adapt it yourself.

202
2011/12

Bolt-on swivel, type G8 Grade 80


Working load limit up to 31.5 tonnes, threads up to M90

SW C

E B

X Attractive price/performance
ratio

WLL kg 200 300 500 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 10000 10000 10000 15000 15000 15000 15000 20000 20000 31500

Bolt Size M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 48 M 45 M 48 M 56 M 64 M 64 M 72 M 90

Weight approx. kg 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 1.05 1.40 2.20 3.50 3.70 4.00 4.30 7.30 7.50 9.80 8.31 17.70 22.50 22.50

Dimensions in mm Oval link 5530 5530 5530 5530 7034 8540 8540 11550 11550 11550 11550 14065 14065 14065 14065 17075 17075 17080 B 36 36 36 36 57 57 70 80 80 80 80 104 104 104 104 129 104 148 C 14 14 14 14 18 20 24 27 27 27 27 32 32 32 32 45 39 50 D 13 13 13 13 16 18 20 22 22 22 22 26 28 28 26 36 36 40 E 18 18 18 20 30 30 35 35 50 60 75 60 60 60 96 110 110 150 SW 30 30 30 30 45 46 65 65 65 65 65 80 80 80 80 105 80 115 T 43 43 43 43 62 64 82 90 91 94 94 109 114 114 109 150 120 172

Reference no. 154408 153843 120648 120649 120650 120651 120652 120653 120654 186955 179066 120655 225905 218422 171961 161328 237218 161329

X Flexible! can be swivelled


360 under load can be tilted by 180 loadable all-round!

X Quality made in Germany!


Safety factor 4:1 Red paint finish For special designs, please consult PFEIFER we are happy to supply e.g. special threads (Inch, Whitworth, etc.) Other thread pitches and lengths

Maximum load weights G in tonnes with different types of attachment


Type of attachment Reference no. 154408 153843 120648 120649 120650 120651 120652 120653 120654 186955 179066 120655 225905 218422 171961 161328 237218 161329 Number of lifting points Angle M 8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M30 M36 M42 M48 M45 M48 M56 M64 M64 M72 M90
G
G

1 0 0.4 0.6 1.0 2.0 4.0 6.3 10.6 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 22.4 22.4 22.4 22.4 25.0 25.0 40.0

1 90 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.1 2.0 3.1 5.3 8.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 31.5

2 0 0.8 1.2 2.0 4.0 8.0 12.6 21.2 24.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 50.0 50.0 80.0

2 90 0.4 0.6 1.0 2.2 4.0 6.2 10.6 16.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 40.0 40.0 63.0

2 symmetrically 0 45 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.6 2.8 4.4 7.4 11.2 14.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 28.0 28.0 44.1 45 60 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.1 2.0 3.1 5.3 8.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 31.5

3; 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.4 0.6 1.1 2.4 4.2 6.6 11.1 16.8 21.0 21.0 21.0 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 42.0 42.0 66.2 45 60 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.7 3.0 4.7 8.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 30.0 30.0 47.3

2, 3 & 4 asymm. 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.1 2.0 3.1 5.3 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 31.5

2011/12

Lifting points
203

8.0

Welding points
Welding eye
With quadruple protection against breakage in all load directions. Ring painted red. Grade 80 Material of the welding eye holder ST 52-3.
B D

T E

C
WLL kg 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 15000 Weight approx. kg 0.4 0.4 0.8 1.6 2.6 5.4

A
Dimensions in mm A 35 37 49 60 75 90 B 56 70 79 99 122 165 C 36 38 42 50 65 90 D 13 14 17 22 26 34 E 39 40 43 60 71 90 F 89 92 106 135 164 216 T 37 38 46 53 67 92 Reference no. 146454 146455 120637 120638 120639 120640

Maximum load weights G in tonnes with different types of attachment


Type of attachment G Suspension arrangement Number of lifting points Inclination angle 146 454 146 455 120 637 120 638 120 639 120 640
G G G
G G G

G GG

GG G

G G

G G

G G GG

G G

GG

G G

1 0 1.60 3.00 4.75 8.00 12.00 22.40

1 90 1.12 2.00 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00

2 0 3.2 6.0 9.5 16.0 24.0 45.0

2 90 2.24 4.00 6.30 10.60 16.00 30.00

2 symmetrically 0 45 1.50 2.80 4.25 7.10 11.20 21.20 45 60 1.12 2.00 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 2.36 4.00 6.30 11.20 16.00 31.50 45 60 1.60 3.00 4.75 8.00 12.00 22.40

2 asymm. 1.12 2.00 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00

3&4 asymm. 1.12 2.00 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00

Bolt-on eye
With quadruple protection against breakage in all load directions. Ring painted red. Grade 80 Bolts are not included in the scope of supply. CAUTION: The minimum quality of the hexagonal-head bolts to be used according to DIN EN 4017 (DIN 933) is 8.8 crack-tested (at 3150/5000/8000 kg) and 10.9 crack-tested (at 15000/20000/25000 kg).
B D T E A

H C

WLL kg 3150 5300 8000 15000 20000 25000

Weight approx. kg 1.15 2.00 3.80 7.40 15.10 15.10

Dimensions in mm A 12 15 20 40 50 50 B 92 111 132 139 180 180 C 50 60 70 72 90 90 D 18 22 26 32 40 40 E 34 42 55 90 116 116 F 130 160 190 255 295 295 G 90 110 130 175 200 200 H 21 25 28 39 45 45 T 53 63 68 110 140 140

Reference no. 120641 120642 120643 201655 201656 201657

204
2011/12

Maximum transport weights G in tonnes with different types of attachment


Type of attachment G Suspension arrangement Number of lifting points Inclination angle 120 641 120 642 120 643 201 655 201 656 201 657 M20 M24 M27 M36 M42 M45
G G G
G G G

GG G

GG G

G G

G G

G GG G

G G

GG

G G

1 0 4.75 8.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 25.00

1 90 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00 20.00 25.00

2 0 9.5 16.0 24.0 30.0 40.0 50.0

2 90 6.3 10.6 16.0 30.0 40.0 50.0

2 symmetrically 0 45 4.25 7.10 11.20 21.00 28.00 35.00 45 60 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00 20.00 25.00

3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 6.3 11.2 16.0 31.5 42.0 52.5 45 60 4.75 8.00 12.00 22.50 30.00 37.50

2 asymm. 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00 20.00 25.00

3&4 asymm. 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00 20.00 25.00

Eyebolts
Eyebolts, high-tensile 8.8
Painted red.
WLL kg at 0 400 800 1000 1600 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 12000 at 90 100 200 250 400 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 Bolt DL M 6 13 M 8 13 M 10 17 M 12 21 M 14 21 M 16 27 M 18 27 M 20 30 M 24 36 M 27 45 M 30 45 Weight approx. kg 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.27 0.29 0.31 0.84 0.86 0.90 1.66 1.70 Dimensions in mm A 25 25 25 35 35 35 50 50 50 60 60 B 45 45 45 63 63 63 90 90 90 108 108 C 25 25 25 35 35 35 50 50 50 65 65 F 10 10 10 14 14 14 20 20 20 24 24 H 45 45 45 62 62 62 90 90 90 109 109 Reference no. 201658 201659 201660 201661 201662 201663 201664 201665 201666 201667 201668

The specified working load limits only apply if: 1) the ring of the bolt is in line with the load direction. 2) the bolt is firmly screwed in to the end of the thread (to the stop of the bolt).

Welding hooks
Painted version. Excavators equipped with weld-on hooks provide practical assistance for the fast relocation of loads on any building site.
B
F

C E
WLL kg 1120 2000 3000 5000 8000 10000 Weight approx. kg 0.48 0.85 1.12 2.50 3.20 5.20

J
Dimensions in mm Reference no. 215923 215924 215925 215926 215927 215928

B 25.0 26.5 30.5 34.5 34.5 51.0

C 59.5 67.0 75.0 94.0 94.0 134.5

E 97 114 129 171 177 223

F 76.0 92.0 106.0 136.0 140.0 171.5

G 20 22 24 30 39 39

J 25 34 36 45 51 53

2011/12

Lifting points
205

Insulating swivels
X Simple connection with chains
or ropes

X With axial roller bearing,


dust-protected and waterproof usable without restriction in all areas (also underground and underwater)

X Particularly for fields of use in which current could be conducted


unintentionally, for example when welding parts are suspended on the crane hook

X Effective insulation 1000 V X Grade 80

B E

Insulating swivel with 2 coupling links


For nominal size of chain mm 8 10 13 16 19 WLL kg 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 Overall length mm 129 161 205 236 278 Weight approx. kg 0.8 1.6 3.7 6.1 9.0 Dimensions in mm B 18 25 29 36 43 E 22 26 33 40 48 Reference no. 119644 119645 119646 119647 119648

B E

Insulating swivel with coupling link and load hook


For nominal size of chain mm WLL kg 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 Overall length mm 149 241 302 350 449 Weight approx. kg 1.2 2.3 5.2 8.7 13.0 Dimensions in mm B 18 25 29 36 43 B2 27 34 42 49 59 E 22 26 33 40 48 Reference no. 119649 119650 119651 119652 119653

B2

8 10 13 16 19

B L

Insulating swivel with suspension link and load hook


For nominal size of chain mm 8 WLL kg 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 Overall length mm 219 326 403 470 589 Weight approx. kg 1.4 2.6 5.3 9.2 13.9 Dimensions in mm B 50 66 72 82 105 B2 27 34 42 49 59 G 14 18 22 25 30 L 99 127 145 175 204 Reference no. 119654 119655 119656 119657 119658

B2

10 13 16 19

206
2011/12

Ropes and accessories


Craftsmanship and industry .... 208 Rope pulleys ........................... 233 Assembler and manufacturer.. 210 Heavy-duty accessories .......... 234 Rope range ............................. 212 Rope care ............................... 235 Stock range ............................. 213 Rope handling ......................... 236 We bring technology Stainless steel ropes............... 237 into application ....................... 214 Plastic sheathed Original LIEBHERR steel wire ropes ...................... 237 spare parts ............................. 217 Stainless steel rope Rope terminations................... 219 accessories............................. 238 Rope range ............................. 220 Accessories Thimbles ................................. 224 for rope tensioning .................. 239 Shackles ................................. 226 Rope-, cable- and hose grips ............................... 240 Clamps .................................... 228 Utility ropes and Turnbuckles............................. 230 accessories............................. 241 Swivels ................................... 233

We guarantee first-class prompt supply from our extensive stock of ropes and rope accessories. We will supply you with the correct rope for your application based on our experience with the most varied range of rope applications. You will be spending your money wisely with PFEIFER as an assembler and manufacturer we know the rope business and can advise you accordingly. Top quality manufacture through the combination of manual skill and industrial production conditions. Our ropes can be attached to any connection as we will design a suitable rope connection for you. 207
2011/12

Craftsmanship and industry


PFEIFER rope processing combines craftsmanship with industrial applications

Craftsmanship

Splicing in our factory


We are masters of traditional rope making and can splice eyes, Flemish eyes etc. for you.

Splicing on your site

Signet darf nie beim Logo stehen, immer weiter weg. Pouring on ropes up to 160 mmDies ist kein diameter Poured rope connections attain a load transmission of 100 % of Logo-zusatz the minimum breaking load of the rope and can be the right
connection method for your rope application. Pouring ropes is a complex process which requires both manual skill and experience.

We can also splice according to your requirements on site (e. g. in the smelting works, at the cable car, at conveyor systems, etc.).

h opes wit R ! passion

PFEIFER The union of traditional craftsmanship and industrial precision.


430 years experience in the rope-making trade

208
2011/12

Ferrules on ropes up to 80 mm diameter


Using ferrules on ropes up to 80 mm diameter, we can provide you with assembly services even at the limits using state-of-the-art technology.

Manufacture within the limits of the smallest tolerances


High-precision rope applications require manufacture of rope systems with the smallest tolerances. We develop the devices required for this in-house.

Industry

Wide fully automated reel store


A capacity of over 4,000 t enables ropes to be supplied within 24 hours. This capacity enables us to select the correct rope for your application.

Design and development


We develop the right rope connection for your application. We analyse the properties of our ropes in order to select the correct rope for your application.

Pre-stressing and distending in a range of facilities up to 3,500 kN


In order to avoid problems due to expansion effects, we can pre-stress your rope in our 240 m pre-stressing tunnel if required.

Quality Assurance
Galvanisation We test the galvanising of our ropes and can guarantee the approved galvanisation class. Minimum breaking loads The minimum breaking load of a rope is a safety-related factor which must be complied with when choosing a rope. To guarantee high quality, ropes can be broken on our tensile testing systems with up to 6,000 kN force.

Innovative winding technology for twist-free winding


The latest, innovative winding technology guarantees a twistfree winding procedure. Torsion stresses in the rope are avoided. Laser-positioned rope winding

Your special requirements We are happy to meet your special requirements for product quality, e. g. we can guarantee electrostatic discharge of our products if necessary.

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


209

Assembler and manufacturer

PFEIFER more than just an assembler. As a manufacturer, we know what it all depends on.
PFEIFER 430 years of experience in the rope trade

PFEIFER-DRAKO more than 150 years experience in rope manufacture + advanced rope assembly

PFEIFER rope expertise in: Application technology Fitting technology Range of steel wire rope

PFEIFER leading suppliers to construction equipment manufacturers

PFEIFER Cooperation with the world's leading rope manufacturers

210
2011/12

We manufacture ropes
PFEIFER-DRAKO is a global market leader in the lifting rope sector We have a broad range of high performance ropes for industrial requirements and mining which meet the highest safety standards Now with advanced manufacturing technology and an additional 16,000 m production area

Galvanisation
Different applications place different demands on the corrosion protection. Many galvanisation qualities are available on the market that do not come up to the requirements of individual applications.

+ Works and acceptance test certificates


On request, we can draw up works certificates, acceptance test certificates, Germanischer Lloyd certificates and manufacturers declarations.

We are authorised to issue the relevant works and acceptance test certificates for all types of ropes. These certificates demonstrate that official requirements are met in accordance with the standards.

Minimum breaking loads


The minimum breaking load of a rope is a safety-related factor which must be complied with when choosing a rope. To guarantee high quality, ropes can be broken on our tensile testing systems with up to 6,000 kN force. This equipment can also perform tests on pulsating tensile stresses.

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


211

We are one of the few suppliers who measure the galvanisation quality in our own test laboratory and can supply unusual customer requests.

Rope range

Your partner for all rope applications


Steel wire ropes have to be selected for the most different applications and achieve the longest lifespan in the prevailing circumstances. The correct choice of a steel wire rope does not only reduce possible danger risks to the plant and its operators, but also avoids high breakdown costs which incur in the case of premature steel wire rope failure. Avoid every risk and trust our many years of experience. We are always available to give you advice concerning your steel wire rope applications. Give us the task of selecting and supplying the perfect steel wire rope.

Deck cranes

Cable ways Drag lifts Piste machines

Lifts

Demolition balls Civil engineering machines

Overhead cranes Harbour cranes Grabs, Winches Shelf-operating devices Loaders Mobile cranes and your particular application

Construction cranes

212
2011/12

Stock range
We stock the largest range in the trade

We have the right rope for your application

Type of rope
resistant to rotation or tension compacted or non-compacted

Type of lay and lay direction


regular-lay or lang-lay right-hand or left-hand

Nominal strength
Seil-Nenn- bis 12 mm

Corresponding to your requirements in various nominal strengths from 1,570 N up to 2,160 N/mm2

Wire surface
ungalvanised or galvanised lubricated or dry corrosion protection according to use and requirements

Fully automated reel store


Advanced and fully automated reel store, capacity 4,000 t, one-of-its-kind in the wire rope sector Storage and handling of rope reels up to 1.80 m diameter and an individual weight of up to 8,000 kg Each reel is at the final assembly workstation within 4 minutes One of the largest rope ranges in the sector in stock Ropes in stock can be delivered within 24 hours

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


213

We bring technology into application


Wire ropes are also an important component in the machines illustrated below. We can also find a solution for your particular application.

Mixing facilities: Ropes move the feed bucket

Grab dredgers: Ropes raise, lower and close the grabs

Medical engineering: Ropes in the operating mechanism

214
2011/12

Rotary drilling rigs: Ropes raise and lower the drill rods

Lock systems: Ropes raise and lower the lock gates

Container gantry cranes: Ropes raise and lower the spreader for transporting the containers

Open-cast mining excavator: Ropes hold and move the booms

Shelf-operating devices: Ropes raise and lower the lifting platform and the transfer unit

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


215

We are famous for: Ready-for-use ropes for your cranes and construction machines

Our experience: We supply original equipment to renowned crane and construction machine manufacturers, for example, LIEBHERR, SENNEBOGEN and BAUER SPEZIALTIEFBAU. We have extensive expertise in the production, the application and use of steel wire ropes for cranes and construction machines. Our service: Ready-for-use steel wire ropes for cranes and construction machines have been our strength for many years. We have a comprehensive range of stock of commonly used ropes for the most cranes and construction machines. Your advantage: Immediate availability of commonly used ropes for your cranes and construction machines ex stock. Further ready-for-use ropes can be delivered to the location of your choice at short notice.

216
2011/12

Original LIEBHERR spare parts

As a supplier of original equipment for LIEBHERR cranes, we supply the original spare parts. These are the only ropes which LIEBHERR approves for use! Recognisable due to yellow label

LIEBHERR original replacement ropes guarantee decisive advantages:


High operational safety Reliable crane operations and improved economic efficiency due to less downtime and fewer exchanging processes as the rope and crane are consistently being matched to each other. LIEBHERR original replacement ropes are readyfor-use ropes with all fittings and terminations unmistakably marked by the LIEBHERR identity number and the crane type (detailed specifications about rope construction, swaged ferrules etc. are no longer necessary).

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


217

Demanding applications worldwide references


O I
Eiffel Tower, Paris

Burj Khalifa, Dubai

Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur

Commerzbank, Frankfurt

We are Germanys market leaders in the production of lift ropes. We are among the top producers in the world. Benefit from our many years of experience in cooperation with the largest, worldwide operative lift manufacturers and midsized companies from the lift industry.

Your direct line to lift technology


PFEIFER DRAKO DRAHTSEILWERK GMBH & CO. KG
RHEINSTRASSE 19 23 D-45478 MLHEIM AN DER RUHR pHONE +49 (0) 208 - 4 29 01- 0 FAX +49 (0) 208 - 4 29 01- 43 E-MAIL aufzugtechnik@drako.de INTERNET www.drako.de

218
2011/12

Rope terminations
Standard or tailor-made

We match the rope to your applications with special fittings Here are the most commonly used rope end terminations:

Please note Most rope terminations cause the minimum breaking force of the rope to be reduced. If the remaining minimum breaking force is taken into account you can calculate the necessary rope diameter for your application.
We will be only too pleased to advise you: Phone +49 (0) 8331/937-112 Fax +49 (0) 8331/937-380 E-Mail complete@pfeifer.de

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


219

Rope range
A selection from our rope range
Rope application

Rope winch Hauling rope

Overhead crane Hoisting rope

Crawler crane Holding rope

Crawler crane Hoisting rope

Drilling rig Hoisting rope

Drilling rig Kelly rope

Mobile crane Hoisting rope

Mobile crane Boom-adjust.rope

Gripper Hoisting rope

P125

6x36 WarringtonSeale WC

P324

PD D915 CZ

P1024

Rope structure

PD 1315CZ

PN 116/7

P502

PC Durolift

TK-Flex

PC Eurolift

6x19 Seale WC

8x25 Filler

220
2011/12 300 Drako

Rope application

Gripper Closing rope

Tower crane Hoisting rope

Tower crane Trolley rope

Tower crane Bracing rope

Mobile harbour crane Mobile harbour crane Hoisting rope Holding rope

Aisle stacker Hoisting rope

Mixing facility Feeder rope

Scraper Hoisting rope

Scraper Hauling rope

Achterbahn Pusherseil


x x


Ropes and accessories
221
2011/12

sed your re speciali e critical is the The mo , the mor advise you! pplication a us ope let hoice of r c
x x x

Our core competence is to select the right rope for the application
x

Technical data taken from our rope range


Rope structure

6x7 standard with fibre core* 6x7 Standard mit Fasereinlage* Nominal strength1960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1,960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag

6x19 standard with fibre core* 6x19 Standard mit Fasereinlage* Nominal strength1960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1,960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag

6x19 Seale with steel core* 6x19 Seale mit Stahleinlage* Nominal strength1960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1,960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag

6x36 Warrington-Seale with fibre core* 6x36 Warrington-Seale mit Fasereinlage* Nominal strength1960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1,960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN 2 3 4 5 6 2.60 5.86 10.40 16.3 23.4 31.9 41.6 52.7 65.1 78.7 93.7 110 128 167 211 260 315 375 440 510 666 843 1040

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m 0.0138 0.0311 0.0552 0.0863 0.124 0.169 0.221 0.279 0.345 0.417 0.497 0.583 0.676 0.883 0.112 0.138 0.167 0.199 0.233 0.270 0.353 0.447 0.552

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m

5.42 5.40 9.63 9.60 15.0 21.7 29.5 38.5

0.031 0.055 0.086 0.125 0.170 0.221 25.1 34.2 44.7 56.5 69.8 84.4 100.0 118.0 137.0 179.0 226.0 279.0 338.0 402.0 472.0 547.0 715.0 904.0 1120.0 1350.0 1610.0 1890.0 2190.0 2510 0.144 0.196 0.256 0.324 0.400 0.484 0.576 0.676 0.784 1.02 1.30 1.60 1.94 2.30 2.70 3.14 4.10 5.18 6.40 7.74 9.22 10.80 12.50 14.40 41.4 52.4 64.7 78.3 93.1 109.0 127.0 166.0 210.0 259.0 313.0 373.0 437.0 507.0 662.0 838.0 1040.0 1250.0 1490.0 1750.0 2030.0 2330.0 0.235 0.297 0.367 0.444 0.528 0.620 0.719 0.940 1.190 1.470 1.780 2.110 2.480 2.880 3.760 4.760 5.870 7.110 8.460 9.920 11.50 13.20

Nominal rope diameter[mm] Seilnenndurchmesser [mm]

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60

about plain or Please enquire or for other anised versions galv s. nominal strength
222
2011/12

*WARNING! Do not use swivels! Otherwise severe injury to persons and material damage may occur.

Rope structure

6x36 Warrington-Seale mit Stahleinlage* 6x36 Warrington-Seale with steel core* Nennfestigkeit 1960 N/mm Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Kreuzschlag ordinary lay

8x19 Seale with steel core* 8x19 Seale mit Stahleinlage* Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag

8x36 Warrington-Seale with steel core* 8x36 Warrington-Seale mit Stahleinlage* Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuuschlag

17x7 steel core* 17x7 Stahleinlage* Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1960 N7mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag

High performance rope PN116/7* Spezialseil PN116/7* Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1960 N/mm

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m

Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN

Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m

17.5 23.1 31.5 44.7 56.5 69.8 84.4 100.0 118.0 137.0 179.0 226.0 279.0 338.0 402.0 472.0 547.0 715.0 904.0 1120.0 1350.0 1610.0 1890.0 2190.0 2510.0 0.262 0.331 0.409 0.495 0.589 0.691 0.802 1.050 1.330 1.640 1.980 2.360 2.760 3.210 4.190 5.300 6.540 7.920 9.420 11.110 12.800 14.700 44.7 56.5 69.8 84.4 100.0 118.0 137.0 179.0 226.0 279.0 338.0 402.0 472.0 547.0 715.0 904.0 1120.0 1350.0 1610.0 1890.0 2190.0 2510.0 0.260 0.330 0.407 0.492 0.586 0.688 0.798 1.040 1.320 1.630 1.970 2.340 2.750 3.190 4.170 5.270 6.510 7.880 9.380 11.000 12.800 14.700 179 226 279 338 402 472 547 715 904 1120 1350.0 1610.0 1890.0 2190.0 2510.0 1.07 1.35 1.67 2.02 2.40 2.82 3.27 4.27 5.40 6.67 8.07 9.61 11.30 13.10 15.00 41.1 52.1 64.3 77.8 92.6 109 126 165 208 257 311 370 435 504 0.144 0.196 0.257 0.325 0.401 0.485 0.577 0.678 0.786 1.03 1.30 1.60 1.94 2.31 2.71 3.14 179.0 25.3 34.5 45.0 56.9 70.3 85.0 101.2 118.8

0.103 0.147 0.201 0.263 0.332 0.410 0.496 0.591 0.693

1.020

The usual galvanisation class on the market is D. This is also supplied by us as a standard. Other qualities are available if required.

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


223

Thimbles
Thimbles similar to DIN 6899, shape BF
Galvanised version Thimbles protect rope suspension gears against excessive stresses, thereby considerably extending their service life.
Nominal size for Weight max. nominal rope approx. kg mm 2.5 0.005 3.5 4 5 6 7 9 11 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 0.008 0.010 0.016 0.019 0.030 0.047 0.068 0.100 0.145 0.190 0.290 0.320 0.500 0.590 0.820 1.000 1.300 1.600 1.700 1.800 2.750 3.000 Dimensions in mm A 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 B 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.0 24.5 27.0 30.0 33.0 36.0 37.0 39.0 41.0 43.0 45.0 48.0 50.0 C 12 13 14 16 18 20 24 28 32 36 40 45 50 56 62 70 75 80 95 100 110 115 120 H 19 21 23 25 28 32 38 45 51 58 64 72 80 90 99 112 120 128 152 160 176 184 192 Reference no. 204993 204994 204995 204996 204998 204999 205000 205001 205003 205005 205006 205007 205008 205009 205010 213750 213751 213752 213753 213754 213755 213756 213757 Reference no. 111388 111389 111390 111391 111392 111393 111394 111395 111396 111397 111398 111399 111400 111401 111402 111403 111405

B A

Thimbles DIN 3090


X more stable due to greater
sheet metal thickness

Nominal size for Weight max. nominal rope approx. kg mm 4 0.014 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 44 0.030 0.078 0.160 0.237 0.335 0.480 0.650 0.950 1.080 1.320 2.180 2.600 3.890 4.470 7.300 8.680

Dimensions in mm A 5 7 9 11 13 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 31 35 40 44 48 B 8 10 13 15 19 22 25 27 30 33 35 45 48 50 55 60 68 C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 90 100 110 H 29 42 56 70 85 102 113 127 141 153 165 181 193 223 247 281 305

X rounder shape gives ideal rope


guidance and greater prevention of accidental rope damage
Galvanised version Thimbles protect rope suspension gears against excessive stresses, thereby considerably extending their service life.

224
2011/12

Full thimbles DIN 3091


Rough version Hole unmachined (rough size)
1

Nominal size Weight for max. rope approx. kg mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 0,18 0,32 0,52 0,80 0,90 1,21 1,61 2,11 2,30 3,55 4,20 6,30 8,84 11,00

A 9 11 13 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 31 35 40 44

Dimensions mm rough dimension D B C D1 L max2 15,0 40 14 20 66 17,5 20,0 23,5 26,0 28,5 31,0 33,5 36,0 39,5 42,0 47,0 53,0 58,0 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 160 180 200 18 21 25 28 31 35 38 41 44 47 53 59 65 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 90 100 82 98 114 130 145 161 177 193 209 224 256 288 320

Reference no. 111409 111412 111419 111424 111426 111434 111440 111445 111451 111456 111460 111467 111474 111483

Unless specified otherwise in the order, full thimbles will be supplied with the rough size hole (unmachined). 2 The hole can be drilled out to this diameter

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


225

new!
C H

Heavy duty thimbles


hot-dip galvanised with welded-in cross-piece Thimbles for heavy loads are now shown on page 234

B A

Shackles
High-tensile shackle with stud bolt, curved shape
6:1 factor of safety Stirrup hot-dip galvanised, bolt painted in accordance with US Federal specification RR-C-271 Certificate to BS EN 10204 3.1 B can be provided Without certificate of origin Shackle with preferential origin on enquiry
WLL kg 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3250 4750 6500 8500 9500 12000 13500 17000 Weight approx. kg 0.050 0.080 0.140 0.220 0.400 0.650 1.064 1.680 2.390 3.150 4.320 5.670 7.790 13.400 18.500 38.900 Dimensions in mm A 12 13 16 18 21 27 32 36 43 46 52 57 60 73 83 105 B 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 27 30 33 36 39 42 52 60 70 C 28 31 36 42 48 60 71 84 95 103 119 133 146 178 197 267 D 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35 38 44 51 63 E 17 21 26 28 30 42 48 57 62 69 78 86 94 112 135 158 Reference no. 181568 181598 181599 181601 181602 181603 181605 181607 181608 181610 181611 181612 181613 181614 181615 181718

C B A E

25000 35000 55000

High-tensile shackle with bolt, curved shape


Bolt with nut and split pin. 6:1 factor of safety Stirrup hot-dip galvanised, bolt painted in accordance with US Federal specification RR-C-271 Certificate to BS EN 10204 3.1 B can be provided Without certificate of origin Shackle with preferential origin on enquiry

WLL kg 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3250 4750 6500 8500 9500 12000 13500 17000 25000 35000 55000

Weight approx. kg 0.06 0.10 0.15 0.22 0.34 0.70 1.18 1.74 2.41 3.27 4.59 6.60 6.00 14.70 18.50 42.30

Dimensions in mm A 12 13 16 18 21 27 32 36 43 46 52 57 60 73 83 106 B 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 27 30 33 36 39 42 52 60 72 C 28 31 36 42 48 60 71 84 95 103 119 133 146 178 197 267 D 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35 38 44 51 65 E 17 21 26 28 30 42 48 57 62 69 78 86 94 112 135 145

Reference no. 181504 181514 181518 181520 181523 181524 181526 181528 181529 181531 181534 181537 181538 181540 181542 181544

226
2011/12

High-strength shackle with stud bolt, straight design


6:1 factor of safety Stirrup hot-dip galvanised, bolt painted in accordance with US Federal specification RR-C-271 Without certificate of origin Shackle with bolt, nut and split pin on enquiry Shackle with preferential origin on enquiry
D

WLL kg 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3250 4750 6500 8500 9500 12000 13500 17000

Weight approx. kg 0.05 0.08 0.13 0.19 0.31 0.55 0.96 1.41 2.03 2.97 4.01 5.40 7.29 11.25 16.20 33.30

Dimensions in mm A 12 13 16 18 21 27 32 36 43 46 52 57 60 73 83 106 B 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 27 30 33 36 39 42 52 60 72 C 22 26 31 36 41 51 60 71 81 90 100 113 124 146 171 203 D 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35 38 44 51 63 E 17 21 26 28 30 42 48 57 62 69 78 86 94 112 135 158

Reference no. 181476 181477 181482 181483 181484 181485 181486 181489 181492 181493 181495 181497 181498 181500 181503 181719

C B E

25000 35000 55000

Shackle with stud bolt, similar to DIN 82101, shape A


Galvanised version Without certificate of origin Shackle with bolt, nut and split pin on enquiry Shackle with preferential origin on enquiry

WLL kg 100 160 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6300

Weight approx. kg 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.09 0.17 0.36 0.75 1.00 1.32 1.80 2.40 3.90 5.30 7.90 10.00 13.00 18.50 27.20 35.00

Dimensions in mm A 7 8 11 14 17 21 27 30 33 38 42 47 53 60 66 73 81 90 100 B 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 22 24 27 30 36 39 45 48 52 60 68 72 C 15.5 18.0 24.0 30.0 36.0 49.0 61.0 67.0 73.0 83.5 91.0 111.0 119.5 139.5 147.0 158.0 185.0 211.0 221.0 D 5 6 8 10 12 15 19 21 23 26 29 33 37 41 45 50 55 61 67 E 10 12 16 20 24 32 40 44 48 54 60 72 78 90 96 104 120 136 144

Reference no. 111836 111838 111840 111842 111845 111855 111861 111865 111869 111875 111881 111886 111889 111892 111895 111898 111901 111903

C B E

8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 25000

new!

Wide-body shackle
5:1 factor of safety Stirrup and bolt made from steel alloy Painted Bolt with nut and split pin Shackles for heavy loads are now shown on page 234
D C

E A

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


227

111850

Clamps
Wire rope clamps similar to DIN EN 13411-5
Galvanised version Without certificate of origin The nominal size of the wire rope clamp corresponds to the maximum rope diameter. For intermediate sizes of the nominal rope diameter, the next larger clamp size is to be used. The nominal size 5 is valid only for nominal rope diameter 5 mm. Please have a look about proper use according to BS EN 13411-5. Wire rope clamps with U-shaped clamp stirrups are not suitable for use with spiral ropes!
A H
Nominal size Weight of the wire approx. kg rope clamp 5.0 0.02 6.5 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 22.0 26.0 30.0 34.0 40.0 0.04 0.08 0.09 0.17 0.26 0.43 0.68 1.17 1.40 2.13 2.68 Dimensions in mm A M5 M6 M8 M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20 M 20 M 22 M 24 B 25 32 41 46 56 66 76 96 118 131 150 167 F 25 30 39 40 50 59 64 74 84 95 105 117 H 13 16 20 20 24 28 32 34 38 41 45 49 SW 8 10 13 13 16 18 21 24 30 30 34 34 Reference no. 205011 205012 205013 205014 187353 181861 211808 211810 111790 211812 211813 211814

F SW

PFEIFER ready reckoner Use of wire rope clamps


The first wire rope clamp is attached directly to the thimble. The distance between the wire rope clamps must be at least the width of one wire rope clamp. The clamping jaw must always be attached to the load-bearing rope leg. Please obtain further information on proper use according to EN 13411-5. Wire rope clamps with U-shaped clamp stirrups are not suitable for use with spiral ropes.

Forces and number of wire rope clamps


Nominal size of wire rope clamp 5 6.5 8 10 12 14 16 19 22 26 30 34 40
Nominal size Weight of the wire approx. kg rope clamp 2 0.004 3 4 5 6 8 0.007 0.013 0.017 0.025 0.025

Torque Nm 2.0 3.5 6.0 9.0 20 33 49 68 107 147 212 296 363
Dimensions in mm A M4 M4 M5 M5 M6 M8 B 12 14 18 20 24 35 C 15 17 20 25 30 37 D 4 6 8 10 12 17 E 5 7 7 8 9

Number of wire rope clamps 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6


Reference no. 110992 110995 110998 111001 111003 204343

Simplex clamps
Fastening with one screw For simple, flat rope connections

F 14 14 18 18 23 25

13

D E C

AB

228
2011/12

Duplex clamps
Fastening with two bolts For simple, flat rope connections Doubled force transmission thanks to double bolts

Nominal size Weight of the wire approx. kg rope clamp 2 0.009 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 0.014 0.024 0.032 0.050 0.076 0.100 0.171

Dimensions in mm A M 3.5 M4 M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M 10 B 12 14 18 20 24 28 35 37 C 30 35 40 50 60 64 75 95 D 4 6 8 10 12 15 17 21 E 5 7 7 8 9 12 13 16 F 14 14 18 18 23 25 25 32

Reference no. 111006 111007 111009 111011 111012 111014 111016 111018

D E

AB C

Wedge end clamps with bolt for wire ropes


Dip-coated version For rope diameter 16-17 mm: wedge end clamp with extra-large wedge without hole for safety clamp The next larger wedge lock is to be used for intermediate sizes of the nominal rope diameter.
for max. rope Weight mm approx. kg 910 1113 1416 1819 2022 2426 28 1.44 2.79 4.40 6.58 9.75 13.90 20.50 29.40 Dimensions in mm B 43.0 50.8 60.2 71.7 82.7 95.8 107.8 120.3 C 69.1 88.1 109.0 130.0 149.0 161.0 176.0 222.0 D 20.6 25.4 30.2 35.1 41.4 50.8 57.0 63.5 E 145 175 210 251 286 325 365 415 H 77.7 95.5 114.0 134.0 156.0 177.0 194.0 239.0 L 198 226 273 314 365 414 466 520 S 54.1 65.0 82.6 92.2 109.0 119.0 138.0 156.0 W 20.6 25.4 31.8 38.1 44.5 51.0 57.0 66.5 Reference no. 110920 135631 110922 110926 110928 110932 110935 110937

3032

A further selection ons of our rope connections 9 is given on page 219

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


229

Turnbuckles
Turnbuckles with two forks and lock nuts
High-tensile version, galvanised Bolt with nut; from 3/4-inch thread: bolt with split pin.
W

U G D

L mi n L ma x

WLL kg 230 360 540 1000 1000 1000 1590 1590 1590 2360 2360 2360 2360 3270 3270 4540 4540 4540 4540 6900 6900 6900 9700

Thread Inch 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2

Weight approx. kg 0.15 0.21 0.34 0.69 0.78 1.93 1.07 1.39 1.71 1.76 2.15 2.43 3.17 3.63 4.42 4.05 5.08 6.03 7.17 9.07 11.00 12.90 13.10

Dimensions in mm D 6.3 6.3 8.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 19.0 19.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 29.0 29.0 29.0 35.0 G 6.3 7.9 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.8 15.8 15.8 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 22.2 22.2 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 31.7 31.7 31.7 38.0 Lmin 201 239 302 338 414 490 394 470 546 432 508 584 737 618 772 524 676 829 980 753 905 1058 804 Lmax 302 353 416 452 585 719 508 641 775 546 679 813 1080 854 1121 638 905 1172 1437 989 1255 1521 1052 U 16 22 22 26 26 26 33 33 33 38 38 38 38 44 44 52 52 52 52 73 73 73 70 W 11 12 13 16 16 16 18 18 18 23 23 23 23 27 27 30 30 30 30 44 44 44 52

Reference no. 110725 110726 110727 110728 110729 110730 110732 110733 110734 110736 110737 110738 110740 110742 110745 110747 110748 110750 110752 110754 110758 110760 110762

230
2011/12

Turnbuckles with two eyes and lock nut


High-tensile version, galvanised

Lmin Lmax E F D

WLL kg 230 360 540 1000 1000 1000 1590 1590 1590 2360 2360 2360 2360 3270 3270 4540 4540 4540 4540 6900 6900 6900 9710

Thread Inch 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2

Weight approx. kg 0.12 0.20 0.32 0.66 0.76 0.91 1.07 1.31 1.71 1.65 1.95 2.30 2.85 3.33 4.24 4.35 5.09 6.00 7.52 8.12 10.40 12.10 12.70

Dimensions in mm D 6.35 7.85 9.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 20.00 20.00 22.00 22.00 25.40 25.40 29.00 29.00 31.80 32.00 E 8.65 11.10 13.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 21.00 21.00 21.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 31.00 31.00 36.00 36.00 36.50 36.50 45.00 45.00 46.00 54.00 F 19.8 23.8 28.0 36.0 36.0 36.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 53.0 53.0 53.0 53.0 59.0 59.0 74.0 74.0 76.0 76.0 88.0 88.0 90.5 105.0 Lmin 198 230 302 338 414 490 394 470 546 432 508 584 737 625 778 676 829 812 964 760 912 1024 823 Lmax 300 344 416 452 585 719 508 641 775 546 679 813 1080 854 1121 905 1172 1320 1625 989 1255 1697 1052

Reference no. 237454 237455 222789 237427 237428 237429 237430 237431 237433 237434 237435 236150 237436 237437 236151 237440 236156 237442 237443 237444 237445 198977 237441

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


231

Turnbuckles with fork - eye and lock nut


High-tensile version, galvanised Bolt with nut; from 3/4-inch thread: bolt with split pin.

D H G Lmin Lmax E

WLL kg 230 360 540 1000 1000 1000 1590 1590 1590 2360 2360 2360 2360 3270 3270 4540 4540 4540 4540 6900 6900 6900 9710

Thread Inch 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2

Weight approx. kg 0.14 0.23 0.34 0.69 0.78 1.25 1.07 1.39 2.22 2.34 1.95 2.95 3.30 4.20 4.19 4.66 5.08 6.03 7.52 10.92 11.00 12.90 13.10

Dimensions in mm D 6.35 7.85 8.00 9.50 9.50 9.50 13.00 13.00 13.00 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 19.00 19.00 22.00 22.00 25.40 25.40 29.00 29.00 29.00 35.00 E 15.7 22.1 22.0 26.0 26.0 26.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 44.0 44.0 52.0 52.0 52.5 52.5 73.0 73.0 73.0 70.0 G 8.65 11.10 13.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 21.00 21.00 21.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 31.00 31.00 36.00 36.00 36.50 36.50 45.00 45.00 45.00 54.00 H 19.8 23.8 28.0 36.0 36.0 36.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 53.0 53.0 53.0 53.0 59.0 59.0 74.0 74.0 76.0 76.0 88.0 88.0 88.0 105.0 Lmin 205 242 302 338 414 490 394 470 546 432 508 584 737 625 778 676 829 835 988 760 912 1064 823 Lmax 307 356 416 452 585 719 508 641 775 546 679 813 1080 854 1121 905 1172 1343 1648 989 1255 1521 1052

Reference no. 237456 237457 222790 165612 165613 165614 170905 170906 170907 175565 237413 170908 171072 110721 237414 159047 237421 237422 237423 204631 170910 237424 110723

Turnbuckles with two long eyes


DIN 82004
Galvanised model

Lmin Lmax C B A

Nominal size M 12 M 16 M 18 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 42 M 45 M 52 M 56 M 64

WLL kg 400 600 1000 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 12500 16000

Weight approx. kg 0.75 1.41 1.72 2.85 3.61 5.23 6.40 9.00 10.30 13.00 19.50 27.00 37.00 53.40

Dimensions in mm A 29 48 48 58 58 72 72 94 94 108 115 125 144 163 B 13 21 21 26 26 32 32 40 40 45 49 54 60 66 C 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 380 420 460 500 540 G M 12 M 16 M 18 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 42 M 45 M 52 M 56 M 64 Lmin 305 366 385 460 470 536 556 631 651 724 785 865 995 1055 Lmax 445 516 550 630 660 736 766 856 886 984 1080 1180 1340 1420

Reference no. 111734 111736 111738 111740 111742 111744 111746 111748 111750 111751 197706 237272 237273 237274

232
2011/12

Swivels
Swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing
Rotatable under load Swivels are separately tested for double working load limit (with certificate). Minimum breaking force is 5 times the working load limit. Fork with bolt, nut and split pin. With force-feed lubrication Do not use with demolition balls.
WLL kg 3000 5000 8500 10000 15000 25000 35000 45000 Weight approx. kg 4.08 6.12 13.27 19.73 28.46 61.23 68.04 102.06 Dimensions in mm C 237 256 311 409 425 546 546 657 G 70 76 102 114 127 152 165 178 H 19.1 22.4 25.4 38.1 38.1 51.0 51.0 57.0 J 22.4 25.4 39.6 44.5 44.5 51.0 51.0 63.5 K 41.2 57.0 71.5 86.0 86.0 117.0 117.0 127.0 N 33.3 41.2 54.0 89.0 89.0 94.0 94.0 102.0 Q 19.1 25.4 31.8 42.9 49.3 57.0 57.0 63.5 R 26.2 32.5 35.8 42.9 51.5 58.5 58.5 64.5 S 28.5 31.8 41.2 70.0 70.0 98.5 98.5 102.0 T 31.8 31.8 38.1 47.8 54.0 60.5 60.5 76.0 Reference no. 136382 136383 217040 136385 136386 136387 136388 136389

Warning: Do not use rotation-resistant ropes or ropes that are not rotation-free with a swivel. If disregarded, this will lead to considerable damage to property, serious injuries or death!

We will be happy to supply pulleys acc. to your specific design upon request. Return pulleys are shown on page 51 with the tool ropes (page 242).

Special pulleys on request

These and other return pulleys are shown on page 51

This bricklayer pulley is shown on page 242

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


233

Rope pulleys

For other connection types and capacities up to 600 tonnes, please consult PFEIFER.

Heavy-duty accessories

The powerful connection to your heavy load

new!
Heavy-duty wide-body shackles
X Wide-body shackle for heavy
loads with wide stirrup for better support of your attachment equipment
5:1 factor of safety Alloy steel stirrup and bolt, painted Bolt with nut and split pin. Stamped with grade, working load limit (WLL), CE and manufacturing code
F

WLL t 40 55 75 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 700

Weight approx. kg 22 50 67 105 160 220 320 350 635 803 1260

Dimensions in mm A 80 85 105 130 140 150 170 185 220 250 300 B 51 57 70 80 95 105 120 134 160 180 215 C 200 250 290 365 390 480 540 600 575 680 750 D 55 60 70 85 94 110 126 135 160 170 200 E 109 115 140 155 180 200 228 245 295 330 392 F 97 100 120 150 170 205 240 265 320 340 400

Reference no. 235880 226293 235881 235882 235883 235884 235885 223981 235886 235887 235888

E A

new!
Heavy-duty thimbles
hot-dip galvanised with welded-in cross-piece

Nominal size Weight for max. rope approx. kg mm 35 3.2 40 50 62 72 85 100 115 5.1 9.2 17.4 19.4 29.0 39.0 52.0

Dimensions in mm A 35 40 50 62 72 85 100 115 B 55 65 80 100 115 125 150 165 C 80 90 110 140 160 190 200 210 H 100 120 125 160 175 245 290 300

Reference no. 211009 211010 211011 211012 211013 211014 211015 211016

B A

234
2011/12

Rope care
Caring for your ropes by relubrication and regreasing is very worthwhile.
The wire rope is greased internally and externally during manufacture. The grease serves to reduce the damaging friction between the elements of the rope. At the same time the grease prevents corrosion. When the rope is in use, the lubricant is used up, especially on the outside. This causes increased friction in the rope elements which leads to faster wear and tear. The rope can also be protected from corrosion by galvanising. However, galvanised ropes also have to be lubricated in order to minimise the internal wear and tear which starts with abrasion of the zinc coating. Lubricating a steel wire rope significantly increases its lifespan and thus the service life of your machine.
Number of alternate bends [%] 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 100 200 300 tensile strain [N/mm] 400 500 degreased lubricated + regreased lubricated

Does lubrication prevent corrosion?


Because of the individual wires or strands twisted together, the surface of a steel wire rope is many times larger than a single rod of the same diameter. Due to the larger surface area, ropes are roughly 15 times more susceptible to corrosion than solid material of the same diameter. If the external protection (rope grease) is lacking then e. g. water can penetrate the wire rope. The steel wire rope can then rust through from inside outwards. The problem is that the wire rope does not show any recognisable external damage and therefore fails due to reasons which cannot be detected visually.

Factor surface enlargement

18 16 14 12 10 6 4 2 0 1 100 150 200 250 300 number of wires in the rope 8

When do ropes need to be relubricated?


The rope must be relubricated at appropriate intervals, depending on all the factors such as weathering, usage, soiling etc. This requires the rope to be checked regularly.

Drying time
The evaporation time of the solvent must be taken into account. This depends primarily on the ambient temperature.

Lubricant quantity:
The quantity of lubricant depends on the type of rope and its diameter. But the principle to apply is: small amounts at short intervals. Formula for lubricant requirement per rope: Quantity [l] = 0.2 [l] rope length [m] rope diameter [mm] 100 [m] 10 [mm]

What are the criteria for the choice of lubricant?


Compatibility with: Base lubricant Rope pulley material Requirements: Ease of penetration Ease of application Flash point Viscosity

Rope spray PFEIFER RL-S


Version 600 ml Packing unit 12 Reference no. 245066

Rope oil PFEIFER RL-B


Version 10 l 30 l Reference no. 212406 212405

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


235

Rope handling
Reel winding device Winder Willi
Gentle rope handling and protection against mechanical damage
X Efficient considerable increase in the rope life as operation and
reeling mistakes are avoided

new!

X Operation possible with many PFEIFER standard reels as the reel


can be exchanged

X Fast clamping and unclamping of reels without tools X Considerably faster reeling and unreeling of ropes X Space-saving storing foldable hand crankle
PFEIFER Winder Willi revolutionises reeling and unreeling of ropes, no matter if on building site, in stock or in the workshop. This winding device originated from the numerous proposals of our customers. From these suggestions, together with the long-lasting PFEIFER experience, Winder Willi originated as a reeling device uniting comfort, ergonomics and high efficiency. Winder Willi, a must for crane and lift mechanics, as well as for all working with loose ropes (e. g. ropes for hoists).
Version Winder Willi 3.0 Winder Willi 5.0 Dimensions without handle and reel approx. 450 365 355 mm approx. 650 550 480 mm Surface powder-coated frame Shaft and flanges zink plated powder-coated frame Shaft and flanges zink plated Weight kg 14 55 Reference no. 235775 244505 Suitable reel 167824 167824

If you need our Winder Willi in a different size for your special operation, we will be pleased to submit our quotation.

Simplifies reeling and unreeling of ropes to standard reels as well on site as in stock or in the workshop.

Operation with so many Can be transported by common Seal of bearing by bent-lever PFEIFER standard reels possible fork lifters / fork lift trucks and closure. as the reel can be exchanged. can therefore be transported safely.

Can be held in position by pedal sheet metals. Ergonomic reeling of the rope due to the integrated crank handle.

www.willi-will-wickeln.de
Working without tools: due to clamping by the moveable mandrel by means of a lever screw. Foldable crank handle allows space-saving storing.
Diameter mm 300 500 700 800 1000 1400 2500

Smooth reeling due to plain bearing.


Capacity approx. kg 80 250 300 500 1000 2500 10000 Weight approx. kg 1.85 7.04 25.00 35.00 80.00 160.00 600.00 Reference no. 167824 167827 112891 112895 112901 112907 112915

Round reels
In the case of intermediate diameters or weights, the next larger reel will be charged for. Please contact us for other dimensions, wooden lining or the conditions of returning.

236
2011/12

Stainless steel ropes


Stainless steel rope 1 19
Material 1.4401
Nominal rope mm 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 Weight per unit length kg/m 0.019 0.032 0.044 0.060 0.079 0.124 0.178 0.317 Minimum breaking force Fmin kN 1570 N/mm 3.30 5.15 7.42 10.10 13.20 20.60 29.70 52.80 Minimum breaking force Fmin kN 1570 N/mm 2.3 3.5 5.1 6.9 9.0 14.1 20.2 36.0 Minimum breaking force Fmin kN 1570 N/mm 2.1 3.3 4.7 6.4 8.3 13.0 18.8 25.5 33.3 Reference no. 134365 134367 134368 134369 134370 134371 134372 134375

Stainless steel rope 6 7 SEL


Material 1.4401

Nominal rope mm 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0

Weight per unit length kg/m 0.016 0.024 0.035 0.050 0.070 0.096 0.138 0.252

Reference no. 134404 134406 134408 134409 134410 134412 134414 134417

Material 1.4401

2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0

0.015 0.024 0.034 0.048 0.061 0.095 0.150 0.187 0.244

134424 134425 134426 134427 134428 134429 134430 134431 134432

Plastic sheathed steel wire ropes


Plastic-sheathed round strand ropes
Galvanised version with PVC plastic sheathing Ropes with a larger diameter, other constructions and plastics such as polyamide and polyethylene on enquiry
Nominal rope mm 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.5 8.0 10.0 12.0 Minimum breaking Nominal rope Weight per Reference unit length Construction force Fmin kN (core) no. kg/m mm 1770 N/mm 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 0.026 0.039 0.070 0.094 0.188 0.254 0.420 6 x 7 FC 6 x 7 FC 6 x 7 FC 6 x 19 FC 6 x 19 FC 6 x 19 FC 6 x 19 FC 2.35 5.29 9.41 13.60 19.60 34.80 54.40 133120 133123 133127 133140 133143 133145 133147

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


237

Stainless steel rope 6 19 SEL

Nominal rope mm

Weight per unit length kg/m

Reference no.

Stainless steel rope accessories


Wire rope clamps
Material stainless steel Heavy duty version
Nominal size for Weight max. nominal rope approx. kg mm 2 0.012 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 22 0.015 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.080 0.150 0.230 0.280 0.410 0.470 0.900 Dimensions in mm A 3 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 12 14 14 18 B 17 21 23 27 32 41 51 62 69 79 81 103 F 14 16 18 20 27 34 44 50 52 59 61 77 H 15 15 18 21 23 28 36 38 44 47 52 61 Reference no. 110946 110947 110948 110949 110950 110951 110952 110953 110955 110956 110957 110958

Thimbles
Material stainless steel

Nominal size for Weight max. nominal rope approx. kg mm 3 0.004 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 0.005 0.006 0.010 0.012 0.018 0.029 0.046 0.073 0.097 0.160 0.215 0.340 0.375 0.620 Nominal Weight size approx. kg 5 6 8 10 12 16 19 22 25 0.018 0.028 0.064 0.150 0.200 0.480 0.840 1.270 1.840

Dimensions in mm A 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 B 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.4 9.4 10.8 13.8 14.0 18.4 21.0 26.0 28.0 32.0 34.0 40.0 C 10 11 13 16 17 19 24 27 33 37 41 46 49 55 67 H 18 20 21 28 31 33 38 42 51 60 67 73 78 93 105

Reference no. 111549 111550 111551 111552 111553 111554 111556 111557 111558 111559 111560 111561 111562 111563 111564 Reference no. 111990 111991 111992 111993 111994 111997 111998 111999 112000

Shackle straight design


Material stainless steel

WLL kg 120 150 300 400 600 1000 1500 2000 3000

Dimensions in mm A 10 12 16 20 24 32 38 45 50 B 5 6 8 10 12 16 19 22 25 C 20 24 32 40 48 64 76 88 100 D 5 6 8 10 12 16 19 22 25

238
2011/12

Turnbuckles with two forks


Material stainless steel

Nominal size M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20

Weight approx. kg 0.053 0.099 0.171 0.278 0.548 0.642 0.925 1.745

Dimensions in mm D 5.0 6.0 8.0 9.0 12.0 12.5 16.0 19.0 G M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20 H 120 145 165 195 245 270 325 380 T 80 95 105 125 150 165 190 210 U 9.0 8.5 11.0 13.0 21.0 19.0 26.0 29.0 W 6 7 10 12 13 14 17 20

Reference no. 111714 111715 111716 111719 111720 111721 111722 111723

Accessories for rope tensioning


Rope tensioning clamp DIN 48342
the best, the safest and the gentlest way to tension ropes completely forged from steel with hardened and serrated steel jaws and tensioning springs galvanised burnished jaws with milled serrations
F AC A C E
WLL kN 5 10 17 30 35 40 max. rope 1.04.0 3.08.0 5.010.0 8.016.0 12.026.0 20.038.0 Weight approx. kg 0.250 0.855 1.160 1.900 3.880 6.500 Dimensions in mm A 36 47 44 54 62 62 B 15 21 24 25 31 36 C 19 20 18 30 29 29 E 124 169 195 245 265 286 F 19 20 18 39 38 38 Reference no. 111019 111020 111022 111024 111026 198260

B D

Wedge clamp
wedge chamber made of steel, St. 50 steel wedge, quenched and tempered steel plunger surface-hardened black paint finish

WLL kN 10 20 30

max. rope 5.010.0 10.514.0 15.021.0

Weight approx. kg 2.0 4.2 5.5

Reference no. 198559 198561 198562

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


239

Rope-, cable- and hose grips


Rope-, cable- and hose grips for pulling or holding, in various designs.

Versions available
Caple grip with thimble

Caple grip, divided longitudinally

Closed with thimble Closed with eye Open with two thimbles Open with two eyes Cable connecting grip open at both sides Cable grip for overhad-lines Divided longitudinally with binding strands Special designs with swaged thread Reinforced version with additional strand All versions also available in stainless steel

Caple grip for overhead-lines

Areas of application
For pulling in steel wire ropes on cranes, rope winches and
in locks

Strain relief and securing cables in cable shafts or wind


turbines

Preventing damage to high-pressure hoses if they have


been released unintentionally

Pulling cables into buildings Pulling in overhead cables

We can also supply larger quantities of manufactured cable grips at short notice. All cable grips are manufactured by hand in Germany. Top quality, highly flexible production

Strain relief grips


We are happy to prepare your personal quote on request

Connecting grip

240
2011/12

Utility ropes and accessories


The indispensable, versatile utility ropes in hemp or polypropylene are a must on every site and in every professionally-equipped vehicle. Whether you want to guide a load on the crane or lift a tool to an elevated workplace, utility ropes in hemp or polypropylene are dependable partners!

Hemp utility ropes


X Very grippy
Completely ready made, with snap hook spliced in at one end, the other end plain When new, suitable for lifting loads up to max. 50 kg over short distances
Nominal rope mm 16 20 24 Reference no. 199559 199560 199561

new!

Extension for hemp utility ropes


X With these extensions you can increase the range of your hemp utility rope by various
lengths in an adaptable manner.

new!

Completely ready made, with snap hook spliced in at one end, and the other end has a spliced eye for connecting to the standard rope When new, suitable for lifting loads up to max. 50 kg over short distances
Nominal rope mm 16 20 24 Reference no.

235875 235876

Polypropylene utility ropes


X Very grippy X Moisture-resistant
Completely ready made, with snap hook spliced in at one end, the other end plain Woven design When new, suitable for lifting loads up to max. 50 kg over short distances
Nominal rope mm 16 20 Reference no. 233556 232497

new!

Extension for polypropylene utility ropes


X With these extensions you can increase the range of your polypropylene utility rope by
various lengths in an adaptable manner.

new!

Completely ready made, with snap hook spliced in at one end, and the other end has a spliced eye for connecting to the standard rope When new, suitable for lifting loads up to max. 50 kg over short distances
Nominal rope mm 16 20 Reference no. 235877 235878

2011/12

Ropes and accessories


241

235874

Rope pulley, can be opened for hemp and polypropylene utility ropes
Galvanised and painted With rotatable hook

new!
R

T A

C
Reference no. 147639 Reference no. 143586 112480 112484 112487 112489 112492 112493 112495 112498 112500 112502 112503

permissible tensile force kN 5

Max. winch tensile force kN 2.5

Dimensions in mm A 240 B 61 C 165 Weight approx. kg 0.011 0.010 0.020 0.040 0.060 0.080 0.127 0.180 0.260 0.350 D 19 G 20 R 125 T 158.5

Fire brigade snap hook DIN 5299, shape C


X Also available with screw-type
safety latch please consult PFEIFER.

Dimensions in mm A 7 8 9 10 12 12 15 18 20 22 22 24 B 6 7 8 8 10 10 11 16 19 33 33 33 C 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 D 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200

X Not permitted for use as a


connector in fall protection systems!

X Only for subordinate lifting


purposes

X Not permitted as attachment


devices!
Galvanised or nickel-plated model
B

0.480 0.620

242
2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


Lost cargo? ............................. 244 HIT lashing chain system ........ 264 We solve your load Grade 80 lashing lashing problem ................. 245 chain system........................... 265 POLYTEX lashing Special lashings...................... 268 strap systems ......................... 246 POLYTEX disposable tensioning system ................... 269 POLYTEX cargo lashing equipment sets ....................... 254 Lashings for buckets ............... 270 POLYTEX lashing nets ........... 255 Valuable aids for lashing......... 256 Anti-slip mats.......................... 258 Interior lashing ....................... 260 Lashing chain systems: General information ................ 261 HIT-PRO lashing chain system........................... 263

Quality has a name POLYTEX put your trust in the original. Lashing belts and accessories for safe, ergonomic and cost-effective load securing. More than just the standard version. Our range includes lashing ratchets with additional features for optimum lashing. Performance HIT PRO lashing chains in grade 120 and HIT lashing chains in grade 100 with up to 100 % higher tensile force than grade 80 reliably secure your heavy goods. The lashing process is faster and thus more economic due to low dead weight and ease of use. Expertise Securing the load should be a quick and cost-effective process. We provide a broad range of solutions for all applications.
2011/12

243

Lost cargo?

Why?
Manufacturing and outgoing checks ensure that the guaranteed characteristics are adhered to.

Did the lashing strap not perform the way you were promised it would perform?

We have noticed:
The straps of many lashing systems have the following non-visible defects: Unsafe power transmission: The straps maximum admissible extension of 7 % is greatly exceeded. We have recorded measurements of more than 10 % Reduced safety: The straps breaking load of three times which is required by the standard is not even nearly reached; hooks are often too brittle.

You can rely on our quality: Polytex !

244
2011/12

teed Guaran to ce adheren 5 19 EN 12

We solve your load lashing problem

When lashing down:

by means of long lever ratchets with higher pretensioning force STF . Only this STF , which can be found on the lashing strap label, causes an increase of the frictional force (securing force) when lashing down. by means of anti-slip mats, only these make it possible to lash down larger load weights reasonably and economically. by means of edge protectors to protect against sharp edges (see also p. 256), but also to distribute the pretensioning force on both sides of the load.

STF

50 70 % of STF is lost through friction

30 50 % STF

STF

optimum balance on both sides of load

99 % STF

When lashing diagonally:

by the attainment of high permissible lashing forces (LC) using the lashing systems RS 40 000, RS 20 000 and lashing chains. by means of anti-slip mats.

with our products

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


245

POLYTEX lashing strap systems


for cargo lashing
VDI 2700ff and DIN EN 12195-2
X Simplest possible handling X Enormous loadability, tensile forces up to 20,000 daN X Stretch-resistant, robust, chafe-resistant, specially impregnated strap
material (100 % polyester) with long service life

X No absorption of moisture into the strap fibres, therefore no frost


rigidity and largely resistant to rotting

X X X X X X

Colour-coded to avoid mistakes in use Up to 50 mm strap width with woven-in tonnage stripes Fittings made of galvanised, non-aging steel With load label and short operating instructions Straps available in all desired lengths In the case of two-piece lashing straps, the standard length of the fixed end (ratchet part) is approx. 0.3 to 0.5 m, dependent on the end fitting.

X Heat-resistant to + 100 C, frost-resistant to 40 C

POLYTEX lashing strap system RS 40 000


Heavy duty lashing system for the most extreme assignments. Double strap guide produces the highest tensile forces. Strap width 75 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 900 daN

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 4m 8m 20000 40000 10000 20000

two-piece with triangular hooks Reference no. 135971

LG

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

The dimensions of the end fittings can be found on page 257

... and for suitable protective systems:

POLYTEX Flexoclip S See page 135

POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve See page 135

246
2011/12

POLYTEX lashing strap system RS 20 000


Heavy duty lashing system for extreme demands on loadability and robustness. Strap width 75 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 450 daN

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 10000 20000 10000 20000 5000 10000

LG
10 m

one-piece 8m Reference no. 123244 Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability two-piece 8m Reference no. 123250 10 m 8m 8m 8m

two-piece with triangular hooks Reference no. 123257

LG

two-piece with claw hooks Reference no. 123254

LG

two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 123261

LG

LG

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

The dimensions of the end fittings can be found on page 257

... and for suitable protective systems:

POLYTEX Flexoclip S See page 135

POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve See page 135

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


247

POLYTEX lashing strap system ERGO LH 10 000 long lever


X Long lever:
replaces two lashing straps with normal ratchet.
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) 5000 10000 5000 10000 2500 5000

X ERGO:
Easy, back-protecting operation due to ergonomic movement sequence.
Approx. 50% saving of time when lashing down. High attainable pre-tensioning force of 500 daN due to additional fine teething. With ratchet lever transport lock. Strap width 50 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 500 daN
Availability one-piece 8m Reference no. 146861 Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m

two-piece with lathed snap hook Reference no. 199104

two-piece with triangular hooks Reference no. 159674

two-piece with claw hooks Reference no. 200963

two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 146862 two-piece with wire claw hooks with safety latch Reference no. 185096

LG

With safety latch

two-piece with J-hooks Reference no. 198026

... and for suitable protective systems, see opposite. Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

248
2011/12

POLYTEX lashing strap system RS 10 000


Particularly stable lashing system for heavy load units of all kinds, with extra-strong strap. With ratchet lever transport lock. Strap width 50 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 250 daN

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 5000 10000 5000 10000 2500 5000

LG
10 m

one-piece 8m Reference no. 123276 Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m 10 m 10 m With safety latch 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m

two-piece with lathed snap hook Reference no. 123286

LG

two-piece with triangular hooks Reference no. 123320

LG

two-piece with claw hooks Reference no. 123304

LG

two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 123327 two-piece with wire claw hooks with safety latch Reference no. 123334

LG

LG

two-piece with J-hooks Reference no. 123331

LG

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

... and for suitable protective systems:

POLYTEX Flexoclip S See page 135

POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve See page 136

POLYTEX edge protection plate See page 256

POLYTEX edge protection profile, plastic See page 256

POLYTEX edge protection profile, steel See page 256

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


249

POLYTEX lashing strap system LK 10 000


X Lashing system with long-lever
off-load ratchet
Additional safety when unloading, as it can be opened gradually. Approx. 50 % saving of time when lashing down. With ratchet lever transport lock. Strap width 50 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 500 daN
Availability one-piece 8m Reference no. 194333 10 m Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) 5000 10000 5000 10000 2500 5000

two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 184596

Price in EUR per piece for length LG 8m 10 m

POLYTEX lashing strap system SK 10 000


mechanism

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

X Lashing system with off-load


The lashing strap can be opened gradually. The danger of tipping over of unsafe loads can be recognised before the lashing strap releases the load completely! Strap width 50 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 350 daN
Availability one-piece 8m Reference no. 181042 Availability 8m 10 m 10 m

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) 5000 10000 5000 10000 2500 5000

LG

two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 179766

LG

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

... and for suitable protective systems:

POLYTEX Flexoclip S See page 135

POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve See page 136

POLYTEX edge protection plate See page 256

POLYTEX edge protection profile, plastic See page 256

POLYTEX edge protection profile, steel See page 256

250
2011/12

POLYTEX lashing strap system RS 4000


Stable lashing system for moderately heavy loads in industry and handicrafts. With ratchet lever transport lock. Strap width 35 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 100 daN

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 2000 4000 2000 4000 1000 2000

LG
6m

one-piece 4m Reference no. 123464 Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability 4m 6m 6m 6m 6m 6m

two-piece with eye hooks Reference no. 123486

LG

two-piece with claw hooks Reference no. 123475

LG

two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 123472 two-piece with wire claw hooks with safety latch Reference no. 241817 new

LG

two-piece with J-hooks Reference no. 123481

LG

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

... and for suitable protective systems:

POLYTEX abrasion protection POLYTEX edge protection pro- POLYTEX edge protection prosleeve file, plastic file, steel See page 136 See page 256 See page 256

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


251

POLYTEX lashing strap system RS 2000


Multi-purpose lashing system for lighter transport loads, securing of in-plant transport and pallet lashing. Strap width 25 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 50 daN

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 1000 2000 1000 2000 500 1000

LG
6m

one-piece 4m Reference no. 123506 Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability 4m 6m 6m 6m

two-piece with eye hooks Reference no. 147515

LG

two-piece with stirrup hooks Reference no. 123519

LG

two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 123514

LG

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

... and for suitable protective systems:

POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve See page 136

POLYTEX edge protection profile, plastic See page 256

POLYTEX edge protection profile, steel See page 256

252
2011/12

POLYTEX lashing strap system RS 1000


Light securing system for corresponding loads, for example for hobbies and leisure. Strap width 25 mm

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 500 1000 500 1000 250 500

LG
6m

one-piece 4m Reference no. 123534 Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability 4m 6m 6m 6m

two-piece with stirrup hooks Reference no. 123546

LG

two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 123541

LG

two-piece with PVC-coated S-hook Reference no. 155229

POLYTEX lashing strap system KS


with clamping lock

Particularly low-priced securing strap, suitable for light loads.


Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 4m Availability 4m 6m 6m 250 500 800 1600

KS 500 one-piece Strap width 25 mm Reference no. 123560

LG

KS 1600 one-piece Strap width 35 mm Reference no. 135980

LG

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


253

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

POLYTEX cargo lashing equipment sets


X Inexpensive due to large
manufacturing quantities

X POLYTEX quality X Purposefully assembled

POLYTEX lashing set Standard


Set with 20 POLYTEX RS 10 000 lashing strap systems with wire claw hooks Length 8.0 m
Reference no. 201038

POLYTEX lashing set ERGO Long lever


Set with 20 POLYTEX LH 10 000 ERGO long lever lashing strap systems with wire claw hooks Length 8.0 m
Reference no. 201039

POLYTEX lashing set HGV


Set with 4 POLYTEX RS 10 000 lashing strap systems and 4 POLYTEX LH 10 000 ERGO long lever lashing strap system with wire claw hooks Length 8.0 m
Reference no. 201040

POLYTEX lashing set Transporter


Ideal for vans with trailers Set with 5 POLYTEX RS 4000 one-piece lashing strap systems, length 6.0 m, and 5 POLYTEX RS 4000 lashing strap systems with wire claw hooks, length 4.0 m
Reference no. 201041

Loading ramp lashing on low-loaders


An alternative to ramp lashing poles. Simple, fast handling due to special end fitting and free-moving ratchet. Suitable for low-loaders with bolt (max. 40 mm) and spring cotter. Strap width 50 mm

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 2m 3m 2000 4000

two-piece Anchor ring with washer Reference no. 145618

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

254
2011/12

POLYTEX lashing nets


for vans, flat-bed trucks and lorries
X Flexible and simple use X Optimum mesh size for the most
diverse goods

X Simple and fast tensioning with the aid of the supplied fastening
straps

X Form-fit adjustment to every load due to numerous fastening options X Usable both for down lashing and for diagonal lashing X Space-saving stowage

Cargo lashing net for vans


Vehicle interior width from 1.5 to 1.9 m Strap width 35 mm Mesh size 175 x 175 mm

Article name Lashing net for vans with vario-telescopic bar for rod rail and 6 fastening straps, 2.0 m Extension net for vans

Dimensions (l x L) mm 28251625 10251625

Reference no. 218440 218441

Strap width 35 mm Permissible tensile force (LC) in direct pull = 650 daN

Quick-release clamp, 35 mm Quick-release clamp, 35 mm Quick-release clamp, 35 mm

218442 218443 218444

3 4

Cargo lashing net for lorries


Vehicle interior width from 2.5m Strap width 35 mm Mesh size 210 x 230 mm

Article name Lashing net for lorries with 2.0m eye bar, sewn on triangles and 6 fastening straps, 2.0 m Extension net for lorries, with sewn-on triangles

Dimensions (l x L) mm 34802485 34802486

Reference no. 218438 218439

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


255

Quick-release clamp

Article name

Length m 2

Reference no.

Valuable aids for lashing


POLYTEX edge protection plate and ratchet underlay
Robust PU plate, protects lashing strap and load. For strap widths up to 50 mm Packing unit 10 pieces
Reference no. 208391

LashControl Mobile version


Using this checking device you can monitor the pre-tensioning force in the respective 50-mm lashing straps, mobile for use on several straps. The pre-tensioning force is indicated on a scale.
LashControl Mobile version Reference no. 146935

POLYTEX edge protection profile, steel


This way you can protect lashing strap and transport goods at the same time. For strap widths up to 50 mm Packing unit 10 pieces
Reference no. 208389

Additional sizes on enquiry.

POLYTEX edge protection profile, black


For loads that are particularly sensitive to edge pressure, such as rolls of paper. For strap widths up to 50 mm
Reference no. 187347

POLYTEX edge protection profile, plastic


Made of sturdy plastic, provides for even, protective pressure distribution due to wide contact area. With slot for simple insertion of the strap (max. 50 mm). For strap widths up to 100 mm Packing unit 10 pieces
Reference no. 208390

Double bridge edge protection rail


Protects the cargo; the edge pressure is distributed over a large area. Several cargo items can be spanned simultaneously. Leg length 190 mm Thickness 19 mm
Length m 0.4 0.8 1.2 2.0 2.4 5.8 Reference no. 240219 240220 240221 240222 240223 240224

new!

POLYTEX Flexoclip
The most stable protection against wear. Made of high-quality, extremely resistant polyurethane. See page 135

POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve


Extend the service life of your lashing straps, avoid abrasion. See page 136

256
2011/12

At one glance: dimensions of the terminations for POLYTEX lashing strap systems
A Dimensions in mm
G

G G

A H A H A H G A H G
clevis parallel hook H 40 28 21 A 19 G 27 H 28 A 16 13 10

lashing system RS 40000 RS 20000 RS 10000 RS 4000

snap hook A 6 G 21 H 23 A 30 19 15

triangle hook G 43 30 20

claw hook
G 20 13 16 H 75 52 30 A 15 11

single J-hook
G 17 16 H 130 100

A Dimensions in mm H

A
G

G
G

H H

H H

G double J-hook A 15 12 10 6 6 G 16 19 16 10 10 H 135 80 80 45 45

G double J-hook with safety catch A 12 G 20 H 110 A 15 15 eye hook G 14 14

lashing system RS 20000 RS 10000 RS 4000 RS 2000 RS 1000

triangle eye hook H 18 18 A 13 13 G 14 14 H 18 18 A

PVC coated S-hook G 24 H 108 9

Recessed lashing ring, bolt-on


Galvanised version Mounted recessed in the floor of the lorry and fastened with penetrating carriage bolts. Bolts are not included in the scope of supply.

D H E F G I

C J

Permissible lashing force LC Breaking force BF daN daN 350 800 700 1600

Dimensions in mm B 30 38 C 52 75 D 6 10 E 12 16 F 86 120 G 45 60 H 8.5 11.0 I 104 145 J 70 100 T 27 35

Reference no. 135981 135982

Recessed lashing ring, bolt-on


according to DIN EN 12640

B H D T E G I A J

Permissible lashing force LC Breaking force BF daN daN 1000 2000

Dimensions in mm A 71 B 28 D 10 E 17 G 82 H 6 I 104 J 92 T 35

Reference no. 135983

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


257

Anti-slip mats
X Fast, economical lashing with
fewer lashing devices.
Loading time

without ASM

with ASM

ASM = anti-slip mat

Costs

Anti-slip mat
( = 0.6)
Smooth loading surfaces require elaborate lashing of the loads. Lashing work can be reduced enormously by the employment of the anti-slip mat with a guaranteed coefficient of sliding friction of at least 0.6.
Make-up Roll Box of 120 pcs. Box of 100 pcs. Thickness mm 8 8 10 Width mm 250 100 100 Length mm 5000 200 200 Reference no. 123650 200942 200943

Other dimensions and thicknesses available on enquiry.

258
2011/12

Anti-slip mat, Black-Cat-Panther ( > 0,9+)

new!

for use on lorries, cars, rail- sea- and airfreight, in industry and handcrafts
X Ultra-high tear strength due to additional textile insert with a special
coating

X Only 4.5 mm thick, thus highly flexible, dimensionally stable and


trimmable

X Coefficient of sliding friction > 0.9+; you can always count on a


value of = 0.6 (statutory value).

X Also suitable for heavy loads X Easy to clean with standard cleaning agents. The closed surface
means that liquids are not absorbed.

X Very good resistance to acids, alkalis, petrol/gasoline, diesel and


uncontaminated oils.

X Already complies with the planned labelling requirements (district


labelling)

X Is eco-friendly and easily disposable (no hazardous waste). X Temperature resistant from 40 to 120 C X Max. contact pressure 82.5 tonnes/m2
Make-up 4 rolls 4 rolls Roll Roll 8-edge pad 100 pcs. Roll Thickness mm 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 Width mm 120 200 600 800 150 800 Length mm 4000 4000 4000 4000 150 1200 Reference no. 234487 234488 234489 234490 234491 234492

Also available in self-adhesive versions. Please consult Pfeifer.

Compensation of the preload force STF of the lashing strap is ensured by the sewn-on sliding plastic. The anti-slip effect means that an additional locking effect is achieved, even with a slightly loosened strap.
Make-up 8-edge pad 24 pcs. Thickness mm 4.5 Width mm 150 Length mm 150 Reference no. 238768

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


259

Edge-protection pad, Black-Cat-Panther non-slip

new!

Interior lashing
Lashing systems for box trucks
X Easy-to-install lashing system consisting of lashing rails and lashing
straps with special fittings.

X For the securing of load units in closed vehicles.

Lashing rail
Universal lashing rail for horizontal installation.

Material thickness mm 2.5

Width mm 132

Length mm 3050

Reference no. 146790

POLYTEXlashing strap system for interior lashing


Stable lashing system with special fitting for lashing rails. Strap width 35 mm
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 2m Availability 2m 4m 4m 800 1600 1600 3200

KS 1600 two-piece with clamping lock Reference no. 146863

LG

RS 3000 two-piece with ratchet Reference no. 146864

LG

POLYTEX lashing strap system with airline fitting


Special fitting for airline lashing rail systems. Strap width 25 mm

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availabilityww RS 2000 two-piece 2m Reference no. 162625 4m 1000 2000

260

2011/12

Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.

Lashing chain systems: General information


Grade 120, 100, 80

The benefits of the new innovative chain system HIT PRO grade 120
Intelligent profile by the intelligent use of material, essential characteristics of the chain (e.g. fatigue load and flexural rigidity) are substantially improved compared to a normal round steel chain with the same cross section. In order to achieve the optimum technical effect, the use of the material was optimised (blue surfaces) at effective points, but reduced (red surfaces) in less relevant areas. Patented material with optimised strength and endurance characteristics at both high and at low temperatures. Optimised flexural rigidity the section modulus, which is important to prevent undesirable deflection, is up to 16 % higher in the profile chain than in a round link chain with the same cross section and hence reduces the maximum tension in the chain (no red areas). Longer service life due to higher strength and lower wear and tear. Complete traceability chains and components are provided with identity stamps; these allow the entire manufacturing process to be verified. The professional in demanding use thanks to the combination of intelligent profile, patented high performance chain steel and an optimised tempering process, HIT PRO attains maximum strength, hardness and flexural rigidity. Particularly in tough use on edges, the revolutionary HIT PRO technology proves its capabilities with a ruggedness that has never been known before! The low temperature professional due to the extremely high temperature stability from 60 to +300C, HIT PRO is suitable even for the harshest environmental conditions in the world. Simple visual identification due to profiled chain and GK12 stamp on each chain link Super PFEIFER XLL corrosion protection (eXtremely Long Life) Quality-assured European production by an ISO 9001-certified company

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


261

Advantages in cargo lashing with grade 120


Higher tensile forces
20 % higher tensile force compared to grade 100 Nominal chain thickness mm 7 8 10 13 HIT PRO grade 120 kN 47 60 100 160 HIT grade 100 kN 28 (6 mm) 50 80 134 grade 80 kN 22.4 (6 mm) 40 63 100 8 10 permissible tensile force kN 50 % higher tensile force compared to grade 80 grade 120 HIT PRO grade 100 HIT grade 80

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

13
chain dimension mm

More loads or a heavier loads can be secured with the same chain dimension. Plus 50 % compared to grade 80 and 25 % compared to grade 100 (direct lashing)
weight kg

Weight saving
Significantly less weight by lashing with HIT PRO, hence more comfortable handling permissible tensile force LC kN 60 100 160 Previous chain weight grade 80 kg 14.5 26.1 37.7 HIT PRO chain weight kg 10.3 15.6 30.7 Reduction % 29 40 18

grade 120 HIT PRO


grade 80

47

60

100

160

permissible tensile force LC kN

Reduction of the chain dimension


When lashing diagonally, it is often possible to reduce to a smaller chain dimension, hence saving considerably on weight and costs. Example: 8 mm (LC = 60 kN) replaces 10 mm grade 80 (LC = 63 kN) permissible tensile force LC kN 60 100 160

Pretensioning force (STF)


daN

1900 3000 2500

Previous chain grade 80 for diagonal lashing mm 10 13 16

HIT PRO chain for diagonal lashing mm 8 10 13

HIT PRhOroven super wit p


for you XLL protection corrosion ife) ely-Long-L (eXtrem in black

When lashing down, the higher pretensioning forces (STF ) usually make it possible to change to a smaller dimension in grade 120 and hence to save weight and costs.

Assembly example

262
2011/12

HIT PRO saves costs and weight in cargo lashing due to higher tensile forces.

HIT-PRO lashing chain system


Grade 120
X Light, durable, ergonomic and
economical

X X X X

Protects the health of users up to 50 % less weight of chain! Maximum service life from intelligent D-chain profile Optimum corrosion protection from the XLL coating Ultra-high tension range of the ratchet load tensioner in the important 13 mm version

HIT-PRO-RSP lashing chain system

new!

with ratchet load tensioner, PSWP chain shortener and HSWP chain hook
Grade 120 50 % higher lashing force compared with the grade 80 With diagonal lashing, and in comparison with grade 80, a chain one size smaller in nominal thickness can be used.

System RSP 7 RSP 7 RSP 8 RSP 8 RSP 10 RSP 10 RSP 13 RSP 13

Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning force STF force in direct pull daN daN 4700 4700 6000 6000 10000 10000 16000 16000 1900 1900 1900 1900 3000 3000 2500 2500

Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L1 mm 1000 310 1000 330 1000 410 1000 520 L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

Tensioning stroke mm 155 155 155 155 155 155 297 297

Aperture width mm 26 26 26 26 31 31 39 39

Reference no. 229527 229528 229529

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

229531 229532 229533 229534

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.

HIT-PRO-ARP lashing chain system


two-piece

new!

Very flexible lashing system with a ratchet that can be positioned at any place on the chain. Grade 120 50 % higher lashing force compared with the grade 80 With diagonal lashing, and in comparison with grade 80, a chain one size smaller in nominal thickness can be used.

System ARP 7 ARP 8

Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning force STF force in direct pull daN daN 4700 6000 10000 16000 1900 1900 3000 2500

Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000

Tensioning stroke mm 155 155 155 297

Aperture width mm 26 26 31 39

Reference no. 229535 229536 229537 229538

STRENGTH WITH PROFILE

PRO

ARP 10 ARP 13

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


263

229530

HIT lashing chain system


Grade 100
X 25 % higher permissible lashing
force in comparison with grade 80

X Optimum corrosion protection


from the XLL coating

X Ultra-high tension range of the ratchet load tensioner in the


important 13 mm version

HIT-RSH lashing chain system


with ratchet load tensioner, PSW chain shortener and chain hook
Practical and fast lashing system; the pretensioning forces are transferred quickly and finely dosed into the chain using a ratchet. Hook and shortener with safety device. Chain with PFEIFER XLL coating. Grade 100

System RSH 8 RSH 8 RSH 10 RSH 10

Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning force STF force in direct pull daN daN 5000 5000 8000 8000 13400 13400 20000 20000 1900 1900 3000 3000 2500 2500 3000 3000

Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L1 mm 1000 280 1000 330 1000 420 1000 500 L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

Tensioning stroke mm 155 155 155 155 297 297 280 280

Aperture width mm 27 27 30 30 38 38 46 46

Reference no. 200955 200956 200957 200958 200959 200960 217122 217123

6 to 22 mm

RSH 13 RSH 13 RSH 16 RSH 16

HIGH WORKING
LOAD LIMIT

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.

HIT-RKH lashing chain system two-piece


Very flexible lashing system with a ratchet that can be positioned at any place on the chain. Hook and shortener with safety device. Chain with PFEIFER XLL coating. Grade 100
Max. permissible lashing force in direct pull daN 5000 8000 13400 Standard pre-tensioning force STF daN 1900 3000 2500 Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L mm 3000 3000 3000 Tensioning stroke mm 155 155 297 Aperture width mm 27 30 38

System RKH 8
6 to 22 mm

Reference no. 207836 207837 207838

RKH 10 RKH 13

HIGH WORKING
LOAD LIMIT

Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.

264
2011/12

Grade 80 lashing chain system


Grade 80
X High-tensile chains and fittings of grade 8 for rough conditions. X The built-in chain shorteners enable highly variable lashing lengths. X The chain shorteners are equipped with a safety device to prevent
unintentional loosening of the chain, as required by DIN EN 12195-3.

X DIN EN 818, part 1/2/4 and DIN EN 1677, DIN EN 12195-3, VDI
2700ff

ARS lashing chain system


with RS ratchet load tensioner, KVS chain shortener and chain hook
Practical and fast lashing system; the pretensioning forces are transferred quickly and finely dosed into the chain using a ratchet. Hook and shortener with safety device. Grade 80

System ARS 8 ARS 8 ARS 10 ARS 10 ARS 13 ARS 13 ARS 16 ARS 16

Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning Standard length with closed Tensioning tensioner approx. force STF stroke force in direct pull mm daN daN L1 mm L mm 4000 4000 6300 6300 10000 10000 16000 16000 1000 1000 1575 1575 1500 1500 2400 2400 1000 280 1000 330 1000 420 1000 500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 170 170 170 170 170 170 160 160

Aperture width mm 27 27 30 30 38 38 46 46

Reference no. 120673 135975 120674 135976

135977 188726 188727

Please always specify the reference number and length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.

ARK lashing chain system


two-piece
Very flexible lashing system with a ratchet that can be positioned at any place on the chain. Hook and shortener with safety device. Grade 80

System ARK 8 ARK 10 ARK 13 ARK 16

Max. permissible lashing force in direct pull daN 4000 6300 10000 16000

Standard pre-tensioning force STF daN 1000 1575 1500 2400

Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000

Tensioning stroke mm 170 170 170 160

Aperture width mm 27 30 38 46

Reference no. 181034 181035 181036 188728

Please always specify the reference number and length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


265

120675

ASS lashing chain system


With KSS coupling turnbuckle, KVS chain shortener and chain hook
Simple system with large tensioning range, the tensioning stroke can be finely dosed via the spindle in the turnbuckle. Hook and shortener with safety device. Grade 80
L1 L

System ASS 8 ASS 8 ASS 10 ASS 10 ASS 13 ASS 13 ASS 16 ASS 16

Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning force STF force in direct pull daN daN 4000 4000 6300 6300 10000 10000 16000 16000 1700 1700 2000 2000 1700 1700 2400 2400

Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L1 mm 1000 215 1000 260 1000 330 1000 395 L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

Tensioning stroke mm 200 200 240 240 230 230 280 280

Aperture width mm 27 27 30 30 38 38 46 46

Reference no. 120669 135972 120670 135973 120672 135974 166224 166225

Please always specify the reference number and length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.

Safety labelling for lashing chains in accordance with EN 12195-3

Lashing chains must be provided with a metal safety tag showing the following information: Lashing force (LC) in kN Tension force STF in daN Type of lashing Warning notices Manufacturer Traceability code EN 12195-3

KSS chain coupling turnbuckle


For the simple tensioning of the chain lashing, infinitely adjustable, with built-in overwinding protector. Grade 80

for nominal size of chain mm 8 10 13 16

Dimensions in mm L min. 330 455 515 530 L max. 450 670 795 780

Weight kg 3.2 3.9 6.5 10.0

Reference no. 119698 119699 119700 165339

KSS safety chain for chain coupling turnbuckle


The coupling turnbuckle is also approved in connection with the safety chain as an attachment device. It can be used in chain slings of grade 80 for exact length adjustment.

Reference no. 157802

266
2011/12

Ratchet load tensioner grade 80


The ratchet enables the lashing to be tensioned with no considerable expenditure of energy. Particularly advantageous in cramped spaces. Grade 80

for nominal size of chain mm 8 10 13 16

Dimensions in mm L min. 360 360 380 360 L max. 530 530 550 520

Weight kg 3.6 3.6 3.8 4.6

Reference no. 180535 180536 180537 188718

Ratchet load tensioner grade 80 with P-hook


With lashing badge and quality inspection tag. The shorteners are provided with a safety device as required by BS EN 12195-3. Grade 80

for nominal size of chain mm 8 10 13 16

Dimensions in mm L min. 560 620 730 740 L max. 730 790 900 900

Weight kg 4.5 5.4 8.4 10.2

Reference no. 217124 217125 217126 217127

Ratchet load tensioner Grade 100


The ratchet enables the lashing to be tensioned with no considerable expenditure of energy. Particularly advantageous in cramped spaces. Grade 100 Note: 16 mm version with coupling connections!

for nominal size of chain mm 8 10 13 16

Dimensions in mm L min. 346 358 571 554 L max. 501 513 868 834

Weight kg 3.2 3.8 9.9 13.5

Reference no. 236328 236329 236330 215633

L min. 610 678 973

L max. 765 833 1270

With lashing badge and quality inspection tag. The shorteners are provided with a safety device as required by BS EN 12195-3. Grade 100

4.578 6.478 15.158

241887 241888 241889

10 13

Ratchet load tensioner Grade 120


The ratchet enables the lashing to be tensioned with no considerable expenditure of energy. Particularly advantageous in cramped spaces. Grade 120

for nominal size of chain mm 8 10 13

Dimensions in mm L min. 346 358 571 L max. 501 513 868

Weight kg 3.2 3.8 9.9

Reference no. 229084 229085 229086

Ratchet load tensioner Grade 120 with P-hook


With lashing badge and quality inspection tag. The shorteners are provided with a safety device as required by BS EN 12195-3. Grade 120

for nominal size of chain mm 8 10 13

Dimensions in mm L min. 540 674 981 L max. 696 829 1278

Weight kg 4.858 6.698 15.678

Reference no. 234034 234035 234036

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


267

Ratchet load tensioner Grade 100 with P-hook

for nominal size of chain mm 8

Dimensions in mm

Weight kg

Reference no.

Special lashings
Lashing with head loops
For all cargos which can only be secured by lashing them down as there are not enough attachment points. The lashing is hooked to a round sling or an endless chain which is wrapped round the cargo and tightened vertically.

Lashings for paper rolls


Special lashings for transporting paper rolls. A specially designed lashing belt is firmly wrapped round the external roll and prevents the load from slipping or tipping.

Single barrel fastening device for Euro-pallets


Single barrels are firmly secured to Euro-pallets in a simple manner when they are transported internally and externally.

POLYTEX Velcro straps


For bundling, forming packing units and wrapping round small, lightweight parts. Can be used repeatedly due to Velcro fastening.

Heavy duty lashing with hand chain hoists


Our hand chain hoists can be found on page 32 34.

Heavy machinery and devices can be lashed quickly, simply and safely using chain hoists. In the case of diagonal lashing or down-lashing, they can be used as a tensioning element combined with lashings or as an independent complete lashing. When using lever hoists as tensioning elements, the WLL specified is equal to the permissible Lashing Capacity LC in direct pull and the maximum obtainable tensile force.

268
2011/12

POLYTEX disposable tensioning system


X For fast, simple bundling and looping around pallets, wood piles,
crates or bulky transport goods.

X The tensioning ratchet is only required for tensioning the strap and is
removed from the strap afterwards.

X High tensioning forces attainable. X Protects the load.

Cargo lashing strap


Strap material woven from high-strength fibres Also available as bagged goods on enquiry.

Strap width mm 30 48 50 50

permissible tensile force in the strapping daN 1200 1600 1150 2500

Colour white black white white

Make-up 100 m roll 250 m roll 100 m roll 100 m roll

Reference no. 218267 122758 218268 218269

Disposable lock
Punched or forged version.

For strap width mm 30 50 50

permissible tensile force in the strapping daN 1500 1600 2500

Version forged punched forged

Reference no. 218246 123640 187019

Wire claw hook


With direct strap connection. No stitching necessary.

For strap width mm 50

Permissible tensile force in direct pull daN 2500

Version forged

Reference no. 218247

Tensioning ratchet
With strengthened clamping mechanism. Long lever ERGO version.
For strap width mm 30/50 Reference no. 218266

Tensioning ratchet
With standard-version clamping mechanism.
For strap width mm 30/50 Reference no. 123642

2011/12

Cargo lashing equipment


269

Lashings for buckets


X Secure and reliable fastening for buckets, in a textile version or with
chains.

X The presented lashings are designed for standard buckets with fixing
points at height 0.9 m and spaced 1.1 m apart.

X Lashing systems for other dimensions on enquiry.

POLYTEX textile lashing system


Consisting of round sling with protective sleeve, lashing strap and J-hook. Small spreading angle of the round sling due to extremely short tensioning element. The forces acting on the round sling are decreased as a result.
Permissible lashing force LC daN 2500 Reference no. 146798

POLYTEX lashing strap system


Consisting of 1 lashing strap with strengthened, tapered end loop and wire claw hook.
Permissible lashing force LC daN 2500 Length m 2 Reference no. 146799

!
4000 6300 8

Caution: With the publication of the VDI Guideline 2700 page 17, Y and V lashings may only be calculated as down-lashing. Additional assumption by the VDI of =0.1 due to the possibility of soiling. Practical use of these lashings only in combination with anti-slip mats. When using anti-slip mats it must be ensured that these are effective.

In combined use with anti-slip mats ( min. 0.6), suitable for securing containers up to 2.5 tonnes. 2 lashing systems are necessary for professional lashing.

For securing containers up to 2.5 tonnes. 4 lashing strap systems are necessary for professional lashing.

Lashing chain system


Consisting of 2 suspension rings, coupling turnbuckle, chain shortener and shackle.
Permissible Nominal size lashing force of chain LC mm daN 4000 10 Reference no. 146801

Lashing chain system, 2-piece


Consisting of a chain with suspension ring plus hook and a ratchet load tensioner with P-hook. Standard length 3 m
Permissible Nominal size lashing force of chain LC mm daN 10 Reference no. 200949 200950

In combined use with anti-slip mats ( min. 0.6), suitable for securing containers up to 11.0 tonnes. 2 lashing systems are necessary for professional lashing.

Containers up to 4.0 tonnes can be lashed with 8 mm chains, containers up to 6.0 tonnes with 10 mm chains. 4 lashing chain systems are necessary for professional lashing.

Container cover nets


In standard dimensions, made from high-tensile polypropylene, nominal 3.0 mm, mesh size 45 mm, colour green.
Dimensions mxm 3.5 5 3.5 6 3.5 7 3.5 8 Reference no. 136460 136461 136462 136463

270
2011/12

Personal protection equipment


Wire lifelines with Essential fall protection elements ................................. 272 rope grab complying with EN 353-2/EN 696............. 287 Fall-arrest systems overview of applications ......... 273 Self-retracting lifelines complying with EN 360 ........... 289 Systems for work positioning Rescue devices in accordance and restraint systems overview of applications ......... 275 with EN 341:2008 / EN 1496 .... 292 Attachment aids Assembly and equipment features of a safety harness ... 276 complying with EN 795 ........... 295 Set: Personal protective Safety harnesses complying with EN 361/358/813 .............. 277 equipment ............................... 296 Fall protection safety Safety harnesses complying with EN 361/358 ..................... 281 and convenience for scaffolding fitters .................... 298 Multi-function safety vests Storage means complying with EN 361/358/471 ...................... 283 and accessories ...................... 299 Relief step emergency sling ... 284 Tripods complying with EN 795b .................................. 300 Shock absorbing lanyards acc. to EN 355 ......................... 285 Special fall protection equipment ............................... 301

Professional and user-orientated Whether professional equipment with a high comfort requirement or cost-oriented basic equipment we offer support for the best choice for your application. Innovative Integrated accessory system, Teflon-coated harness, mini fall protection device for attachment on floor level... see the innovative power of our range for yourself. Make the most of simply good ideas when it comes to quality and security. Safe We test your personal protection equipment from all manufacturers and ensure that you will only be working at heights with material which is in perfect working order. 271
2011/12

Essential fall protection elements


Wherever there is the danger of a fall, measures must be taken to prevent this. Current regulations prescribe the appropriate fall protection even from the smallest heights (often from 1 m). Protect yourself and your employees from the effects of a dangerous fall with a professionally selected safety or restraint system.
If the risk of falling at the place of work cannot be eliminated by a collective protective device, then personal protection against falling is necessary. With this equipment, a person must be secured to an attachment point in such a way that a fall is either prevented completely or safely arrested. Even if a user hopefully never falls, this equipment must be worn all day long and should therefore be so comfortable that it does not obstruct work.

Attachment point & attachment aid


Attachment point: the general designation for a safe fastening point (e.g. beam, scaffolding, railing). The attachment point must have a static strength of > 10 kN over a period of 3 minutes (EN 795b) be attached at such a height that the user does not fall onto the underlying level in the event of a fall. It should be located as far as possible vertically above the workplace. Attachment aid: Serves for the attachment of the connecting device to the attachment point (belt, steel sling, beam grab etc.). Must be suitable for the respective attachment point and have a static strength of at least 15 kN over a period of 3 minutes (EN 362).

Safety harness
The part of the personal protective equipment worn by the user. Serves to arrest the users fall without him being injured or slipping out of the safety harness. The only protection equipment permissible for fall situations is the safety harness (complete belt). Holding belts, conversely, can be used for workplace positioning and as a component of retention systems. The activity to be carried out and the working environment should be taken into account when making a selection. Each arresting eye on a safety harness must have a static strength of > 15 kN for a period of 3 minutes (EN 361 and EN 358).

Connecting devices
This important component connects the safety harness to the attachment point or the connecting aid (e.g. connecting device with or without energy absorber). It serves to limit the free fall of the user and must be selected taking into account the work to be done and the environment. In order to determine the type of connecting device necessary, the potential falling distance must be calculated. See page 285. On their own, these components do not offer protection against falling. Used correctly together, however, they form the personal protective equipment that is of vital importance for safety at work and the entire fall protection system.

We inspect your personal protective equipment independent of the manufacturer!


272
2011/12

Fall-arrest systems overview of applications


Arresting system with shock absorbing lanyard
Application area Fast attachment to attachment points which may change frequently Very easy and flexible to use Ideal when the working area is difficult to define It is not necessary for the user to have a movement radius larger than 2 m. Please note large minimum working heights may be necessary, depending on the position of the attachment point (fall factor). relatively small movement radius

Attachment point EN 795 (Attachment aid) Catalogue page 295

Safety harness EN 361 Catalogue pages 278 282

Energy absorber EN 355 Connecting device EN 354 Catalogue pages 285 286

Arresting system with self retracting lifeline


Application area Large devices (rope extension > 5 m) are ideal for securing for large vertical or (depending on the approval) horizontal movement e. g. flat roofs, storage rows, ladder or machine accesses For large devices the attachment point is usually clearly defined Small devices (rope extension 2 3 m) are the ideal alternative to a flexible connecting device with energy absorber (varying attachment point) The ideal solution for small working heights due to shorter distance required to arrest the fall Please note Must not be used if there is a risk of sinking or on slanting surfaces Attachment point must be at fall factor 0 (above head) or at least at fall factor 1 (shoulder height) unless the device is approved for horizontal use Never climb above the attachment point Avoid swinging effects. This is particularly important for devices with a long rope extension. (maximum angle of deviation from the vertical is usually not higher than 30)

Attachment point EN 795 (Attachment aid) Catalogue page 295

Safety harness EN 361 Catalogue pages 278 282

Fall protection device EN 360 Catalogue pages 289 291

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


273

Arresting system with running arrester on the guide rope (moveable guide)
Application area Ideal for securing for larger vertical, angled or (depending on the approval) horizontal movement The attachment point is generally clearly defined Ideal for use on pitched roofs and in storage rows, ladder or machine accesses Can also be used on flat roofs as long as the device has the appropriate approval. However, what is known as slack rope formation can be critical if the rope is not kept under tension. In such cases an arresting system with fall protection device with horizontal approval is recommended as this only provides the amount of rope currently required. Please note Avoid swinging effects Avoid slack rope formation Never climb above the attachment point Running arrester on moveable guide EN 353-2 Catalogue pages 287 288

Attachment point EN 795 (Attachment aid) Catalogue page 295

Safety harness EN 361 Catalogue pages 278 282

274
2011/12

Systems for work positioning and restraint systems overview of applications


System for work positioning with safety harness and positioning lanyard (shown here in combination with arresting system with fall protection device)
Application area Positioning at work in unsafe standing conditions A retention system enables the user to take up an optimal working position by leaning over, leaving both hands free for the job in hand. Working e. g. on masts or other exposed work locations with little space to stand Please note Retention systems (safety belt and holding rope) are not intended for fall protection. If there is a danger of falling, then an arresting system must also be set up.

Safety harness EN 361 with integrated safety belt in accordance with EN 358 (alternatively separate safety belt) Catalogue pages 278 282

Positioning lanyard EN 358 Catalogue page 286

Safety harness EN 361 with integrated safety belt in accordance with EN 358 (alternatively separate safety belt) Catalogue pages 278 282

Application area A restraint system prevents the user from entering the area where there is a risk of falling (the fall edge). The positioning lanyard is designed in such a way that it is impossible to overstep the fall edge It is generally preferrable to have a restraint system than a fall protection system as long as this can be achieved. Positioning lanyard EN 354 without Ideal application for e. g. maintenance work on flat roofs energy absorber, to keep distance where the working area is clearly to the fall edge, or running arrester defined. with fixable rope shortener Please note It must be guaranteed absolutely that the restraint is defined in such a way that there is no danger of a fall.

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


275

Restraint system with safety belt and positioning lanyard

Assembly and equipment features of a safety harness (which harness do I need?)


Chest and back eyes
serve to transfer forces after the fall and are located solely at chest height as this is where the force can be absorbed best. These are the only eyes which are approved for fall protection. Harnesses with a back eye are the basic minimum equipment for fall protection and the economical version Harnesses with an additional chest eye provide a further attachment option for the user (use may require chest eye) and a free eye for the rescuer in emergency. Harnesses for fall protection are classified in accordance with EN 361 Example of PPE products used with arresting eyes

Connecting device Running arrester on Fall protection with energy absorber guide rope device

Example of application

Add. climbing protect. eye on the retaining belt


is used for ascent of climbing protection systems The climbing protection eye is approved solely for the ascent of climbing protection systems! Example of application

Retaining belt with retaining eyes


is intended for work positioning in unsafe standing conditions and is used solely for this purpose. These eyes are approved solely for creating a restraint or positioning system! Harnesses are classified in accordance with EN 358 Example of PPE products used with retaining eyes

Holding rope

Lanyard

Example of application

276
2011/12

Safety harnesses complying with EN 361/358/813


Select from our 4 series for your different requirements!

4 Series
Youre sure to make the correct selection with us!

The Top line


8 unique and innovative components characterise this new belt series Unsurpassed wearing comfort Innovative, integrated accessory system opens up completely new possibilities to you when working with fall protection equipment Versions with innovative Dual-Tech harness belt or the proven Dura-Flex technology You can find us on page 278 279

ty Revolution safe s series harnes

The elastic ones


The safety harnesses that do everything you do Outstanding wearing comfort Elastic Dura-Flex belt material promotes correct, closely fitting and hence safe wearing Fast adjustment of all belts Longer service life due to Teflon coating You can find us on page 281

The classic ones


Safety harness made of classic polyester harness belts of the highest quality Optimum belt shape for high comfort Outstanding treatment of all used parts and components You can find us on page 282

The inexpensive

ones

The inexpensive harness series for simple requirements You can find us on page 282

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


277

The Top line


8 unique components, developed for: maximum safety maximum saving of time outstanding wearing acceptance absolute comfort unequalled functionality
CAM BUCKLE Simple adjustment/release with one hand makes the simultaneous adaptation of both shoulder belts possible. BELT END CLIPS Serve for safe stowing of the harness belt after adjustment.

Revolution safety harness series: The turning point in safety harness design!
LABEL SET Four bright coloured labels for adhering serve for entering the date of the next examination, area of application, user name etc. PIVOTLINKTM CONNECTION The unique, swivelling design ensures greater mobility and comfort.

PROTECTED LABEL POCKET Integrated label pocket for storing labels, in order to protect them against damage or loss.

ERGO ARMORTM COMFORT BACK CUSHION The semi-rigid Ergo Armor comfort back cushion minimises the impacts of sharp-edged/ heavy automatic snap hooks and fall protection devices. INTEGRATED ACCESSORY SYSTEM The modular fastening system offers organisation options for tools/ accessories.

AVAILABLE HARNESS BELT OPTIONS


DualTechTM harness belt: Putting it on is easy, since both sides have different colours and surface characteristics. The basic harness has a shape memory in order to ensure better wearing comfort. DuraFlex harness belt: Patented harness belt made of elastomer which moves with the user without cutting in or hanging loose. DualTech DuraFlex

Type with elastic harness belt for maximum comfort Safety harness Revolution Comfort DuraFlex
2-point system for fall protection EN 361 Elastic DuraFlex harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures Revolution accessory system
Size S/M L/XL XXL Reference no. 203592 203593 203594

Safety harness Revolution R6 DuraFlex


5-point system for fall protection, positioning, rescue, climbing protection EN 361, EN 358, EN 813 Elastic DuraFlex harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area 2 retaining eyes 1 climbing protection eye Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures Revolution accessory system
Size S/M L/XL XXL Reference no. 203599 203600 203601

278
2011/12

Type with double-layer harness belt with shape memory to facilitate putting it on Safety harness Revolution Comfort DualTech
2-point system for fall protection EN 361 DualTech harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures Revolution accessory system
Size S/M L/XL XXL Reference no. 203595 203597 203598

Safety harness Revolution R6 DualTech


5-point system for fall protection, positioning, rescue, climbing protection EN 361, EN 358, EN 813 DualTech harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area 2 retaining eyes 1 climbing protection eye Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures Revolution accessory system
Size S/M L/XL XXL Reference no. 203602 203603 203604

Revolution/integrated accessories system


X The PivotLink connection offers a fastening point for a series of
accessories and tool bags with an innovative design.

X The special design distributes the weight of the accessories evenly


across hips and shoulders, in order to ensure comfort and mobility.

Accessory bags, open


Size small large Reference no. 203614 203613

Reference no. 203612

Tool bag with 2 compartments


Reference no. 203615

Shoulder/leg pad
Reference no. 203617

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


279

Water bottle holder (without bottle)

Tool bag lockable


Reference no. 217928

Telephone pockets
Size small large Reference no. 203607 203610

Tool bag with hammer holster


Reference no. 217927

Label sets
Colour blue yellow red green Reference no. 203621 203622 203623 203624

Hammer holster
Reference no. 240153

Bag for ratchet wrench


Reference no. 240154

280
2011/12

Safety harnesses complying with EN 361/358


X THE INNOVATION X The DuraFlex harness is flexible and adapts perfectly to the shape of
the users body.

X Long service life of your harnesses. X Teflon coating protects against oil, grease, dirt and concrete dust
and thus reduces wear!

Secure more simply: Back arresting eye extension (40 cm) optionally available for all AGU DuraFlex safety harnesses.

The elastic ones

AGU10 DuraFlex safety harness


1-point system for fall protection EN 361 DuraFlex Teflon-coated harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures on enquiry
Size M/L XL Reference no. 197647 197648

AGU30 DuraFlex safety harness


2-point system for fall protection EN 361 DuraFlex Teflon-coated harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures on enquiry
Size M/L XL Reference no. 197649 197650

AGU90 DuraFlex safety harness


3-point system for fall protection and positioning EN 361/EN 358 DuraFlex Teflon-coated harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 2 lateral retaining eyes Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures on enquiry
Size M/L XL Reference no. 197665 197666

AGU90 (S) DuraFlex safety harness


4-point system for fall protection, positioning and climbing protection EN 361/EN 358 DuraFlex Teflon-coated harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 2 lateral retaining eyes 1 climbing protection eye Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures on enquiry
Size M/L Reference no. 171913

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


281

The classic ones

AGU10 safety harness


1-point system for fall protection EN 361 Polyester harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures on enquiry
Size M/L Reference no. 197651

AGU30 safety harness


2-point system for fall protection EN 361 Polyester harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures on enquiry
Size M/L Reference no. 154556

AGU90 safety harness


3-point system for fall protection and positioning EN 361/EN 358 Polyester harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 2 lateral retaining eyes Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures on enquiry
Size M/L Reference no. 105846

AGU90 (S) safety harness


4-point system for fall protection, positioning and climbing protection EN 361/EN 358 Polyester harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 2 lateral retaining eyes 1 climbing protection eye Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures on enquiry
Size M/L Reference no. 135057

The inexpensive ones

Titan 1P safety harness


1-point system for fall protection EN 361 Polyester harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area Leg belts adjustable
Size M/L Reference no. 197675

Titan 2P safety harness


2-point system for fall protection EN 361 Polyester harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Leg belts adjustable
Size M/L Reference no. 197676

Titan 4P safety harness


4-point system for fall protection and positioning EN 361/EN 358 Polyester harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area 2 lateral retaining eyes Completely adjustable
Size M/L Reference no. 197678

282
2011/12

Multi-function safety vests complying with EN 361/358/471 (Class 2 warning protection)


with integrated MA04 elastic DuraFlex safety harness
X X X X
As easy and quick to put on as an article of clothing Water and dirt-repellent Practical pockets and side loops for tool bags Numerous adjustment options for perfect fit

All vests are available separately as spare parts. Warning vests also available in orange.

Multi-function safety vests Multi-function warning protection safety vests 2-point system for fall protection EN 361 (reflective)
MA04 elastic DuraFlex safety harness 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures
Size M/L XL Reference no. 179345 171914

Multi-function warning protection safety vests (reflective)


5-point system for fall protection, positioning and climbing protection EN 361/EN 358/EN 471 MA60 elastic DuraFlex safety harness 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area 2 lateral retaining eyes 1 climbing protection eye Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures
Size M/L XL Reference no. 217930 217931

Size M/L XL

Reference no. 200882 200883

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


283

2-point system for fall protection EN 361/EN 471 MA04 elastic DuraFlex safety harness 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures

X New: with retention belt

Relief step emergency sling


You should always have this possibility!
There is very little time after a fall. The person must be released from this life-threatening situation as quickly as possible The Relief Step step sling reduces the effects of orthostatic intolerance which is also referred to as suspension trauma in this context. In the event of a fall, the affected person hangs sitting upright in the harness. This static posture can result in blood congestion in the legs. This can restrict the blood supply to the brain and other important organs which can lead to unconsciousness. If there is no immediate rescue, then serious or even life-threatening injury can occur. The step sling was developed to provide a rapid and simple solution to preventing suspension trauma. A fatal suspension trauma can occur within a few minutes after a fall while the affected person is awaiting rescue.

Stages in suspension trauma after a fall


Muscle pump in the legs fails

Time available? Approx. 15 20 min!

Circulatory collapse Respiratory arrest

Blood pools in the legs

Cell malfunction Coagulation malfunction = organ failure

Reduction of cardiac output

supply and exchange of materials in the smallest blood vessels)

Lack of oxygen in the brain Micro circulation malfunction (blood

Use of Relief Step emergency sling


(can be attached to any safety harness) 1 2 3 4

Pull the belt to open the device

Step into the step sling and adjust the length.

You can now stand in the sling which improves circulation.

Two step slings provide additional support, balance and relief.

Relief step sling


X X X X
For relief after a fall In an emergency, gives you important time to be saved Avoid suspension trauma and its serious consequences Step slings can be combined with any brand of safety harness

Step sling for the prevention of an orthostatic shock after a fall. You can relieve yourself quickly. For fastening to the safety harness. Box containing 12 pairs.

Reference no. 206635

Version Box containing 12 pairs.

284
2011/12

Shock absorbing lanyards acc. to EN 355


Good Please note! Minimum working height = falling distance + 1 m safety margin Better Perfect
before fall before fall before fall

(Running arresters or fall protection devices are the best choice for low working heights)

after fall

after fall

after fall

FACTOR 2
Maximum falling distance with a 2-metre long connecting device with energy absorber

(at foot height)

FACTOR 1

(at shoulder height or above)

FACTOR 0

(tense above the head)

The user falls a maximum of 5.75 metres (double the length of the connecting device plus the length of the activated energy absorber).

The user falls a maximum of 3.75 The user falls a maximum of 1.75 metres (the length of the connecting metres (the length of the activated device plus the length of the activated energy absorber, if it is activated). energy absorber).

Edge-tested shock absorbing lanyards Manyard Edge


X Edge-tested energy-absorber connecting device with flexible protective sleeve and a special damping fabric

X In edge-tested design for even greater safety X Newly developed, patented protective sleeve with high flexibility and
high breaking and shear strength

Greater safety and freedom of movement The specially woven, energy-absorbing core decreases the arresting shock evenly, without a load peak ing device

X The sturdy, Teflon-coated outer sleeve serves as a retaining connectX Fall indicator (warning flag) signals replacement state of wear after
a fall
EN 355
Length m 2.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 User connection Steel screw snap hook Aluminium screw snap hook Steel screw snap hook Steel screw snap hook Anchorage connection Steel screw snap hook Aluminium scaffolding hook (63 mm) 2 x aluminium scaffolding hook (63 mm) 2 x aluminium scaffolding hook (63 mm) Reference no. 240159 240158 240161 240160

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


285

X X X X X

Extremely light and flexible Follows your movements No tripping or hanging

Standard shock absorbing lanyards


With 12 mm polyamide rope (Y connecting device with 23 mm harness belt). EN 355

Length m 1.5 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.0

User connection Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook

Anchorage connection Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Automatic snap hook (22 mm) Automatic snap hook (22 mm) Scaffolding hook (50 mm) Scaffolding hook (63 mm) 2 x scaffolding hooks (63 mm)

Reference no. 198419 198418 198421 198420 198423 198417 198414

Edge-tested shock absorbing lanyards Sharp Edge


X In edge-tested design for even greater safety
With 12 mm kernmantle rope EN 355
Length m 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 User connection Screw snap hook Automatic snap hook (22 mm) Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Anchorage connection Screw snap hook Scaffolding hook (63 mm) Scaffolding hook (63 mm) 2 x scaffolding hooks (63 mm) Reference no. 217959 217958 217960 217961

Positioning lanyard AB4 mast securing rope


X Ensures safe, free-handed working. X The adjuster (rope-shortener) can be attached and adjusted with one
hand.

X Stainless steel rope shortener.


EN 358 Polyamide rope 16 mm, V 2A rope shortener, 2 snap hooks, cable protection sleeve Area of application: positioning and holding, no arresting!
Length m 1.5 2.0 Reference no. 201572 201576

286
2011/12

Wire lifelines with rope grab complying with EN 353-2/EN 696


X Wire lifelines with rope grab prevent the user from falling when
ascending or descending.

X If the user falls or slips, the grab on the guide rope locks and arrests
the fall immediately.

X The devices slide along the guide rope independently in use.

Titan wire lifeline with rope grab


The affordable solution with runner including guide rope
X Made of stainless steel X Suitable for applications with up to 30 deviation from the vertical (e. g. on pitched roofs)
Runner with 0.3 m connecting belt 12 mm polyamide guide rope Screw and automatic snap hook Runner cannot be removed from the rope
Version 10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m Reference no. 198582 198588 198589

Stick Run wire lifeline with rope grab


Removable and without guide rope
X X X X
Made of stainless steel Switchable from automatic to manual running Suitable for applications with up to 30 deviation from the vertical (e. g. on pitched roofs) Removable from the rope (e. g. in order to replace the rope)
Version For 14 mm twisted polyamide rope For 10 mm kernmantle rope Reference no. 201577 198593

Runner with 0.3 m connecting belt

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


287

198590

Polyamide guide rope, 14 mm, twisted, for Stick Run (201577)


X Suitable for applications with up to 30 deviation from the vertical (e. g. on pitched roofs)
Including screw snap hook and rope weight
Version 10 m 20 m 30 m 40 m 50 m Reference no. 201578 201579 201580 201581 201582

Kernmantle guide ropes 10 mm for Stick Run (198593)


X Suitable for applications with up to 30 deviation from the vertical (e. g. on pitched roofs)
Including screw snap hook and rope weight
Version 10 m 20 m 30 m 40 m 50 m Reference no. 198595 198596 198597 198599 198600

Wire lifelines with rope grab for horizontal use MSK wire lifeline with rope grab
The complete solution, even for horizontal applications (e. g. use on flat roofs). Guide rope included
X Made of stainless steel X Suitable for vertical and horizontal applications
16 mm polyamide guide rope Runner with 0.4 m connecting belt Automatic snap hooks on runner and guide rope
Version 5m 10 m 15 m 20 m Reference no. 135062 135063 135064 135065

288
2011/12

Self-retracting lifelines complying with EN 360


X Self-retracting lifelines are the ideal solution for low working heights X If the user falls or slips, the fall protection device locks and arrests
the fall immediately.

X Small self-retracting lifelines are the affordable alternative to connecting devices with energy absorbers

Falcon self-retracting lifeline (steel rope)


X No annual inspection by the
manufacturer necessary

HSG self-retracting lifeline (steel rope)


X Extremely high-quality
self-retracting lifelines

X Lifetime housing warranty on


composite housings with rustproof interior workings

X Suitable for tough operating


conditions

X Galvanised, yellow chromated


steel housing guarantees 100 % functionality even in harsh operating conditions

X Swivel on upper and lower


side with fall indicator
EN 360 With automatic snap hook In models with galvanised steel rope or stainless steel rope
Version 6.2 m galvanised steel rope 10.0 m galvanised steel rope 15.0 m galvanised steel rope 20.0 m galvanised steel rope 6.2 m stainless steel rope 10.0 m stainless steel rope 15.0 m stainless steel rope 20.0 m stainless steel rope Reference no. 194378 194379 194380 194381 198456 198457 198458 198459

X Complex safety catch technology prevents seizing due to ice formation or dirt
EN 360
Version 5.0 m 10.0 m 16.0 m 22.0 m 30.0 m Reference no. 198462 198463 198464 198465 198466

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


289

Turbo Lite mini self-retracting lifeline (harness belt)


X Approved and suitable for fall
factor 2 (attachment below the feet)

new!

X Particularly low working heights


can be achieved

X The ideal alternative to connecting devices with energy absorbers X Exceptionally compact and light (from 0.85 kg) X Patented, ultra-fast acting
stainless steel braking system

X Long service life due to tough


nylon body

X No mandatory inspections
Minimum working height 1.8 m with fall factor 0 (attachment above head) Minimum working height 4.3 m with fall factor 2 (attachment at floor level) EN 360
Length m 2 2 2 2

Approval for fall factor 2 (attachment at floor level)


Snap hook on the body Steel twist-lock snap hook (18 mm) Steel twist-lock snap hook (18 mm) Aluminium scaffolding hook (63 mm) Aluminium twist-lock snap hook (16 mm) Snap hook on the harness strap Steel twist-lock snap hook (18 mm) Aluminium scaffolding hook (63 mm) Steel twist-lock snap hook (18 mm) Aluminium automatic snap hook (21 mm) Reference no. 232695 232696 232697 232698

Black Rhino mini self-retracting lifeline (stainless steel rope)


X Inspection-free device with
stainless steel rope and an aluminium composite housing
EN 360
Version With swivelling snap hook and swivelling automatic snap hook (movement radius 2.7 m) With 63 mm swivelling scaffolding hook and swivelling automatic snap hook (picture), (movement radius 2.85 m) Reference no. 201585

Scorpion mini self-retracting lifeline (harness belt)


X Inspection-free device with
Teflon-coated harness belt and an aluminium composite housing
EN 360
Version With snap hook and swivelling automatic snap hook (picture), (movement radius 2.7 m) With 63 mm swivelling scaffolding hook and swivelling automatic snap hook (picture), (movement radius 2.85 m) With swivelling snap hook and alloy scaffolding hook (movement radius 2.8 m) Reference no. 198467

201586

198468

198469

290
2011/12

Self-retracting lifeline Falcon (harness strap)


X Best weight/length ratio on the
market (only 1.5 kg at 6 m extension length)!

X Twist-free due to swivelling


snap hook

X Lifetime guarantee on the


housing

X Extreme longevity due to housing made of composite material


EN 360

Version Harness belt 6 m + swivel Harness belt 6 m + swivel + scaffolding hook 63 mm + screw snap hook Harness belt 6 m + swivel + 2 screw snap hooks Harness belt 6 m + swivel + screw snap hook + automatic snap hook 22 mm

Reference no. 217966 217967 217968 217969

Load-securing devices Revac load securing device

Length m 5 8 10 15

Rope Max. load Referdiameter kg ence no. mm 5 5 6 6 250 250 500 500 240193 240194 240195 240196

Caution! Not for personal protection!

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


291

With galvanised steel rope Tripping speed approx. 1.0 m/sec. Operating temperature: 30 C to +50C To safeguard the load in the event that the support means breaks The maximum permissible load can be doubled by using a return pulley

Rescue devices in accordance with EN 341:2008 / EN 1496


Speed and safety is the first priority if a worker operating at height has to be rescued or evacuated. BGR198 (Accident Prevention and Insurance Association Rules): In case of a fall, immediate rescue must be ensured using suitable measures. Dangers to health can arise from being suspended in the safety harness for long periods. This new generation of rescue devices was developed so that, in an emergency, time does not run out and the worst ensue.

SafEscape Elite
The next generation of rescue devices
Maximum safety even in the toughest working conditions due to the very rugged construction (anodised aluminium housing) Low cost as revision-free for 7 years if not used (annual visual inspection can be carried out by technical expert) Optimum equipment design prevents swinging when lifting as well as vibrations when lowering, so making the rescue operation easier You can work anywhere due to the worldwide approval

Time can save lives!


Fall
Person hangs helplessly in the protection equipment

Unconsciousness or injury
Person must be rescued from exposed situation

Power failure
(e. g. aisle stacker) requires self-rescue

A rescue device is often essential for the following range of applications: Aisle stackers Cranes and crane systems Existing safety equipment in accordance with EN 795 Pylons Aerials Wind turbines Gondolas and ski lifts High buildings

292 and in all other areas which are not accessible by normal means!
2011/12

Rescue devices for rescue and self-rescue SafEscape Elite rescue device (without rescue crank, for self-rescue)
aluminium housing)

new!

X Maximum safety even in the toughest working conditions due to the very rugged construction (anodised X Low costs no mandatory inspection for 7 years if it has not been used (annual visual inspection can be
done by technical expert)

X Optimum equipment design prevents swinging when lifting as well as vibrations when lowering, so making
the rescue operation easier

X You can work anywhere due to the worldwide approval


Maximum abseiling height 500 m with up to 250 kg (max. 2 people) Controlled abseiling speed 1 m/sec. EN341:2008 / EN1496 / ISO22159 / ANSI Z359.4-2007
Version incl. 20 m of 10.5 mm kernmantle rope incl. 30 m of 10.5 mm kernmantle rope incl. 40 m of 10.5 mm kernmantle rope incl. 50 m of 10.5 mm kernmantle rope Reference no. 238510 238511 238512 238513

For devices with rope lengths other than those illustrated, please consult Pfeifer

SafEscape Elite with hoist rescue device (with rescue crank, for rescue and self-rescue)
aluminium housing)

new!

X Maximum safety even in the toughest working conditions due to the very rugged construction (anodised X Low costs no mandatory inspection for 7 years if it has not been used (annual visual inspection can be
done by technical expert)

X Optimum equipment design prevents swinging when lifting as well as vibrations when lowering, so making
the rescue operation easier

X You can work anywhere due to the worldwide approval


Maximum abseiling height 500 m with up to 250 kg (max. 2 people) Controlled abseiling speed 1 m/sec. EN341:2008 / EN1496 / ISO22159 / ANSI Z359.4-2007
Version incl. 20 m of 10.5 mm kernmantle rope incl. 30 m of 10.5 mm kernmantle rope incl. 40 m of 10.5 mm kernmantle rope incl. 50 m of 10.5 mm kernmantle rope Reference no. 238529 238530 238531 238532

For devices with rope lengths other than those illustrated, please consult Pfeifer

Rescue equipment accessories Rescue Bag


Red storage bag with printing Rescue
Dimensions cm 23 x 29 (M) 26 x 69 (L) 48 x 69 (XL) Reference no. 238563 238564 238750

Telescopic rescue pole


For securely hooking into the rescuees arresting eye, if he/she cannot be reached directly
Version 4.6 m (material: fibreglass) Reference no. 238568

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


293

Rescue rope clamp


For secure attachment to the rescuees connecting device, if he/she cannot be reached
Version For 10/12 mm rope Reference no. 238567

Titan attachment sling


EN 795 Attachment sling made of 23 mm harness belt for one person for the attachment of the PPE connecting device at the attachment point
Version 0.6 m 0.8 m 1.0 m 1.2 m 1.5 m Reference no. 198577 198578 198579 198580 198581

Further meaningful SafEscape Elite Rescue accessories as well as other rope lengths and our consultation (also at your place) can be received upon request.

294
2011/12

Attachment aids complying with EN 795


The selection of attachment points, attachment aids or connecting elements for safe attachment in every situation is widely varied. We will be only too pleased to advise you and to offer you the special product for different substrate situations or mounting options! Attachment points for roofs, flat roofs and faades Window attachment points Pipe hooks Gripping clamps Telescopic poles etc.

Caution:

Avoid injury due to the pendulum effect in the case of a fall. Attach yourself perpendicularly above the head if possible.

Mobile horizontal lifeline


X The attachment solution for construction sites and industry X Enormous working length: 20 m! X Fast and simple to install
EN 795b Fastening to fixed attachment points or provisionally with the supplied attachment slings made of harness belts Suitable for use by 2 people Two 1.5 m attachment slings as well as a transport box are included in the scope of supply.
Reference no. 201587

EN 795 Length m 6.3 mm, made of galvanised steel with plastic coating Opening: 300 mm (or 250 x 250 mm for square structures) Breaking load > 15 kN
Reference no. 195276

EN 795 Attachment sling made of 23 mm harness belt for one person for the attachment of the PPE connecting device at the attachment point
Version 0.6 m 0.8 m 1.0 m 1.2 m 1.5 m Reference no. 198577 198578 198579 198580 198581

Beam clamp
X The solution for PPE attachment to T-beams
EN 795 Made of aluminium Adjustable up to a beam width of 360 mm
Reference no. 201588

MR 00 single attachment point


X With fall indicator
EN 795, class A1 Material stainless steel
Reference no. 217973

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


295

Steel sling, galvanised

Titan attachment sling

Set: Personal protective equipment


Complete sets of connecting device with shock absorbing lanyard Set with shock absorber lanyard Titan
Contents: Titan single-point arrester belt with 2 m connecting device with energy absorber.
Reference no. 194569

Set with shock absorber lanyard Manyard


(DuraFlex)
Contents: Rucksack with ME86 Manyard elastic energy-absorbing connecting device, 2.0 m, with scaffolding hooks and MA04 flexible 2-point safety harness
Reference no. 201593

Complete sets with self-retracting lifeline Set with self-retracting lifeline Falcon
(DuraFlex)
Contents: MA04 elastic 2-point DuraFlex safety harness, arresting eyes at front and back, Teflon-coated Falcon self-retracting lifeline made of highly impact-resistant nylon housing and 10 m wire rope extraction Grip-Fix attachment device with 100 mm opening and storage box made of plastic.
Reference no. 217974

Set with self-retracting lifeline Turbo Lite


(DuraFlex)
X Ideal for work with small fall
area!

X With approval for fall factor 2


(attachment below the feet)
Contents: Rucksack with Turbo-Lite TL232696 mini fall self-retracting lifeline (18 mm steel twist-lock snap hook on the body, 63 mm aluminium scaffolding hook on the harness belt) and MA02 resilient 2-point safety harness
Reference no. 240218

Set with self-retracting lifeline Scorpion


(DuraFlex)
X Light mini fall protection
device with 2.8 m extension length!
Contents: Rucksack with Scorpion self-retracting lifeline (63 mm swivelling scaffolding hook and 22 mm automatic snap hook) and MA04 elastic 2-point safety harness.
Reference no. 201594

296
2011/12

Complete set with wire lifelines with rope grab Set with wire lifeline with rope grab Titan
Contents: Titan 2-point safety harness and Titan automatic wire lifelines with rope grab with 10 m polyamide guide rope Rope diameter 12 mm:
Reference no. 194570

Set with wire lifeline with rope grab Titan


(DuraFlex)
Contents: Plastic case with MA04 elastic 2-point safety harness, running arrester with 15 m guide rope, d = 12 mm Attachment belt 1.5 m
Reference no. 201596

Complete set with wire lifelines with rope grab for horizontal use Set with wire lifeline with rope grab MSK horizontal
(AGU10)
X Suitable for vertical and horizontal applications
Contents: Sheet-steel equipment case with AGU10 safety harness (TL197651) and MSK16 15 m wire lifeline with rope grab (horizontal approval)
Reference no. 240293

Set with wire lifeline with rope grab MSK horizontal


(AGU30)
X Suitable for vertical and horizontal applications
Contents: Sheet-steel equipment case with AGU30 safety harness (TL197651) and MSK16 15 m running arrester (horizontal approval)
Reference no. 240294

(AGU90)
X Suitable for vertical and horizontal applications
Contents: Sheet-steel equipment case with AGU90 safety harness (TL197651) and MSK16 15 m running arrester (horizontal approval)
Reference no. 240295

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


297

Set with wire lifeline with rope grab MSK horizontal

Fall protection safety and convenience for scaffolding fitters


In order to meet these requirements we offer a revolutionary development for personal fall protection equipment which is exactly tailored to the needs of scaffolding fitters and complies with the requirements of the Bau-BG (institution for statutory accident insurance and prevention in the building trade) and the Gerstbauverband (scaffolding association) for a safe, convenient and practical system.

Innovations for scaffolding safety equipment:


Specially approved connecting devices with 2.4 m length (including back eye extension) which guarantee the freedom of movement required in scaffolding work Innovative safety harnesses prevent fatigue while working Connecting devices tested on sharp edges for maximum safety Perfectly matched accessories

The special harness connecting device combination (length 2.4 m) lets you safely place the next frame even if no side protection has been placed in advance. Section widths up to 3.2 m can be constructed easily and safely. Please enquire about larger section widths. The system can be used from the 3rd level of the scaffold if the attachment point is chosen at least 1 m above foot height.

Complete sets for scaffolders Safety equipment set for scaffolders premium
X The PPE Special Set perfectly tailored for the scaffolding sector!

Safety equipment set for scaffolders standard


X The PPE Special Set perfectly tailored for the scaffolding sector!

X Safe working with scaffolding,


with the necessary freedom of movement
Contents: Equipment bag with Revolution Scaf safety harness (with back eye extension) and connecting device with Manyard Edge energy absorber (edge tested)
Size S/M L/XL Reference no. 223602 223736

X Safe working with scaffolding,


with the necessary freedom of movement
Contents: Equipment bag with AGU30 VB safety harness (with back eye extension) and connecting device with Manyard Edge energy absorber (edge tested)
Reference no. 223603

Set approved for scaffolders only

Set approved for scaffolders only

Accessories for scaffolding Hammer holster


Reference no. 240153

Bag for ratchet wrench


Reference no. 240154

298
2011/12

Storage means and accessories


Sheet steel equipment case
Dimensions cm 37.5 x 25.5 x 18 Reference no. 199535

Equipment bag, PVC


Dimensions cm 27 D x 50 H 27 D x 80 H 27 D x 50 H Reference no. 208399 217977 217978

Reference no. 217978 with shoulder belts

Plastic equipment case, small


Dimensions cm 42 x 27 x 15 Reference no. 201592

Rucksack, small
With holder for mobile telephone and document pocket
Dimensions cm 30 x 17 x 40 Reference no. 217975

Plastic equipment case, large


Dimensions cm 85 x 34.5 x 25 Reference no. 240215

Rucksack, large
Dimensions cm 34 x 28 x 62 Reference no. 207915

With document pocket

Ultra-light helmet with industrial approval


EN 397 Made of polypropylene Adjustable for head circumference 53 61 cm
Colour red white Reference no. 212991 217979

MD 50 arresting eye extension


With screw snap hook For all safety harnesses
Reference no. 217982

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


299

Tripods complying with EN 795b

Fall protection devices with rescue mechanism complying with EN 360


In connection with our self-retracting lifelines (with rescue mechanism) and winches, our safety tripods form the core of a reliable and safe system for access in confined spaces and for rescue. Suitable for manhole entrances, tanks, hatches and other underground work, as well as in confined spaces or if no attachment point exists.

Tripod with Revac self-retracting lifelines


EN 795b/EN 360 Aluminium tripod with a maximum height of 2.44 m Self-securing (no additional bracing of the feet necessary)! Easily installed by 1 person. Adjustable delivered complete with pulley
Description Tripod complete with self-retracting lifeline 16 m Tripod complete with self-retracting lifeline 30 m Tripod complete with self-retracting lifeline 16 m and 125 kg winch (18 m) Tripod complete with self-retracting lifeline 16 m and 300 kg winch (18 m) Tripod complete with self-retracting lifeline 30 m and 125 kg winch (32 m) Tripod complete with self-retracting lifeline 30 m and 300 kg winch (32 m) Reference no. 201600 201603 240298 240299 240300 240301

MN10 tripod
Aluminium tripod with a maximum height of 2.1 m Tripod weight excluding devices only 15 kg Self-securing (no additional bracing of the feet necessary)! Easily installed by 1 person. Adjustable delivered complete with pulley
Description MN10 tripod Might Evac self-retracting lifeline with rescue crank / 15 m rope Mounting adapter for Might Evac 15 m self-retracting lifeline Might Evac self-retracting lifeline with rescue crank / 30 m rope Might Evac self-retracting lifeline with rescue crank / 40 m rope Mounting adapter for Might Evac 30 + 40 m self-retracting lifeline Reference no. 201876 201604 201605 240302 240303 240304

300
2011/12

Aids for high attachment points (telescopic poles)

Permanent lifeline systems

Equipment for rope-assisted working

Special fall protection equipment


Please send us your enquiry!

Snap hooks and pole gripper

... not found your particular application?

Window fall protection equipment Equipment for tree care

Railing/side protection systems Equipment for rescue and evacuation while working at height

2011/12

Personal protection equipment


301

General Terms and Conditions (Sales terms) PFEIFER SEIL- UND HEBETECHNIK GMBH

3.4 If the buyer defaults in accepting the goods, fails to cooperate or if the loading or transportation of goods is delayed for a reason the buyer is responsible for, we shall be entitled at our discretion, to store the goods at the buyers expense and risk for use in business with companies, corporate bodies under public law and separa- of the buyer, to take all measures which are deemed appropriate to preserve the te estates governed by public law goods and to charge the goods as supplied. The same applies if goods which are ready for shipment are not collected within 4 days. The statutory provisions concer1. GENERAL PROVISIONS ning default in accepting goods shall remain unaffected. 1.1 Our deliveries and services take place exclusively on the basis of the following 3.5 In the case of damage in transport, the buyer must inform us immediately and conditions. We do not recognise any purchasing conditions that the buyer may have. prompt the carrier to establish the facts. 1.2 Our terms and conditions specifically apply to contracts concerning the sale and/or the delivery of chattels (hereinafter referred to as goods), regardless of 3.6 Insofar as it is not usual or agreed otherwise, the goods shall be delivered whether we produce the goods ourselves or buy them from suppliers (Sects. 433, unpacked and not protected against rust. For the rest, packaging materials which 651 German Civil Code). Without us having to refer to them in each individual are made of paper, plastic, jute, etc. and disposal pallets and reels shall be charged instance, the current version applies as a framework agreement both for future and not taken back. Lent reels are charged at normal rates and must be paid. If they are returned to the supplier free of charge and in good condition within 2 months, contracts concerning sales and/or the delivery of chattels with the same buyer. 2 / 3 of the charge will be credited. Exchangeable packaging such as lattice boxes 1.3 Our quotations are subject to change and non-binding. This applies even if we and EURO-pallets must be returned to the forwarding agent by the buyer immehave given the buyer catalogues, technical documentation (e.g. drawings, plans, diately after unloading in an exchangeable state (Epal). If these are damaged or not calculations, cost estimates, references to DIN standards), other product descriptireturned within a reasonable time to the forwarding agent, the buyer shall be obliged ons or documents (even in electronic form) which are our property and to which we to reimburse us at the prevailing market rate. own the copyright. 1.4 Concerning the interpretation of commercial terms, the respective current ver- 4. PRICES AND PAYMENT CONDITIONS, ASSEMBLY COSTS sion of Incoterms shall apply. 4.1 Unless agreed otherwise, our prices are ex works. VAT is added at the applicable statutory rate.

2. DELIVERY TIMES, DELAY IN DELIVERY, RESERVATION TO MAKE SELF DELIVERY

4.2 Unless agreed otherwise, payments must receive us without deduction up to 30 days following delivery (ex works). Discounts must be specially agreed with us 2.1 The delivery dates stated by us shall not be binding unless they are explicitly and will only be granted if the buyer is not in default with other invoices. confirmed in writing by us as a binding delivery date. They are extended to activi4.3 The buyer is in default once the period for payment has elapsed. Interest shall ties which are part of labour disputes, especially strikes and lockouts as well as the be added to the purchase price for the period of default at the applicable statutory start of time-related hindrances, for which we are not responsible which take place rate. We reserve the right to claim further damages as a result of defaults. In the up until the hindrance is overcome. If, through the hindrance, we find that the delicase of contracts with traders, our right to claim interest counting from the due date very is impossible or unreasonable, we shall be entitled to withdraw from the con(Sect. 353 Commercial Code) remains unaffected. tract. The buyer has the same right, if he finds that the acceptance is unreasonable due to the delay. In principle, the buyers or our right to withdraw shall only apply to 4.4 The buyer is only entitled to offset and withhold payments where his claim is the part of the contract which has not been fulfilled. If partial deliveries that have legally established or undisputed. In case of defects with the delivery point 7.5 of been made are unusable for the buyer, he shall be entitled to withdraw from the these conditions remains unaffected. entire contract. The buyers right to withdraw and terminate the contract in accor- 4.5 If after the conclusion of the contract, it is recognised that our claim to the dance with point 8 of these conditions remains unaffected. purchase price is at risk due to the inability of the buyer to pay (e.g. through an 2.2 As we source goods wholly or in part from other manufacturers, the delivery of application to open insolvency proceedings), then in accordance with the statutory our goods is subject to the reservation to make deliveries to ourselves. Where we provisions to deny a service and - if necessary, the imposition of a deadline - we cannot adhere to binding delivery dates, we shall inform the buyer about this wit- shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract (Sect. 321 German Civil Code). In the hout delay and at the same time, by determining a new delivery date, provide infor- case of contracts concerning the manufacturing of unreasonable articles (custommation as to when and the extent to which we can possibly make a later delivery. If made articles), we shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract immediately. The the prospect of a subsequent delivery cannot be entertained (impossibility) or addi- statutory provisions concerning the expendability of deadlines remain unaffected. tionally, if the provision of a service is not available within the new delivery date, we 4.6 In the case of assembly and installation, the expenses that we incur for the shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract (wholly or in part) if we are not assembly, daily allowances as well as accommodation and travel costs shall be responsible for the non-adherence to the delivery dates. Services in return which refunded. At the same time, the buyer must ensure that the assembly or installation have already been provided by the buyer shall be refunded by us without delay. can take place without interruption and the necessary preparations, such as foun2.3 If the buyer does not fulfil contractual obligations in a timely manner - including dations, electrical connections etc. are provided free of charge. the obligation to cooperate or carry out secondary obligations (in particular, the 5. DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, QUALITY GRADES issuing of a letter of credit, provision of domestic or foreign certificates, the making of advanced payments, the reviewing of drawings or specimen (etc.)), we shall be 5.1 Details of standards are based on the latest versions. entitled to reasonably postpone our delivery times in accordance with the requirements of our production operations, without prejudice to our rights arising from the buyers default. 2.4 The occurrence of delivery default on our part shall be governed by statutory provisions. In each case, the buyer is required to issue a demand letter. 5.2 Deviations related to dimensions, weights and quality grades are permitted in accordance with DIN or the applicable practice. Other deviations require special agreement. 5.3 Technical details and the descriptions of the articles of sale are non-binding. We reserve the right to make design changes, insofar as these are reasonable for the buyer. We retain the ownership and exclusive copyright over our cost estimates, drawings and other documents. They may not be made available to third parties and must be returned immediately upon request, or if the order was not placed.

3. SHIPMENT, TRANSFER OF RISK, APPROVAL, DEFAULT IN ACCEPTING GOODS


3.1 Delivery shall be from stock, wherever the place of fulfilment is. Upon the buyers request and at the buyers expense, goods can be shipped to another destination (sale by delivery to a place other than the place of performance). Unless agreed otherwise, we are entitled to determine the nature of the shipment, especially the shipping company, shipping and packaging. 3.2 We are entitled to make partial deliveries. The buyer is obliged to accept or pay for part deliveries, unless the acceptance of part deliveries is unreasonable for him or detrimental to his other contractual rights. 3.3 The risk of accidental loss and accidental deterioration of the goods shall pass to the buyer with the handover. However, in the case of sale by delivery to a place other than the place of performance, the risk of accidental loss and accidental deterioration of the goods and the risk of delay is passed with the delivery of the goods to the carrier, freight forwarder or person or institution who/which is otherwise commissioned to carry out the shipment. Insofar as approval is agreed, the transfer of risk shall prevail. In all other respects as well, the statutory requirements of the law applicable to works and services applies to approval which has been agreed upon accordingly. If the buyer defaults in accepting the goods, the handover and/or approval is the same.

6. RETENTION OF TITLE
6.1 Until full payment of all our present and future claims under the purchase agreement and ongoing business relationship (the secured claims) has been made, we shall retain the title to the goods that have been sold. 6.2 The goods (subject to retention of title) may not be pledged to any third party or transferred as security until full payment of the secured claims, has been made. The buyer must inform us immediately in writing if third parties have a share in goods belonging to us and must inform us of the extent. 6.3 In the case where the buyers behaviour is contrary to the contract, especially in the case of non-payment the due purchase price, we are legally entitled, to withdraw from the contract and / or to demand the product on the basis of title. The demand should not be interpreted as a notification of withdrawal, but merely the fact that we are entitled to claim the goods and we reserve the right to withdraw from the contract. If the buyer does not pay the due purchase price, we may only assert these rights if we have unsuccessfully set the buyer a reasonable deadline for payment beforehand or where such a deadline is unnecessary in accordance with the statutory provisions.

302

2011/12

6.4 The buyer is entitled to resell and/or process and/or remodel the goods (subject to retention of title) in the ordinary course of business. In this case, the following supplementary provisions apply: 6.5 The retention of title extends to products which are made through the processing, mixing or combining of our goods at their full value, where we are the manufacturer. If the property rights of third parties remain as a result of processing, mixing or combining with their goods, we shall acquire joint ownership in relation to the invoice value of the processed, mixed or combined goods. For the rest, the same applies for the resulting product as for the goods which have been delivered subject to the retention of title. 6.6 As security, the buyer shall assign the full debt claims against third parties resulting from the resale of the goods or products to us and/ or the amount owed under any joint ownership in accordance with the preceding paragraph. We shall accept the assignment. The obligations of the buyer cited in point 6.2 also apply with respect to the assigned debt claim. 6.7 Alongside us, the buyer shall remain authorized to collect the debt claim. We shall not collect the debt claim as long as the buyer meets his payment obligations towards us, is not in payment arrears, makes no application to open insolvency proceedings and there is no other failure in his ability to pay. If this is the case, we are entitled to demand that the buyer notifies us of the assigned debt claims, the debtors, all necessary details concerning the collection and that he hands us the appropriate documents and informs the debtors (third parties) of the assignment. 6.8 If the realisable value of the securities exceeds our debt claims by over 10 percent, we shall, at the request of the buyer, release securities of our choice.

ry, the buyer can withdraw from the purchase contract or reduce the purchase price. If there is a minor defect however, the buyer does not enjoy any right of withdrawal. 7.10 For the rest, the buyer only has a right to compensation for damages and/or compensation of wasted expenses in accordance with point 8. For the rest, all rights to compensation are excluded.

8. OTHER LIABILITY
8.1 As far as there are no provisions to the contrary in these conditions (including the following provisions) we shall only be liable for breaches of contract and noncontractual obligations under the relevant statutory provisions. 8.2 We are liable for damages regardless of the legal basis in the case of intent and gross negligence. We are only liable for negligence in the case of damage resulting from the loss of life, physical damage or damage to health in the case of damage resulting from a breach of an essential contractual obligation (an obligation, where the fulfilment of which basically allows for the proper execution of the contract overall and where adherence to it is something which is regularly familiar and trusted by the contracting partners); in this case however, our liability is limited to compensation for damage which is foreseeable, or which typically occurs. 8.3 The liability limitations arising from point 8.2 do not apply if we have fraudulently concealed a defect or have adopted a guarantee for the characteristic quality of the goods. The same applies to claims made by the buyer under the Product Liability Act. 8.4 In the case of an infringement that does not consist of a defect, the buyer may only withdraw from or cancel the contract if we are responsible for a breach of duty. The buyer does not enjoy an unrestricted right of termination (Sects. 651 and 649 German Civil Code especially apply). For the rest, the statutory requirements and legal consequences shall apply.

7. THE BUYERS CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION DUE TO DEFECTS


7.1 Insofar as nothing to the contrary is specified in the following, statutory provisions shall apply for the rights of the buyer in the case of material defects and defects of title (including incorrect/short deliveries, improper installation or incomplete installation instructions). In all cases, the special legal provisions concerning the final delivery of goods to a consumer remain unaffected (Supplier's redress in accordance with Sects. 478 and 479 German Civil Code). 7.2 No claims for compensation due to defects will be accepted in the case of slight deviations from the agreed characteristics or in the case of impairments with regard to usefulness which are only minor. For the rest, the agreement reached concerning the quality of the goods essentially forms the basis of our liability for defects. If no quality characteristics have been agreed upon, legal provisions shall be used to assess whether there is defect or not (Sect. 434, para. 1, sentences 2 and 3 German Civil Code). We accept no liability for public statements made by manufacturer or other third parties (e.g. advertising claims). 7.3 The buyers claims for compensation due to defects shall work on the assumption that he has met his obligation to inspect the goods and provide notification of any defects (Sects. 377 and 381 Commercial Code). If a defect arises upon inspection or later on, we should be given notice of this in writing without delay. Without delay means notification that is made within two weeks, wherein to meet the deadline, timely mailing of the notification is sufficient. If the buyer fails to inspect the goods properly and/or notify any defects, we shall accept no liability for the undisclosed defect. 7.4 If the delivered goods are defective, we shall be entitled to select whether we shall provide supplementary performance by eliminating the defect (rectification) or by delivering goods which are free from defects (replacement). Our right to refuse the selected supplementary performance type in accordance with statutory requirements remains unaffected. In the case of supplementary performance through rectification, failure to rectify the defect shall only be deemed such after the second unsuccessful attempt (to rectify the defect). 7.5 We are entitled to provide the supplementary performance that we owe on the condition that the buyer pays the due purchase price. The buyer is however entitled to retain a fair share of the purchase price in relation to the defect. 7.6 The buyer must grant us the necessary time and opportunity to fulfil the supplementary performance. This especially relates to the handing over of rejected goods for testing purposes. In the case of replacement, the buyer is required to return the defective goods in accordance with the statutory provisions. 7.7 We shall bear the costs which are necessary for the purpose of testing and supplementary performance, (especially transportation, travel, labour and material costs) if there is an actual defect. Where, however, a buyers request to rectify a defect turns out to be unwarranted, we are entitled to demand compensation for the related expenses from the buyer. 7.8 In urgent cases, e.g. a risk to operational safety or in the defence against disproportionate damage, the buyer has the right, to eliminate the defect himself and to demand reimbursement of the objective expenses which were necessary. We must be informed of such measures of ones own immediately and if possible, notified in advance. The buyer has no right to carry out measures on his own if we were entitled to refuse appropriate supplementary performance under the statutory provisions. 7.9 If the supplementary performance has failed, or a reasonable deadline which is to be set by the buyer for the supplementary performance has expired or the supplementary performance in accordance with the statutory provisions is unnecessa-

9. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS
9.1 Notwithstanding Sect. 438, para. 1 no. 3 German Civil Code, the general period of limitation for claims related to material defects and defects of title is a year following delivery. As far as approval has been agreed upon, the statute of limitations begins with the approval. 9.2 If the goods however relate to a building or something which in its normal use has been used for a building and has caused defects (materials), the period of limitation is 5 years from the date of delivery in accordance with the statutory provisions (Sect. 438 para. 1, no 2 German Civil Code). The statutory provisions for real claims for the restitution of property of third parties (Sect. 438, para. 1, no. 1 German Civil Code), suppliers' recourse for final delivery to a consumer (Sect. 479 German Civil Code) and for the cases of fraud by the seller (Sect. 438, para. 3 German Civil Code) shall also remain unaffected. 9.3 The foregoing period of limitation relating to sale of goods law also applies to contractual and non-contractual claims of the buyer which are based on defective goods, unless the application of the normal statutory period of limitation (Sects. 195 and 199 German Civil Code) would in individual cases, lead to a shorter period of limitation. The periods of limitation related to the Product Liability Act shall remain unaffected. In all other cases, the statutory periods of limitation exclusively apply to claims for damages made by the buyer in accordance with point 8.

10. PARTIAL INEFFECTICENESS


In cases where individual contractual conditions are ineffective, the remaining provisions shall remain fully effective. A settlement should take the place of the ineffective provision which, within the scope of what is legally possible, comes closest to the intended meaning and purpose of the ineffective clause taking into account the economic aim.

11. CHOICE OF APPLICABLE LEGISLATION AND PLACE OF JURISDICTION


11.1 The law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply to these conditions and all legal relations between us and the buyer to the exclusion of all international and supernational (contractual) legal systems, especially the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. The laws of the respective place of storage shall however form the basis of the conditions and effects of the retention of title (to the goods) in accordance with point 6 where following this, the choice of applicable legislation is not allowed to be made in favour of German law or where it is ineffective. The provision in point. 3.6 is unaffected by this clause. 11.2 If the buyer is a trader (a Kaufmann) as defined by the Commercial Code, a corporate body under public law or a separate estate governed by public law, the exclusive - and international - place of jurisdiction for all disputes arising directly or indirectly from the contractual relationship will be where our head office is located in Memmingen. We are however also entitled to take out legal proceedings at the buyers general place of jurisdiction. Version 11/2010

303

2011/12

Index
A
Abrasion protection sleeve 136 100 Adjustable spreader beams Anti-slip mat 258 259 Attachment points PPE 295 Attachment Sling Titan 295 Automatic rail grab 89

D
Disposable lifting belts 131 269 Disposable lock Double bridge edge protection rail 256 Drum grab 94 Drum gripper 94 Drumhandling 93 95 Drum rim clamp Drum tilting grab 93 Drum turnover grab 93 dual lift 52 229 Duplex clamps Dynamometer 18 25

B
Bag for ratchet wrench 280, 298 Balancing spreader beams 103 Basket chains, single, endless 160, 176 Beam clamps 38, 295 Big Bag spreader beam 102 Bolt-on eye 204 new Bolt-on swivel 190 203 Bottle jacks with low overall height 68

HIT Chrome 32 new HIT PRO lashing chain 263 new HIT steel winch 66 HIT swivelling eyebolt 191 Hollow piston cylinder 70 Hook safety latch 166 167 Hose grips 266 240 HSW/HS eye load hook Hydraulic accessories 73 Hydraulic bottle jacks 68 Hydraulic cylinders 69 71 Hydraulic hoses and coupling halves 73 Hydraulic jacks 67 Hydraulic pumps 72

O
Original grip hoist rope hoists Oval ring 50 149

P
new 360 pulley block with integrated roller running gear 36 P07 lever hoist 32 Parallel hook 166, 204205 Permanent load lifting magnet 26 29 Permanent magnet transporter 28 Personal protective equipment 271 new Personal protective equipment for scaffolding fitters 298 PFEIFER Compact Plus 22 PFEIFER drum gripper 94 new PFEIFER Handheld Plus Wired remote read-out device 24 PFEIFER handheld plus 24 PFEIFER high-lift pallet truck 61 67 PFEIFER hydraulic jack PFEIFER load clamps 77 PFEIFER Loadblock Plus 23 PFEIFER Loadlink Plus 18 new PFEIFER Multi Plus 20 new PFEIFER Multi Plus wireless thermal printer 20 PFEIFER pipe hooks 29 19 PFEIFER Radiolink Plus PFEIFER RL-B rope oil 235 50 PFEIFER rope hoists new PFEIFER Wirelink Plus 21 new PFEIFER Multi Plus read-out device 20 PFEIFER-RENFROE drum clamp 300 S 1 95 PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamp 7787 PFEIFER-RENFROE pry bar 88 Pipe hooks 29 Plastic-sheathed round strand ropes 237 Plug & Play electric chain hoists 45 Pneumatic and electric pumps 72 Pneumatic hoists from 250 kg to 6,000 kg 47 new Polypropylene ropes 241 new Polypropylene tool ropes 241 new Polypropylene tool rope extension 241 POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve 136 POLYTEX cargo lashing 243 POLYTEX disposable lifting belts 131 POLYTEX edge protection plate 256 POLYTEX edge protection profile, plastic 256 POLYTEX endless lifting belts 129 POLYTEX Flexoclip S 135 POLYTEX heavy-duty lifting belts, four-layer 128 POLYTEX lashing set 254 POLYTEX lashing belt system 246 254, 270 POLYTEX lifting belts 122 128 POLYTEX protective collar 136

E
Edge protection systems 132136, Edge-tested connecting device 285 4045 Electric chain hoists Electric rope winches 57 Emergency chain links 188 Endless wire rope slings 147 Endless lifting belts 129 103 Equalising spreader beams Equipment bag, PVC 299 299 Equipment case Eyebolts, high-strength 8.8 205

I
Insulating swivels 206

L
Label sets 280 256 LashControl new Lashing chain grade 12 263 Lashing chain systems 261 266, 270 Lashing rail 270 246 254 Lashing straps Lever hoist P85 malleable cast iron 34 Lever hoist P95 malleable cast iron 34 33 Lever hoist XXS Lever hoists chrome HIT 32 Lifting belts 122128 118 Lifting belt set Lifting points 189 205 Lightweight pumps with lower leverage force 72 Lifting clamps 7787 25 Load display Load hook 283 184 23 Loadblock Plus Loading forks 9697 Loading ramp lashing on low-loaders 254 Load-lifting magnets 2628 Loadlink Plus 18 Lubricant 235

C
Cable grips 240 Carrying capacity identification tag 150 243 Cargo lashing equipment Cargo lashing nets 255 246 254 Cargo lashing straps Chain components chain load hooks 200204 Chain components suspension links 165, 194200 187 Chain shackle Chain slings 157185 Chain slings, grade 100 168 185 new Chain slings, grade 120 157 167 Chain suspension with balancing device and rocker 179 Chain suspension with balancing device for precast slabs with in-situ topping 187 Chains grade 100 168 185 Chains grade 120 157 167 Clamping claw gripper 9495 Coil hook 98 new Coil storage system 99 new Coil turnover hooks 98 Connection fittings for manometers 73 Container cover nets 270 Coupling halves including dust cap 73 Coupling load hook 200204 Coupling suspension rings 194199 Crane scales 24 CWP universal connecting link 165

F
Fastening ring Fire service snap hook Flat rope lifting belts Flexoclip S Fork lifters Fork pallet truck Full thimbles FW/F foundry hook with eye 167 242 130 135 96 5861 225 202

G
Grade 100 chain slings 168 185 new Grade 120 chain slings 157 167 new Grade 120 lashing chain 263 Grommets in accordance with DIN EN 13414-3 147

H
new Hemp tool rope

M
Magnets 2628 Manometer for load or pressure display 73 Manual high-lift truck 60 Manual hoists 31 37 Manual rope winches 55 56 Medium tolerance round steel chain 180 Mini jack 68 minifor portable motorised rope hoists 54 Mobile horizontal fall protection 295 Motorised rope hoists 54

extension 241 new Heavy duty thimbles 234 new Heavy duty wide-body shackles 234 Heavy-duty lifting belts 128 Heavy-duty PU edge protector 132 new Hemp ropes 241 226 227 High-strength shackle HIT eyebolt 191 new HIT fork pallet trucks 58 new HIT load lifting magnets 26, 27 new HIT permanent load lifting magnet 26 new HIT PRO 152 167, 261 263

304
2011/12

POLYTEX PU protective sleeve 134 POLYTEX round slings 111115 POLYTEX textile lashing system 270 POLYTEX Duplex 134 POLYTEX Simplex 134 PPE attachment points 285 Profile steel chain 7 13 mm 164 90 Profile steel grab Protect PRO edge protector 133 Protection systems for attachment devices 132136 Protection systems for lashing equipment 256 Protective equipment 271 Protective equipment set 296 297 Pry bar 88 Pulley blocks 35, 36

Ropes for guided loads 53 Ropes for PFEIFER rope hoists 50, 53 Ropes for unguided loads 53 90 Round profile grab Round reels 236 new Round sling CJ load hook 119 Round sling set 118 Round slings 111115 new Round slings, XXL-Protect 115 Round steel chain 188 Rucksack 299 Running arresters 287 288

T
Telescopic rescue pole 293 269 Tensioning ratchet Test tags 167 Thimbles 224 225, 238 Tool bag 279 280 Tool hydraulics 6973 new Tool ropes 241 Traction hoist 52 Trailing running gear 4143 6264 Transport castors Tripod with Revac fall protection device 300 Turnbuckles 230 232, 239 Turning tables 99, 108 104 Turnover spreader beams

S
new SafEscape Elite rescue device 293 271 Safety equipment Safety harnesses 278 282 Safety load hook 149150, Scissors lift pallet truck 61 Section grabs 90 290 291 Self retracting lifelines Shackle 226 227, 238 Shock absorbing lanyard 285 286 S-hook SM 187 279 Shoulder/leg pad SIKA load hook 149 228 Simplex clamps Sliding choker hook 150 Spare safety latch, complete 166 59 Special fork pallet trucks new Spreader beam 105 Spreader beam with adjustable cross beams 101 100105 Spreader beams Spur wheel pulley block 360 36 Spur wheel pulley blocks, chrome HIT 35 Stainless steel rope accessories 238 237 Stainless steel ropes Standard jacks 68 Steel sling, galvanised 295 new Steel winches 66 164, 180 Suspension links Swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing 233 Swivelling lifting points 191 195 Swivelling eyebolt 191

Q
Quality grade symbol 167 168 Quick-release chain closure 188 Quick-release clamp 255

U
Ultra-light helmet 299

W
Wall mounted rope winch 55 56 Water bottle holder 279 Wedge clamp 239 Wedge end clamps with bolt for wire ropes 229 18 25 Weighing equipment Welding eye 204 Welding hooks 205 new Winder Willi 236 new Winding device 236 Wire claw hook 259 99 Wire coil internal gripper Wire lifelines with rope grap 287 288 138145 Wire rope slings Wires rope clamps 228, 238 52 Wire rope traction hoist

R
Radiolink plus 19 Rail grab 89 267 Ratchet load tensioner Recessed lashing ring, bolt-on 257 Reel running gear 38 new Reel winding device 236 Relief step sling 284 294 Rescue rope clamp Revac load securing device 291 Ring suspension gear, three-part 149 Roller crowbar 65 Roller running gear 38 65 Roller skate transport sets Rope care 235 52 Rope traction hoist Rope handling 236 Rope hoists 50 235 Rope oil PFEIFER RL-B new Rope pulleys 51, 233, 242 Rope spray PFEIFER RL-S 235 Rope tensioning clamp DIN 48342 239 55 Rope winch, manually operated

1. Of course we are also pleased to handle your small orders! As small orders also cause high handling costs, our minimum order value amounts to EUR 100.00. For your orders smaller than EUR 100 we will invoice an amount of EUR 10.00 handling charges 2. Parcel service consignments are exclusively dispatched by our partner parcel service UPS! The UPS transport conditions are valid. For national parcel service consignments we will invoice the following charges: to 2.0 kg = 4.95 Euro 2.1 kg 10.0 kg = 7.00 Euro 10.1 kg 20.0 kg = 10.20 Euro 20.1 kg 30.0 kg = 16.40 Euro Delivery times and costs for express consignments upon request.

All catalogue prices are valid ex works plus VAT. With issue of this catalogue all previous pricelists for the items mentioned in this catalogue lose their validity. These prices will probably be valid until the end of 2011. Technical changes, price changes, improvements and colour deviations of the products as well as printing errors are reserved.

2011/12

Our locations worldwide


Toronto Hampton

PFEIFER J&P: Your reliable Partner

St. Petersburg

Moskau Fars Crewe

Rio de Janeiro

London/Thame Southampton
Essen

Hamburg Berlin

Mlheim Schifflange
Dresden

Breslau/Wroclaw

Chalezeule

Nrnberg Mannheim Stuttgart Klettgau Straubing

Prag Ivano-Frankivsk

Changshu

Shanghai

Memmingen Knonau Asten Budapest Sibiu Singapur

Bilbao

Barcelona Madrid

Dubai

GERmanY mEmmInGEn TEL +49-8331-937233 FAX +49-8331-937380 mLHEIm TEL +49-208-429010 FAX +49-208-4290143 STRaUBInG TEL +49-9421-914098 FAX +49-9421-914099 Service-Centres in: Berlin, Hamburg and additional test service centres in Mannheim and Munich

SPaIn maDRID TEL +34-91-659-3185 FAX +34-91-659-3139 BaRCELOna TEL +34-93-589-8446 FAX +34-93-589-8446 BILBaO TEL +34-94-405-6332 FAX +34-94-405-6654 aUSTRIa aSTEn TEL +43-7224-662240 FAX +43-7224-6622413

SwITzERLanD KnOnaU TEL +41-44-76855-55 FAX +41-44-76855-30 RUSSIa mOSKaU Tel. +7-495-363-01-27 Fax +7-495-363-01-28 ST. PETERSBURG Tel. +7-812-740-12-24 Fax +7-812-493-48-21 LUXEmBOURG SCHIFFLanGE TEL +352-574242 FAX +352-574262

UaE DUBaI TEL +971-4-883-8445 FAX +971-4-883-8446 HUnGaRY BUDaPEST TEL +36-1-2601014 FAX +36-1-2620927 POLanD WrocaW TEL +48-71-3980760 FAX +48-71-3980769

CHIna SHanGHaI TEL +86-21-56778006 FAX +86-21-56779229 USa HamPTOn TEL +1-7578252544 FAX +1-7578252546 GREaT BRITaIn CREwE TEL +44-1270-587728 FAX +44-1270-587913 SOUTHamPTOn TEL +44-23-8066-5470 FAX +44-23-8066-5471

You might also like